ORDINANCE _________________

AN ORDINANCE relating to the Seattle Building Code, amending Section 22.100.010, and adopting by reference Chapters 2 through 28, Chapters 31 through 33, and Chapter 35 of the 2006 International Building Code; and amending certain of those chapters; and adopting a new Chapter 1 for the Seattle Building Code related to administration, permitting and enforcement, a new Chapter 29 related to plumbing systems, a new Chapter 30 related to elevators and conveying systems, and a new Chapter 34 related to existing structures; and repealing Sections 3-150, 152, 153, 155, 158, 160-165, 167-189, 191,192, 194203 of Ordinance 121519 and Sections 1-39 of Ordinance 122049.

Section 1. Section 22.100.010 of the Seattle Municipal Code, which Section was last amended by Ordinance 121519, is amended as follows:

SMC 22.100.010 Adoption of the International Building Code.

The Seattle Building Code consists of the following: are hereby adopted and by this reference made a part of this subtitle: 1) Chapters 2 through 28, 31 through 33, and 35 of the International Building Code, 2003 2006 edition, published by the International Code Council, as amended by City Council ordinance, and all errata published by the International Code Council after February 1, 2006, and excepting 2) Chapters 1, 29, 30 and 34 adopted by this ordinance as published by the International Code Council; 3) ASME A17.1-2000 2004 with ASME A17.1a-2002 2005 and ASME A17b-2003 with Addenda and Appendices A through M D, F through I, K through M and P, and Appendix O, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, excepting Section 5.10 of ASME A17.1, Elevators Used for Construction; 4) ASME A18.11999 2005, A18.1a-2001 and A18.1b-2001, Safety Standard For Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts; and 5) Washington Administrative Code Chapter 296-96., Safety regulations for all elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators and other conveyances as now exists or as hereafter amended. One copy of each of the above is filed with the City Clerk in C.F. 306756 308942.

The Seattle Building Code shall consist of the adopted provisions of the International Building Code 2003 edition, and the codes and standards listed above, together with the amendments and additions thereto adopted.

Section Chapter 1 of the 2006 Seattle Building Code, is adopted to read as follows:

Chapter 1

ADMINISTRATION

SECTION 101

TITLE, PURPOSE AND SCOPE

101.1 Title. This subtitle shall be known as the "Seattle Building Code," may be so cited, and is referred to herein as "this code."

101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code apply to the construction, alteration, moving, demolition, repair and occupancy of any building or structure within the City, except public utility towers and poles, mechanical equipment not specifically regulated in this code, and hydraulic flood control structures. See Chapter 32 for regulation of structures located on, over or under public property or a public right of way.

Exception: Detached oneand two-family dwellings and multiple single-family dwellings (town houses) not more than three stories above grade plane in height with a separate means of egress and their accessory structures shall comply with the International Residential Code.

101.3 Additions, alterations, repairs and change of occupancy. Additions, alterations, repairs, and changes of occupancy or character of occupancy in all buildings and structures shall comply with the provisions for new buildings and structures, except as otherwise provided in Chapter 34 of this code.

Note: If a structure is constructed and maintained in compliance with standards and procedures of the Seattle Residential Code currently in effect, as well as the Seattle Building, Mechanical, Fire, Electrical and Plumbing Codes currently in effect, the Seattle Housing and Building Maintenance Code, SMC 22.200-22.208 does not apply.

101.4 Purpose. The purpose of this code is to provide minimum standards to safeguard life or limb, health, property and public welfare by regulating and controlling the design, construction, quality of materials, occupancy, location and maintenance of all buildings and structures within the City and certain equipment specifically regulated herein. The purpose of this code is to provide for and promote the health, safety and welfare of the general public, and not to create or otherwise establish or designate any particular class or group of persons who will or should be especially protected or benefited by the terms of this code.

101.5 Internal consistency. Where in any specific case, different sections of this code specify different materials, methods of construction or other requirements, the most restrictive governs. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement is applicable.

101.6 Referenced codes. The codes and standards referenced in this code are considered part of this code to the extent prescribed by each such reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this code and referenced codes and standards, the provisions of this code apply.

101.7 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International Building Code do not apply unless specifically adopted.

[W]1 101.8 Conflict with Ventilation Code. In the case of conflict between the ventilation requirements of this code and the ventilation requirements of Washington Administrative Code Chapter 51-13 the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code (VIAQ), the provisions of the VIAQ govern.

101.9 Metric units. Wherever in this ordinance there is a conflict between metric units of measurement and English units, the English units govern.

SECTION 102

UNSAFE BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES OR PREMISES

102.1 Definition. For the purpose of this section, "unsafe buildings, structures or premises" include all buildings or structures and all premises immediately surrounding such buildings or structures, whether erected before or after the effective date of this code, that are structurally unsound or unsafe or not provided with adequate egress, or that constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life, or that, in relation to existing occupancy constitute a hazard to safety, health or public welfare by reason of inadequate maintenance, deterioration, instability, dilapidation, obsolescence, damage by fire or other causes or abandonment as specified in this code or any other effective ordinance.

102.2 Emergency orders. Whenever the building official finds that any building or structure, or portion thereof is in such a dangerous and unsafe condition as to constitute an imminent hazard to life or

limb, the building official may issue an emergency order directing that the building or structure, or portion thereof be restored to a safe condition by a date certain. The order shall be posted on the premises or personally served on the owner of the building or premises and /or any person responsible for the condition and shall specify the time for compliance. The order may also require that the building or structure, or portion thereof, be vacated within a reasonable time to be specified in the order. In the case of extreme danger, the order may specify immediate vacation of the building or structure, or may authorize immediate disconnection of the utilities or energy source. No person may occupy a building or structure, or portion thereof, after the date on which the building is required to be vacated until the building or structure, or portion thereof, is restored to a safe condition as required by the order and this code. It is a violation for any person to fail to comply with an emergency order issued by the building official.

102.3 Hazard correction order. Whenever the building official finds that an unsafe building, structure or premises exists, the building official may issue a hazard correction order specifying the conditions causing the building, structure or premises to be unsafe and directing the owner or other person responsible for the unsafe building, structure or premises to correct the condition by a date certain. In lieu of correction, the owner may submit a report or analysis to the building official analyzing said conditions and establishing that the building, structure or premises is, in fact, safe. The building official may require that the report or analysis be prepared by a licensed engineer and may require compliance with Chapter 34. It is a violation for any person to fail to comply with a hazard correction order as specified in this subsection.

SECTION 103

VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES

103.1 Violations. It is a violation of this code for any person to:

1. erect, construct, enlarge, repair, move, improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, occupy, inspect or maintain any building or structure in the City, contrary to or in violation of any of the provisions of this code;

2. knowingly aid, abet, counsel, encourage, hire, induce or otherwise procure another to violate or fail to comply with this code;

3. use any material or to install any device, appliance or equipment that does not comply with applicable standards of this code or that has not been approved by the building official;

4. violate or fail to comply with any final order issued by the building official pursuant to the provisions of this code or with any requirements of this code.

5. remove, mutilate, destroy or conceal any notice or order issued or posted by the building official pursuant to the provisions of this code, or any notice or order issued or posted by the building official in response to a natural disaster or other emergency.

103.2 Notice of violation. If, after investigation, the building official determines that standards or requirements of this code have been violated or that orders or requirements have not been complied with, the building official may serve a notice of violation upon the owner, agent, or other person responsible for the action or condition. The notice of violation shall state the standards or requirements violated, shall state what corrective action, if any, is necessary to comply with the standards or requirements, and shall set a reasonable time for compliance. The notice shall be served upon the owner, agent or other responsible person by personal service or regular first class mail addressed to the last known address of such person. If no address is available after reasonable inquiry, the notice may be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises. The notice may also be posted even if served by personal service or first class mail. The notice of violation shall be considered an order of the building official if no request for review before the building official is made pursuant to Section 103.3. Nothing in this section limits or precludes any action or proceeding to enforce this chapter, and nothing obligates or requires the building official to issue a notice of violation prior to the imposition of civil or criminal

penalties.

103.3 Review by the building official for notice of violation

103.3.1 Any person affected by a notice of violation issued pursuant to Section 103.2 may obtain a review of the notice by making a request in writing within ten days after service of the notice. When the last day of the period computed is a Saturday, Sunday, federal or City holiday, the period runs until 5:00 p.m. of the next business day.

The review shall occur not less than ten nor more than twenty days after the request is received by the building official unless otherwise agreed by the person requesting the review.

Any person aggrieved by or interested in the notice of violation may submit additional information to the building official.

103.3.2 The review shall be made by a representative of the building official who will review any additional information that is submitted and the basis for issuance of the notice of violation. The reviewer may request clarification of the information received and a site visit.

After the review, the building official shall:

1. Sustain the notice; or

2. Withdraw the notice; or

3. Continue the review to a date certain; or

4. Amend the notice.

103.3.3 The building official shall issue an order containing the decision within 15 days of the date that the review is completed and shall cause the order to be mailed by regular first class mail to the persons requesting the review and the persons named on the notice of violation, addressed to their last known addresses.

103.4 Judicial review. Because civil actions to enforce Title 22

SMC are brought in Seattle Municipal Court pursuant to Section 103.5.2, orders of the building official issued under this chapter are not subject to judicial review pursuant to chapter 36.70C RCW.

103.5 Civil penalties.

103.5.1 Any person violating or failing to comply with the provisions of this code shall be subject to a cumulative civil penalty in an amount not to exceed $500 per day for each violation from the date the violation occurs or begins until compliance is achieved. In cases where the building official has issued a notice of violation, the violation will be deemed to begin, for purposes of determining the number of days of violation, on the date compliance is required by the notice of violation.

103.5.2 Civil actions to enforce this chapter shall be brought exclusively in Seattle Municipal Court, except as otherwise required by law or court rule. In any civil action for a penalty, the City has the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that a violation exists or existed; the issuance of a notice of violation or of an order following a review by the building official is not itself evidence that a violation exists.

103.6 Alternative criminal penalty. Anyone who violates or fails to

comply with any order issued by the building official pursuant to this code or who removes, mutilates, destroys or conceals a notice issued or posted by the building official shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by a fine of not more than $5000 or by imprisonment for not more than 365 days, or by both such fine and imprisonment. Each day's violation or failure to comply shall constitute a separate offense.

103.7 Additional relief. The building official may seek legal or equitable relief to enjoin any acts or practices and abate any condition when necessary to achieve compliance.

103.8 Recording of notices.

103.8.1 The building official may record a copy of any order or notice with the Department of Records and Elections of King County.

103.8.2 The building official may record with the Department of Records and Elections of King County a notice that a permit has expired without a final inspection after reasonable efforts have been made to provide a final inspection.

SECTION 104

ORGANIZATION AND ENFORCEMENT

104.1 Jurisdiction of Department of Planning and Development. The Department of Planning and Development is authorized to administer and enforce this code. The Department is under the administrative and operational control of the Director, who is the building official.

104.2 Deputies. The building official may appoint such officers, inspectors, assistants and other employees as shall be authorized from time to time. The building official may authorize such employees as may be necessary to carry out the functions of the building official.

104.3 Right of entry. With the consent of the owner or occupier of a building or premises, or pursuant to a lawfully issued warrant, the building official may enter a building or premises at any reasonable time to perform the duties imposed by this code.

104.4 Stop work orders. The building official may issue a stop work order whenever any work is being done contrary to the provisions of this code, or in the event of dangerous or unsafe conditions related to construction or demolition. The stop work order shall identify the violation and may prohibit work or other activity on the site.

104.4.1 Service of stop work order. The building official may serve the stop work order by posting it in a conspicuous place at the site, if posting is physically possible. If posting is not physically possible, then the stop work order may be served in the manner set forth in RCW 4.28.080 for service of a summons or by sending it by first class mail to the last known address of: the property owner, the person doing or causing the work to be done, and the holder of a permit if work is being stopped on a permit. For purposes of this section, service is complete at the time of posting or of personal service, or if mailed, three days after the date of mailing. When the last day of the period so computed is a Saturday, Sunday or city holiday, the period runs until 5:00 p.m. on the next business day.

104.4.2 Effective date of stop work order. Stop work orders are effective when posted, or if posting is not physically possible, when one of the persons identified in Section 104.4.1 is served.

104.4.3 Review by the building official for stop work orders.

104.4.3.1 Any person aggrieved by a stop work order may obtain a review of the order by delivering to the building official a request in writing within 2 business days of the date of service of the stop work order.

The review shall occur within 2 business days after receipt by the building official of the request for review unless the requestor agrees to a longer time.

Any person aggrieved by or interested in the stop work order may submit additional information to the building official for consideration as part of the review at any time prior to the review.

104.4.3.2 The review will be made by a representative of the building official who will review all additional information received and may also request a site visit. After the review, the building official may:

a. Sustain the stop work order;

b. Withdraw the stop work order;

c. Modify the stop work order; or

d. Continue the review to a date certain for receipt of

additional information.

104.4.3.3 The building official shall issue an order of the building official containing the decision within 2 business days after the review and shall cause the order to be sent by first class mail to the person or persons requesting the review, any person on whom the stop work order was served, and any other person who requested a copy before issuance of the order. The City and all parties shall be bound by the order.

104.5 Occupancy violations.

104.5.1 Whenever any building or structure is being occupied contrary to the provisions of this code, the building official may order such occupancy discontinued and the building or structure, or portion thereof, vacated by notice. The notice shall be served by personal service or regular first class mail addressed to the last known address of the occupant of the premises or any person causing such occupancy. If no address is available after reasonable inquiry, the notice may be served by posting it in a conspicuous place on the premises.

104.5.2 Any person occupying the building or structure shall discontinue the occupancy by the date specified in the notice of the building official, or shall make the building or structure, or portion thereof, comply with the requirements of this code; provided, however, that in the event of an unsafe building, Section 102 may apply.

104.6 Liability.

104.6.1 Nothing in this code is intended to be nor shall be construed to create or form the basis for any liability on the part of the City, or its officers, employees or agents, for any injury or damage resulting from the failure of a building to conform to the provisions of this code, or by reason or as a consequence of any inspection, notice, order, certificate, permission or approval authorized or issued or done in connection with the implementation or enforcement of this code, or by reason of any action or inaction on the part of the City related in any manner to the enforcement of this code by its officers, employees or agents.

104.6.2 This code shall not be construed to relieve or lessen the responsibility of any person owning, operating or controlling any building or structure for any damages to persons or property caused by defects, nor shall the Department of Planning and Development or the City of Seattle be held to have assumed any such liability by reason of the inspections authorized by this code or any permits or certificates issued under this code.

104.7 Duties of the fire chief. The duties of the fire chief are as defined in the Fire Code.

104.8 Responsibilities of parties.

104.8.1 Responsibility for compliance. Compliance with the requirements of this code is the obligation of the owner of the building, structure, or premises, the duly authorized agent of the owner, and other persons responsible for the condition or work, and not of the City or any of its officers or employees.

104.8.2 Responsibilities of registered design professional in responsible charge. It is the responsibility of the registered design professional in responsible charge to ensure that the information on the contract documents submitted for a building permit is complete and, to the best of the design professional's knowledge, conforms to the requirements of this code.

104.8.3 Responsibilities of structural engineer in responsible charge. It is the responsibility of the structural engineer in responsible charge to:

1. Design the primary structure;

Exception: A licensed engineer other than the structural engineer in responsible charge may design the primary structure of single-story metal buildings.

2. Specify design loads, configurations, controlling dimensions, deflection limits and/or other criteria necessary for the design of secondary structural components and sub-systems and the selection of structurally qualified products;

3. Determine the adequacy and conformance of the application of the structurally qualified products with the design intent of the Cityapproved contract documents;

4. Review for compatibility with the City-approved contract documents the shop drawings for the primary structural parts and the design and shop drawings for secondary structural parts for the following structural elements:

Wood trusses Glue-lam beams

Steel joists Structural steel

Steel decking Prefabricated stair systems

Precast concrete piles Post-tensioned floor systems

Curtain wall systems Precast prestress planks

Major skylight frames Precast concrete/masonry wall panels

The building official may approve additions to, or deletions from this list. If there is no structural engineer in responsible charge on the project, the architect in responsible charge shall assume these responsibilities.

For the purpose of this section, primary structure and secondary structural part are defined as follows:

1. Primary structure consists of the foundation(s), structural floor(s), roof and walls, bracing members, columns, all other structural components and all connections within and between these elements, which, acting together, provide a complete stable structural framework.

2. Secondary structural part (component or subsystem) is a structurally significant portion of the building that is supported by the primary structure, but which does not contribute to the strength or stability of the primary structure. Such a part must have internal structural integrity to perform its function and must have its interactions with and its attachments to, the primary structure analyzed and designed to assure its proper integration within the total structure.

104.8.4 Responsibilities of contractor. It is the responsibility of the contractor to perform all the work in conformance with the Cityapproved contract documents.

104.8.5 Responsibilities of plans examiner. It is the responsibility of the plans examiner to verify that the description of the work in an application for permit and permit plans is substantially complete, and to require corrections where, to the best of the plans examiner's knowledge, the plans do not conform to this code or other pertinent laws and ordinances.

104.8.6 Responsibilities of field inspector. It is the responsibility of the field inspector to make called inspections to verify that the work in progress conforms with the approved plans and to require corrections where, to the best of the field inspector's knowledge, the work either does not conform to the plans or where the work is in violation of this code or other pertinent laws and ordinances.

104.9 Modifications. The building official may modify the requirements of this code for individual cases provided the building official finds: (1) there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code; (2) the modification is in conformity with the intent and purpose of this code; and (3) the modification will provide a reasonable level of fire protection and structural integrity when considered together with other safety features of the building or other relevant circumstances. The building official may, but is not required to, record the approval of modifications and any relevant information in the files of the building official or on the approved permit plans.

104.10 Alternate materials, methods of construction and design. This code does not prevent the use of any material, design or method of construction not specifically allowed or prohibited by this code, provided the alternate has been approved and its use authorized by the building official. The building official may approve an alternate, provided the building official finds that the proposed alternate complies with the provisions of this code and that the alternate, when considered together with other safety features of the building or other relevant circumstances, will provide at least an equivalent level of strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability, safety and sanitation. Certain code alternates have been pre-approved by the building official and are identified in this code as numbered code alternates. The building official may require that sufficient evidence or proof be submitted to reasonably substantiate any claims regarding the use or suitability of the alternate. The building official may, but is not required to, record the approval of modifications and any relevant information in the files of the building official or on the approved permit plans.

104.11 Tests. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with any of the provisions of this code or evidence that any material or construction does not conform to the requirements of this code, the building official may require tests as proof of compliance to be made at no expense to the City. Test methods shall be specified by this code or by other recognized test standards. If there are no recognized and accepted test methods for the proposed alternate, the building official shall determine the test procedures. All tests shall be made by an approved agency. Reports of such tests shall be retained by the building official.

104.12 Rules of the building official.

104.12.1 Authority of building official. The building official has authority to issue interpretations of this code and to adopt and enforce rules and regulations supplemental to this code as may be deemed necessary in order to clarify the application of the provisions of this code. Such interpretations, rules and regulations shall be in conformity with the intent and purpose of this code.

104.12.2 Procedure for adoption of rules. The building official shall promulgate, adopt and issue rules according to the procedures specified in the Administrative Code, Chapter 3.02 of the Seattle Municipal Code.

104.13 Appeals. Except for stop work orders, notices of violations and revocations of permits, appeals from decisions or actions pertaining to the administration and enforcement of this code may be addressed in writing to the building official. An appellant may request a review by three or more members of the Construction Codes Advisory Board, chosen by the Chair. The issue of the appeal shall be taken into account by the Chair when selecting members to hear an appeal. The decision of the review panel on the appeal is advisory only. The final decision on any appealable matter is made by the building official.

SECTION 105

CONSTRUCTION CODES ADVISORY BOARD

105.1 Establishment. There is a "Construction Codes Advisory Board" ("Board") consisting of 13 voting members, appointed by the Mayor and subject to confirmation by the City Council. The Board membership consists of one representative of each of the following professions or organizations. The representative of a profession need not be a member of the profession but may be a representative of an organization of such professionals.

1 architect;

1 structural engineer;

1 electrical engineer;

1 heating, refrigeration and air-conditioning engineer;

1 general contractor;

1 electrical contractor;

1 commercial building owner or operator;

1 apartment building owner or operator;

1 developer and/or contractor of residential projects;

1 member of organized labor; and

3 members of the general public.

A representative of each of the following departments shall be ex officio, non-voting members of the Board:

Seattle Fire Department;

Seattle City Light; and

Seattle-King County Department of Public Health.

105.2 Duties of Board.

105.2.1 General. The Board shall acts in an advisory capacity for all of its duties. The Board shall meet on call either by the building official or the Board Chair, subject to timely notice.

105.2.2 Code adoption and amendment. The Board may examine proposed new editions and amendments to the following codes and regulations:

Seattle Building Code Chapter 22.100 SMC*

Seattle Residential Code Chapter 22.150 SMC

Seattle Mechanical Code Chapter 22.400 SMC

Seattle Fuel Gas Code Chapter 22.420 SMC

Seattle Boiler Code Chapter 22.450 SMC

Washington State Energy Code with Seattle Amendments Chapter 22.700 SMC

Seattle Electrical Code Chapter 22.300 SMC

Building Code-related provisions of the Housing and Building Maintenance Code Chapter 22.206.

* SMC is the Seattle Municipal Code.

The Board may make recommendations to the building official and to the City Council for adoption and amendment of these codes.

105.2.3 Review of director's rules. The Board may examine proposed administrative rules relating to the codes and regulations listed above and make recommendations to the building official.

105.2.4 Appeals. The Board shall serve as an advisory hearing body for appeals sought under Section 104.13 of the Seattle Building Code, Section R104.12 of the Seattle Residential Code, Section 110 of the Seattle Mechanical Code, Section 110 of the Seattle Fuel Gas Code, and Section 80.17 of the Seattle Electrical Code.

105.3 Organization. The Board shall organize, and elect a chair and any other officers as may be established by the Board. The Board may adopt rules of procedure. There shall be a committee of the Board for each code assigned to its review. Committees shall consist of Board members and may include additional members such as other representatives of the general public and professions not specifically represented on the Board. Any non-Board members of committees shall be appointed by the Chair. The Chair may, from time to time, appoint special topic subcommittees.

105.4 Terms of service. Terms of Board members are three years, dating from the day of expiration of the preceding term; provided, a member whose term has expired shall continue to serve until a successor is appointed and confirmed. Terms on the Board shall be staggered so that the terms of not more than 5 positions expire concurrently. Vacancies shall be filled for any unexpired term in the same manner as the original appointment.

105.5 Removal of Board member. A member may be removed by the Mayor, subject to a vote of a majority of members of the City Council.

105.6 Compensation of Board members. No member shall receive any compensation for service on the Board.

SECTION 106

BUILDING PERMITS

106.1 Permits required. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this code, a building permit shall be obtained from the building official for each building or structure prior to erecting, constructing, enlarging, altering, repairing, moving, improving,

removing, changing the occupancy of, or demolishing such building or structure, or allowing the same to be done. All work shall comply with this code, even where no permit is required.

106.2 Work exempt from permit. A building permit is not required for the work listed below. Exemption from the permit requirements of this code does not authorize any work to be done in any manner in violation of the provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of the City.

1. Minor repairs or alterations that, as determined by the building official, cost the owner $4,000 or less in any 6-month period. Such repairs and alterations shall not include the removal, reduction, alteration, or relocation of any loadbearing support. Egress, light, ventilation, and fire-resistance shall not be reduced without a permit.

2. Minor work including the following, provided no changes are made to the building envelope: patio and concrete slabs on grade, painting or cleaning a building, repointing a chimney, installing kitchen cabinets, paneling or other surface finishes over existing wall and ceiling systems applied in accordance with Chapter 8, insulating existing buildings, abatement of hazardous materials, demolition of nonstructural interior tenant improvements in retail and office uses, and in-kind or similar replacement of or repair of deteriorated members of a structure.

3. One-story detached accessory buildings used for greenhouse, tool or storage shed, playhouse, or similar uses, if:

3.1 The projected roof area does not exceed 120 square feet; and

3.2 The building is not placed on a concrete foundation other than a slab on grade.

4. Fences not over 8 feet high that do not have masonry or concrete elements above 6 feet.

5. Arbors and other open-framed landscape structures not exceeding 120 square feet in projected area.

6. Cases, counters and partitions not over 5 feet 9 inches high.

7. Retaining walls and rockeries which are not over 4 feet in height measured from the bottom of the footing to the top of the wall, if:

7.1 There is no surcharge or impoundment of Class I, II or III-A liquids.

7.2 Construction does not support soils in a steep slope area, potential landslide area or known slide area as identified in the Seattle Environmentally Critical Areas Ordinance Section 25.09.020 of the Seattle Municipal Code.

7.3 Possible failure would likely cause no damage to adjoining property or structures.

8. Platforms, walks and driveways not more than 18 inches above grade and not over any basement or story below.

9. Temporary motion picture, television and theater stage sets and scenery.

10. Window awnings supported by an exterior wall of Group R-3, and Group U occupancies when projecting not more than 54 inches.

11. Prefabricated swimming pools, spas and similar equipment accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy in which the pool walls are entirely above the adjacent grade and if the capacity does not exceed 5,000 gallons.

12. Replacement of roofing materials and siding. This shall not include structural changes, replacement of sheathing or alterations to doors and windows. See Energy Code Sections 101.3.2.5 and 1132.1 for insulation requirements for existing buildings.

Exception: In detached oneand twofamily dwellings, the existing roof sheathing may be replaced and roof structure may be repaired without permit provided no changes are made to the building envelope other than adding or replacing insulation, and the work is equivalent to or better than the existing structure.

13. School, park or private playground equipment including tree houses.

14. Removal and/or replacement of underground storage tanks that are subject to regulation by a state or federal agency.

Note: A Fire Department permit is required for removal, replacement and decommissioning of underground storage tanks.

15. Installation of dish and panel antennas 6.56 feet (2 m) or less in diameter or diagonal measurement.

106.3 Other permits required. Unless otherwise exempted by this or other pertinent codes, separate master use, plumbing, electrical and mechanical permits may be required for the above exempted items.

106.4 Flood hazard areas. In addition to the permit required by this section, all work to be performed in areas of special flood hazard, as identified in the report entitled "Flood Insurance Study for King County, Washington and Incorporated Areas" and the accompanying Flood Insurance Rate Maps and filed in C.F. 296948, is subject to additional standards and requirements, including floodplain development approval or a Floodplain Development License, as set forth in Chapter 25.06, the Seattle Floodplain Development Ordinance.

106.5 Application for permit.

106.5.1 Application. To obtain a permit, the applicant shall first file an application in writing on a form furnished by the Department of Planning and Development for that purpose. Every such application shall:

1. Identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which application is made.

2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be done by legal description, property address or similar description that will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work.

3. Provide contractor's business name, address, phone number and current contractor registration number (required if contractor has been selected).

4. Be accompanied by plans, and other data as required in Section 106.5.2.

5. State the valuation of any new building or structure or any addition, remodeling or alteration to an existing building including cost breakdown between additions and alterations.

6. Be signed by the owner of the property or building, or the owner's authorized agent, who may be required to submit evidence to indicate such authority.

7. Give such other data and information as may be required by the

building official, including, but not limited to, master use and shoreline permits and building identification plans.

8. Indicate the name of the owner and contractor and the name, address and phone number of a contact person.

9. Substantially conform with the Land Use Code, critical areas regulations and building code regulations in effect on the date the application is submitted.

106.5.2 Plans and specifications.

106.5.2.1 General. Plans, calculations, diagrams and other data shall be submitted in two or more sets with each application for a permit. Computations, stress diagrams, shop and fabrication drawings and other data sufficient to show the adequacy of the plans shall be submitted when required by the building official.

Exception: The building official may waive the submission of plans, calculations, diagrams and other data, if the building official finds that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of plans is not necessary to obtain compliance with this code.

106.5.2.2 Preparation by registered design professionals. Plans, computations and specifications for all work shall be prepared and designed by or under the direct supervision of an architect or structural engineer licensed to practice under the laws of the State of Washington. Each sheet of plans shall bear the seal and the signature of the registered design professional.

Exceptions:

1. Plans and specifications for work not involving structural design are permitted to be prepared by a registered professional engineer or registered architect qualified in the proposed work.

2. When authorized by the building official, plans and specifications need not be prepared by an engineer or architect licensed by the State of Washington for the following:

1. Detached oneand two-family dwellings.

2. New buildings or structures, and additions, alterations or repairs made to them of conventional light frame construction, having a total valuation of less than $30,000.

3. Nonstructural alterations and repairs having a total valuation of less than $30,000, excluding the value of electrical and mechanical systems, fixtures, equipment, interior finish and millwork.

4. The building official may accept the design of a registered professional engineer for assembly line products or designed specialty structural products.

5. Other work as specified in rules promulgated by the building official.

106.5.2.3 Clarity of plans. Plans shall be drawn to a clearly indicated and commonly accepted scale upon substantial paper such as blueprint quality or standard drafting paper. Tissue paper, posterboard or cardboard will not be accepted. The plans shall be of microfilm quality and are limited to a minimum size of 18 inches by 18 inches and a maximum size of 41 inches by 54 inches.

Exception: The plans for metal plate connected wood trusses may be not less than 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches for single family structures and no less than 11 inches by 17 inches for all other structures.

106.5.2.4 Information required on plans. Plans shall include the following, as applicable:

1. A plot plan showing the width of streets, alleys, yards and courts.

2. The location (and/or location within a building), floor area, story, height, type of construction and occupancy classification as defined by the Building Code and use as defined by the Land Use Code of the proposed building and of every existing building on the property.

3. Where there are more than two buildings located on a property, a building identification plan identifying the location of each building on the property and identifying each building by a numbering

system unrelated to address. Such plan is not required where a plan for the site is already on file and no new buildings are being added to the site.

4. Types of heating and air conditioning systems.

5. Architectural plans, including floor plans, elevations and door and finish schedules showing location of all doors, windows, mechanical equipment, shafts, pipes, vents and ducts.

6. Structural plans, including foundation plan and framing plans.

7. Cross-sections and construction details for both architectural and structural plans including wall sections, foundation, floor and roof details, connections of structural members and types of construction material.

8. Topographic plans, including original and final contours, location of all buildings and structures on the site and, when required by the building official, adjacent to the site, and cubic yards of cut and fill.

9. If the building official has reason to believe that there may be an intrusion into required open areas or over the property line, a survey of the property prepared by a land surveyor licensed by the State of Washington is required for new construction, and for additions or accessory buildings.

10. If any building or structure is to be erected or constructed on property abutting an unimproved or partially improved street or alley, the plans shall also include a profile showing the established or proposed grade of the street or alley, based upon information obtained from the Director of Transportation relating to the proposed finished elevations of the property and improvements thereon.

106.5.2.5 Information on first sheet. The first or general note sheet of each set of plans shall specify the following, as applicable:

1. The building and street address of the work.

2. The name and address of the owner and person who prepared the plans.

3. Legal description of the property.

4. Type of occupancy of all parts of the building(s) as defined in this code, including notation of fixed fire protection devices or systems.

5. Zoning classification of the property and existing and proposed uses of the structure(s) as defined in the Land Use Code.

6. Indication of location within the fire district as defined in this code, if applicable.

7. Type of construction as defined in this code.

8. Number of stories and basements as defined in this code.

9. Variances, conditional uses, special exceptions, including project numbers, approval and approval extension dates.

10. Where applicable, a description of the design selected and approved at a Section 403 highrise building pre-design conference, a Section 404 atrium pre-design conference, a Section 414.1.4 hazardous occupancy pre-design conference, a Section 1613.1.1 seismic design pre-design conference or a similar conference on a building subject to Fire Code Chapter 93.

106.5.2.6 Structural notes. Plans submitted for buildings with an occupant load of 50 or more, buildings of more than two stories, buildings of more than 4,500 square feet total floor area or buildings or other structures that are determined by the building official to embody hazards or complex structural concepts shall include applicable information including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Design loads: Snow load, live loads and lateral loads. If required by the building official, the structural notes for plans engineered to Chapter 9 of ASCE 7 shall include the factors of the base shear formula used in the design;

2. Foundations: Foundation investigations, allowable bearing pressure for spread footings, allowable load capacity of piles, lateral earth pressure;

3. Masonry: Type and strength of units, strength or proportions of mortar and grout, type and strength of reinforcement, method of testing, design strength;

4. Wood: Species or species groups, and grades of sawn lumber, glued-laminated lumber, plywood and assemblies, type of fasteners;

5. Concrete: Design strengths, mix designs, type and strength of reinforcing steel, welding of reinforcing steel, restrictions, if any;

6. Steel and aluminum: Specification types, grades and strengths, welding electrode types and strengths;

7. Assignment of responsibilities for inspection and testing during construction, and the degree of inspection and testing;

In lieu of detailed structural notes the building official may approve minor references on the plans to a specific section or part of this code or other ordinances or laws.

106.5.2.7 Fire-resistive notes. The building official may require that plans for buildings more than two stories in height of other than Groups R-3 and U occupancies indicate how required structural and fire-resistive integrity will be maintained where a penetration will be made for electrical, mechanical, plumbing and communication conduits, pipes and similar systems.

The building official may require that, when required for fireresistive construction, the method of installation of wall and ceiling coverings and the protection of structural parts be specified on the plans unless the listing that documents the rating specifies a method no more restrictive than the minimum standards of Chapter 7.

106.5.3 Construction inspection notes. The design professional in responsible charge shall include in the final permit documents the following:

1. Special inspections required by Chapter 17.

2. Other structural inspections required by the design professional in responsible charge.

106.6 Permit review and issuance.

106.6.1 General. The application, plans, specifications and other data filed by an applicant for permit shall be reviewed by the building official. Such plans may be reviewed by other departments of the City to check compliance with the laws and ordinances under their jurisdiction.

106.6.2 Determination of completeness. Within 28 days after an application is filed, the building official shall notify the applicant in writing either that the application is complete or that it is not complete, and if not complete, what additional information is required to make it complete. Within fourteen days after receiving the additional information, the building official shall notify the applicant in writing whether the application is now complete or what additional information is necessary. An application shall be deemed to be complete if the building official does not notify the applicant in writing by the deadlines in this section that the application is incomplete.

106.6.3 Decision and issuance of permit. Except as provided in Section 106.6.7, the building official shall approve, condition or deny the application within 120 days as that time period is calculated pursuant to RCW 36.70B.090. If the building official finds that the work as described in an application for a permit and the plans, specifications and other data filed therewith conforms to the requirements of this code and other pertinent laws and ordinances and that the fees specified in the Fee Subtitle have been paid, the building official shall issue a permit to the applicant, who then becomes the permit holder or authorized agent.

Exception:

1. The building official may issue a permit for the construction of part of a building or structure before complete plans for the whole building or structure have been submitted or approved, if the proposed project complies with the State Environmental Policy Act as adopted by the City (Chapter 25.05 Seattle Municipal Code) as amended and the Land Use Code, as amended; and if adequate information and plans have been filed and checked to assure compliance with all pertinent requirements of this and other pertinent codes. The holder of such a permit shall proceed at the permit holder's risk without assurance that a permit for the entire building or structure will be granted.

2. After approval of a Master Use Permit as required by the Land Use Code, a permit for excavation may be issued.

106.6.4 Permit conditions and denial. The building official may condition a permit if the building official determines that risks associated with development, construction, ownership and occupation in areas of the city, including, but not limited to potential slide areas, can be reduced to an acceptable level. The building official may deny such permit if the building official determines that the risks cannot be reduced to an acceptable level.

106.6.5 Compliance with approved plans and permit. When the building official issues a permit, the building official shall endorse the permit in writing and endorse in writing or stamp the plans APPROVED. Such approved plans and permit shall not be changed, modified or altered without authorization from the building official, and all work shall be done in accordance with the approved plans and permit except as the building official may require during field inspection to correct errors or omissions.

106.6.6 Amendments to the permit. When modifications, substitutions or changes to the approved work are made during construction, approval of the building official shall be obtained prior to execution. The building inspector may approve minor modifications, substitutions and changes to the plans for work not reducing the structural strength or fire and life safety of the structure. The building inspector shall determine if it is necessary to revise the approved plans. No substitutions, modifications or changes that are subject to special inspection required by Section 1704 shall be made during construction unless approved by the building official. Substitutions, changes and clarifications shall be shown on two sets of plans that shall be submitted to and approved by the building official, accompanied by fees specified in the Fee Subtitle prior to occupancy. All substitutions and changes shall conform to the requirements of this code and other pertinent laws and ordinances and

other issued permits.

106.6.7. Cancellation of permit applications. Applications may be cancelled if no permit is issued by the earlier of the following: (1) twelve months following the date of application; or (2) sixty days from the date of written notice that the permit is ready to issue. After cancellation, plans and other data submitted for review may be returned to the applicant or destroyed by the building official.

The building official will notify the applicant in writing at least thirty days before the application is cancelled. The notice shall specify a date by which a request for extension must be submitted in order to avoid cancellation. The date shall be at least two weeks prior to the date on which the application will be cancelled.

106.6.8 Extensions prior to permit issuance. At the discretion of the building official, applications for projects that require more than twelve months to review and approve may be extended for a period that provides reasonable time to complete the review and approval, but in no case longer than twenty-four months from the date of the original application. No application may be extended more than once. After cancellation, the applicant shall submit a new application and pay a new fee to restart the permit process.

Notwithstanding other provisions of this code, applications may be extended where issuance of the permit is delayed by litigation, preparation of environmental impact statements, appeals, strikes or other causes related to the application that are beyond the applicant's control, or while the applicant is making progress toward issuance of a master use permit.

See the Fee Subtitle for fee refunds.

106.7 Retention of plans. One set of approved plans, which may be on microfilm, shall be retained by the building official. One set of approved plans shall be returned to the applicant and shall be kept at the site of the building or work for use by inspection personnel at all times during which the work authorized is in progress.

106.8 Validity of permit. The issuance or granting of a permit or approval of plans shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this code or other pertinent laws and ordinances.

The issuance of a permit based upon plans shall not prevent the building official from requiring the correction of errors in the plans or from preventing building operations being carried on thereunder when in violation of this code or of other pertinent laws and ordinances of the City.

The issuance of a building permit shall not prevent the building official from requiring correction of conditions found to be in violation of this code or other pertinent laws and ordinances of the City, nor shall the period of time for which any such permit is issued be construed to extend or otherwise affect any period of time for compliance specified in any notice or order issued by the building official or other administrative authority requiring the correction of any such conditions.

106.9 Expiration of permits. Authority to do the work authorized by a permit or a renewed permit expires eighteen months from the date of issuance.

Exceptions:

1. Initial permits for major construction projects that require more than eighteen months to complete, according to a construction schedule submitted by the applicant, may be issued for a period that provides reasonable time to complete the work but in no case longer than three years.

2. Permits which expire in less than eighteen months may be issued where the building official determines a shorter period is appropriate to complete the work.

106.10 Renewal of permits. Permits may be renewed and renewed permits may be further renewed by the building official if the following conditions are met:

1. Application for renewal is made within the thirty-day period immediately preceding the date of expiration of the permit; and

2. If the project has had an associated discretionary Land Use review, the land use approval has not expired per Seattle Municipal Code 23.76. 032; and

3. If an application for renewal is made either more than eighteen months after the date of mandatory compliance with a new or revised edition of the Building Code or after the effective date of an amendment to applicable provisions of the Land Use Code or the Environmentally Critical Areas Ordinance (Chapter 25.09 of the

Seattle Municipal Code), the permit shall not be renewed unless:

3.1 The building official determines that the permit complies, or is modified to comply, with the code or codes in effect on the date of application renewal; or

3.2 The work authorized by the permit is substantially underway and progressing at a rate approved by the building official. "Substantially underway" means that work such as excavation, inspections, and installation of framing, electrical, mechanical and finish work is being completed on a continuing basis.

Permits may also be renewed where commencement or completion of the work authorized by the permit is delayed by litigation, appeals, strikes or other causes related to the work authorized by the permit, beyond the permit holder's control.

106.11 Reestablishment. A new permit is required to complete work if a permit has expired and was not renewed.

Exception: A permit that expired less than one year prior to the date of a request for reestablishment may be reestablished upon approval of the building official if it complies with Section 106.10.2, Items 2 and 3 above.

106.12 Revocation of building permits.

106.12.1 Standards for revocation. A permit may be revoked if:

1. The code or the building permit has been or is being violated and issuance of a notice of violation or stop work order has been or would be ineffective to secure compliance because of circumstances related to the violation;

2. The permit was obtained with false or misleading information.

106.12.2. Notice of revocation. Whenever the building official determines there are grounds for revoking a permit, the building official may issue a notice of revocation.

The notice of revocation shall identify the reason for the proposed revocation, including the violations, the conditions violated, and any alleged false or misleading information provided.

The notice of revocation shall be served on the owner of the property on which the work is occurring, the holder of a permit if different than the owner, and the person doing or causing the work to be done.

The notice of revocation shall be served in the manner set forth in RCW 4.28.080 for service of a summons or sent by first class mail. For purposes of this section, service is complete at the time of personal service, or if mailed, three days after the date of mailing. When the last day of the period so computed is a Saturday, Sunday or City holiday, the period runs until five p.m. on the next business day.

The building official shall identify in the notice of revocation a date certain on which the revocation will take effect unless review before the building official is requested and pursued pursuant to Section 106.12.3.

106.12.3 Review by the building official for notice of revocation.

106.12.3.1 Any person aggrieved by a notice of revocation may obtain a review by making a request in writing to the building official within 3 business days of the date of service of the notice of revocation.

The review shall occur within 5 business days after receipt by the building official of the request for review.

Any person aggrieved by or interested in the notice of revocation may submit additional information to the building official for consideration as part of the review at any time prior to the review.

106.12.3.2 The review will be made by a representative of the building official who will review all additional information received and may also request a site visit. After the review, the building official may:

1. Sustain the notice of revocation and set or modify the date the revocation will take effect;

2. Withdraw the notice of revocation;

3. Modify the notice of revocation and set or modify the date the revocation will take effect; or

4. Continue the review to a date certain for receipt of additional information.

106.12.3.3 The building official shall issue an order of the building official containing the decision within 10 days after the review and shall cause the same to be sent by first class mail to the person or persons requesting the review, any other person on whom the notice of revocation was served, and any other person who requested a copy before issuance of the order of the building official. The order of the building official is the final order of the City and the City and all parties shall be bound by the order.

106.13 Permits and certificates of occupancy for temporary structures.

106.13.1 Tents and similar facilities. The building official may issue a nonrenewable permit and certificate of occupancy to erect and maintain for a period not to exceed six months, a tent or other temporary structure to be used for religious services, conventions, circuses, carnivals, fairs, special sales or similar uses.

Exception: Authority to issue permits is vested with the Fire Department for temporary tents and canopies meeting all of the following conditions:

1. The permit is for less than 4 weeks;

2. The temporary structure will be located 200 feet or more from shorelines;

3. No stage, platform, bleacher or similar structure greater than 4 feet in height will be installed inside any temporary structure;

4. No temporary structure will be attached to a building or other permanent structure for support;

5. The temporary permit does not propose foul-weather use, or a structure of unusual shape, unusual location or large area or height.

Such structures shall be removed before the expiration of the sixmonth period specified on the certificate of occupancy. Removal shall be guaranteed by a cash deposit with the building official or by a surety bond, the amount of which, in either case, shall be fixed by the building official.

Note: The Land Use and Fire codes may impose additional restrictions on tents and temporary structures.

The construction of the structure shall be subject to such reasonable safeguards for persons and property as the building official shall prescribes. The nature and extent of fireextinguishing equipment and decorations shall be subject to the requirements of the fire chief, and the sanitary facilities shall meet the requirements of the Director of Public Health.

The cash deposit or bond shall also be conditioned so that, if the occupant or owner fails to conform to any of the requirements of the City related to the erection, maintenance or removal of the tent or other structure, officers of the City may enter the premises and take steps necessary to make the structure conform to the requirements. The City shall be permitted to recover the cost thereof from the cash deposit or bond.

106.13.2 Temporary structures. Temporary structures such as reviewing stands and other structures conforming to the requirements of this code, and sheds, canopies, or fences used for the protection of the public around and in conjunction with construction work may be erected by special permit from the building official for a limited period of time. The building or structure shall be subject to the bonding, removal and safety provisions of Section 106.13.1. Temporary buildings or structures in the right-of-way are regulated by the Director of Transportation.

106.13.3 Temporary office trailers. The building official may issue a building/use permit and certificate of occupancy for eighteen months for the installation of a commercial coach or modular home as a temporary office or other use as may be determined by the building official, subject to the following:

1. The commercial coach shall be identified by a State of Washington black sticker located by the door. The structure may be placed on a temporary foundation and shall be anchored to resist wind and seismic lateral forces.

2. The modular home shall be identified by a State of Washington gold sticker located by the door. Modular homes shall be permitted only if no heavy storage is anticipated for the temporary office use. The structure may be placed on a temporary foundation and shall be anchored to resist wind and seismic lateral forces.

3. A plot plan shall be submitted to verify compliance with the Land Use Code and to check exposure to other buildings.

4. The proposed use must be permitted outright under the Land Use Code and comply with all other pertinent laws and ordinances.

5. Construction offices are regulated by Section 106.13.4.

A subsequent permit and certificate of occupancy for another eighteen months may be issued at the end of each eighteen-month period if the building official determines that the commercial coach or modular home complies with this section.

106.13.4 Construction buildings. The building official may issue a permit to erect and maintain construction offices, dry shacks and similar temporary buildings, including material and equipment storage, all for the purpose of constructing an improvement.

Exception: A temporary permit is not required for construction offices and similar temporary buildings located on the same premises for which a construction permit has been issued.

Such structures shall be removed within 14 days after the termination of the permit. Removal shall be guaranteed by a cash deposit with the building official or by a surety bond, the amount of which, in either case, shall be fixed by the building official.

The construction of the structure shall be subject to reasonable safeguards for persons and property as the building official shall prescribes; the nature and extent of fire-extinguishing equipment shall be subject to the requirements of the fire chief, and the sanitary facilities shall meet the requirements of the Director of Public Health.

The cash deposit or bond shall be conditioned so that, if the occupant or owner fails to conform to any of the requirements of the City related to the erection, maintenance or removal of the tent or other structure, officers of the City may enter the premises and take steps necessary to make the structure conform to the requirements. The City shall be permitted to recover the cost thereof from the cash deposit or bond.

SECTION 107

FEES

107.1 Fees. A fee for each building permit and for other activities related to the enforcement of this code shall be paid as set forth in the Fee Subtitle.

SECTION 108

INSPECTIONS

108.1 General. All construction or work for which a permit is required is subject to inspection by the building official, and certain types of construction shall have special inspections by registered special inspectors as specified in Chapter 17.

108.2 Surveys. A survey of the lot may be required by the building official to verify compliance of the structure with approved plans.

108.3 Preconstruction conferences. When required by the building official, the owner or the owner's agent shall arrange a conference with the project contractor, the design team, the special inspection agency if special inspection is required, and the building official prior to commencing work on any portion of construction. The intent of the conference is to identify and clarify unusual inspection

requirements of the project. See Section 1703.8 for preconstruction conferences for projects requiring special inspection.

108.4 Inspection requests. It is the duty of the owner of the property or the owner's authorized agent, or the person designated by the owner/agent to do the work authorized by a permit, to notify the building official that work requiring inspection as specified in this section and Chapter 17 is ready for inspection.

108.5 Access for inspection. It is the duty of the permit holder and of the person requesting any inspections required by this code to provide access to and means for proper inspection of such work, including safety equipment required by Washington Industrial Safety and Health Agency. The work shall remain accessible and exposed for inspection purposes until approved by the building official. Neither the building official nor the City shall be liable for expense entailed in the required removal or replacement of any material to allow inspection.

108.6 Inspection record. Work requiring a permit shall not be commenced until the permit holder or the permit holder's agent has posted an inspection record in a conspicuous place on the premises and in a position which allows the building official to conveniently make the required entries regarding inspection of the work. This record shall be maintained in such a position by the permit holder until final approval has been granted by the building official.

108.7 Approvals required. No work shall be done on any part of the building or structure beyond the point indicated in each successive inspection without first obtaining the written approval of the building official. Such written approval shall be given only after an inspection has been made of each successive step in the construction as indicated by each of the inspections required in Section 108.9. There shall be a final inspection and approval of all buildings when completed and ready for occupancy.

Approval as a result of an inspection is not an approval of any violation of the provisions of this code or of other pertinent laws and ordinances of the City. Inspections presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or of other

pertinent laws and ordinances of the City are not valid.

108.8 Concealment of work. No required reinforcing steel or structural framework of any part of any building or structure shall be covered or concealed in any manner whatsoever without first obtaining the approval of the building official.

Exception: Modular homes and commercial coaches identified by State of Washington stickers as specified in Section 106.13.3 and placed upon a permanent foundation approved and inspected by the building official.

108.9 Required inspections. The building official, upon notification by the permit holder or the permit holder's agent, of the property address and permit number, shall make the following inspections and shall either approve that portion of the construction as completed or shall notify the permit holder or the permit holder's agent if the construction fails to comply with the law.

108.9.1 Site inspection. To be made at the time land-disturbing activity begins, following installation of erosion control measures and any required fencing that may restrict land disturbance in steep slope or other buffers

Note: The purpose of the site inspection is to verify the erosion control method, location and proper installation. Approved drainage plan requirements and site plan conditions will also be verified, including buffer delineations.

108.9.2 Foundation inspection. To be made after trenches are excavated and forms erected and when all materials for the foundation are delivered on the job. Where concrete from a central mixing plant (commonly termed "ready mix") is to be used, materials need not be on the job.

108.9.3 Concrete slab or under-floor inspection. To be made after all in-slab or under-floor building service equipment, conduit, piping accessories and other ancillary equipment items are in place but before any concrete is poured or floor sheathing installed, including the subfloor.

108.9.4 Frame inspection. To be made after the roof, all framing, fire-blocking and bracing are in place and all pipes, chimneys and vents are complete and the rough electrical, plumbing, and heating wires, pipes and ducts are approved.

108.9.5 Insulation inspection. To be made after all insulation and vapor barriers are in place but before any gypsum board or plaster is applied.

108.9.6 Lath and/or gypsum board inspection. For shear walls, to be made after lathing and/or gypsum board, interior and exterior, is in place, but before any plastering is applied or before gypsum board joints and fasteners are taped and finished.

108.9.7 Final inspection. To be made after finish grading and the building is completed and before occupancy.

108.10 Special inspections. For special inspections, see Chapter 17.

108.11 Other inspections. In addition to the called inspections specified above, the building official may make or require any other inspections of any construction work to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this code and other pertinent laws and ordinances which are enforced by the building official.

108.12 Special investigation. If work for which any permit or approval is required is commenced or performed prior to making formal

application and receiving the building official's permission to proceed, the building official may make a special investigation inspection before a permit may be issued for such work. Where a special investigation is made, a special investigation fee may be assessed in accordance with the Fee Subtitle.

108.13 Reinspections. The building official may require a reinspection if work for which inspection is called is not complete, corrections required are not made, the inspection record is not properly posted on the work site, the approved plans are not readily available to the inspector, access is not provided on the date for which inspection is requested, or if deviations from plans that require the approval of the building official have been made without proper approval, or as otherwise required by the building official.

For the purpose of determining compliance with Section 3403, Maintenance, the building official or the fire chief may cause any structure to be reinspected.

The building official may assess a reinspection fee as set forth in the Fee Subtitle for any action listed above for which reinspection is required. In instances where reinspection fees have been assessed, no additional inspection of the work will be performed until the required fees have been paid.

SECTION 109

CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

109.1 Occupancy. No new building or structure shall be used or occupied, and no change in the existing occupancy classification of a building or structure, or portion thereof, shall be made until the building official has issued a Certificate of Occupancy therefore after final inspection.

Exception: Detached Group R-3 occupancies and Group U occupancies accessory to them, provided they shall not be used or occupied until approved for occupancy after final inspection.

Issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy is not approval of any violation of the provisions of this code or other pertinent laws and ordinances of the City. Certificates presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or of other pertinent laws and ordinances of the City are not valid.

109.2 Change in occupancy. Changes in the occupancy of a building shall not be made except as specified in Section 3406 of this code.

109.3 Certificate issued. After satisfactory completion of inspections, if it is found that the building or structure requiring a Certificate of Occupancy complies with the provisions of this code, the Fire Code and other pertinent laws and ordinances of the City, the building official shall issue a Certificate of Occupancy which shall contain the following information:

1. The building permit number;

2. The address of the building;

3. A description of that portion of the building for which the certificate is issued;

4. A statement that the described portion of the building complies with the requirements of this code for group and division of occupancy and the activity for which the proposed occupancy is classified; and

5. The name of the building official.

109.4 Temporary certificate. A Temporary Certificate of Occupancy may be issued by the building official for the use of a portion or portions of a building or structure prior to the completion of the entire building or structure if all devices and safeguards for fire protection and life safety, as required by this code, the Fire Code, and other pertinent laws and ordinances of the City, are maintained in a safe and usable condition. See Section 106.13 for Certificates of Occupancy for temporary structures.

109.5 Posting. A Certificate of Occupancy shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises and shall not be removed except by the building official.

109.6 Suspension or revocation of Certificates of Occupancy. The building official may suspend or revoke a Certificate of Occupancy if the certificate is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect information supplied, or when it is determined that the building or structure or portion thereof is in violation of any pertinent laws or ordinances of the City or any of the provisions of this code. The building official shall serve a notice of the suspension or revocation upon the owner, agent or other person responsible for the action or condition. The notice shall state the reason for suspension or revocation, and shall set the date that the suspension or revocation will take effect if compliance is not achieved by the date set in the notice, which shall be a reasonable time for compliance. The notice shall be served upon the owner, agent or other responsible person by personal service or regular first class mail addressed to the last known address of such person. If no address is available after reasonable inquiry, the notice may be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises. The notice shall be considered an order of the building official if no request for review before the building official is made pursuant to Section 109.6.1. Nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to limit or preclude any action or proceeding pursuant to Sections 102, 103, or 104 of this code.

109.6.1 Review by the building official for suspension or revocation of Certificate of Occupancy.

109.6.1.1 Any person affected by a notice of violation issued pursuant to Section 109.6 may obtain a review of the notice by making a request in writing within ten days after service of the notice. When the last day of the period computed is a Saturday, Sunday, federal or City holiday, the period shall run until 5:00 p.m. of the next business day.

The review shall occur not less than ten nor more than twenty days

after the request is received by the building official unless otherwise agreed by the person requesting the review.

Any person aggrieved by or interested in the notice of violation may submit additional information to the building official.

109.6.1.2 The review shall be made by a representative of the building official who will review any additional information that is submitted and the basis for issuance of the notice of violation. The reviewer may request clarification of the information received and a site visit. After the review, the building official shall:

1. Sustain the notice; or

2. Withdraw the notice; or

3. Continue the review to a date certain; or

4. Amend the notice.

109.6.1.3 The building official shall issue an order containing the decision within 15 days of the date that the review is completed and shall cause the order to be mailed by regular first class mail to the persons requesting the review and the persons named on the notice of violation addressed to their last known address.

Section 3. The following sections of Chapter 2 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 201

GENERAL

***

201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not defined in this code and are defined in the International Fuel Gas Code, International Fire Code, International Mechanical Code or International Uniform Plumbing Code, such terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as in those codes.

***

201.5 References to other codes. Whenever an International, National or Uniform Code is referenced in this code, it shall mean the Seattle edition of that code, including any local amendments. References to the "Building Code", "Fire Code", "Mechanical Code" and "Plumbing Code" mean the Seattle editions of those codes.

SECTION 202

DEFINITIONS

***

[W] ADULT FAMILY HOME. See Section 310.2.

***

ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES. See Section 310.2, "Residential Care/Assisted living facilities."

***

AWNING. An architectural projection that provides weather protection, identity or decoration and is wholly supported by the building to which it is attached. An awning is comprised of a lightweight, rigid skeleton structure over which a covering is attached. See Section 3105.2

AWNING SIGN. See Section 3105.2

***

BALCONY, EXTERIOR. See Section 1602.1.

***

BILLBOARD. See Section 3107.3.

***

BUILDING FACADE. See Section 3107.3.

BUILDING FACADE FACING. See Section 3107.3.

* * *

BUILDING OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of this code, or a duly authorized representative.

Interpretation I202B: BUILDING OFFICIAL is the Director of the Department of Planning and Development. As used in this code, the term includes authorized representatives of the Director of the Department of Planning and Development.

BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION, FULLY COMPLETE. An application which the building official has judged to meet the requirements of Section 106.5. It is the application for all the architectural and structural parts of a building, except when the building official allows application for portions of buildings, the application shall be at least the complete structural frame.

***

CANOPY. An architectural projection that provides weather protection, identity or decoration and is supported by the building to which it is attached and at the outer end by not less than one stanchion. A canopy is comprised of a rigid structure over which a covering is attached. See Section 3105.2.

***

[W] CHILD DAY CARE. See Section 310.2.

[W] CHILD DAY CARE HOME, FAMILY. See Section 310.2.

***

CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEPHONE. See Section 1102.1

***

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Those design drawings, written specifications, letters, sketches and other documents that fully define the work to be constructed.

***

COVERED BOAT MOORAGE See Section 421.1.2.

***

DAMAGE RATIO. See Section 3402.1.

***

DECK. See Section 1602.1.

***

DESIGN BASIS EARTHQUAKE (DBE) See Section 3402.1.

***

DESIGNATED AREAS. See Section 1204.2.1

***

DISPLAY SURFACE. See Section 3107.3.

***

DOCK. See Section 421.1.2.

***

ELECTRIC SIGN. See Section 3107.3.

***

EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM. An electrical systems that complies with Seattle Electrical Code Article 700.

***

EXISTING STRUCTURE. A structure erected prior to the date of adoption of the appropriate code, or one for which a legal building permit valid Certificate of Occupancy has been issued, or a structure that has passed a final inspection. See also Section 1612.2.

***

EXIT PLACARD. See Section 1002.1.

EXIT SIGN. See Section 1002.1.

***

FABRIC SIGN. See Section 3107.3.

***

FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM. See Section 902.1.

***

FIRE DISTRICT. See Section 401.2

***

FIRE-RETARDANT COVERING See Section 3105.2

***

FLAMMABLE VAPOR AREA. See Section 416.1.1.

***

JURISDICTION. The governmental unit that has adopted this code under due legislative authority. The City of Seattle.

***

LAND USE CODE. The Land Use Code, Title 23 of the Seattle Municipal Code, as amended.

LAND-DISTURBING ACTIVITY. Any activity that results in a movement of earth, or a change in the existing soil cover (both vegetative and nonvegetative) or the existing topography. Land-disturbing activities include, but are not limited to, clearing, grading, filling, excavation or addition or replacement of impervious surface.

LIFE SAFETY PERFORMANCE LEVEL. See Section 3402.1.

***

LIMITED SPRAYING SPACE. See Section 416.1.1.

***

MAILBOXES. See Section 1102.1

***

MARQUEE. A permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and that projects into the public right-of-way.

Marquees are a type of canopy. See Section 3105.2 for the definition of "canopy".

***

MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCE). See Section 3402.1.

***

[W] NIGHTCLUB. An A-2 occupancy under the 2006 International Building Code in which the aggregate area of concentrated use of unfixed chairs and standing space that is specifically designated and primarily used for dancing or viewing performers exceeds 350 square feet, excluding adjacent lobby areas. "Nightclub" does not include theaters with fixed seating, banquet halls, or lodge halls.

***

NONSTRUCTURAL TRIMS. See Section 3107.3.

***

ON-PREMISE SIGN. See Section 3107.3.

***

PERSON. An individual, receiver, heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, and also includes a administrator, executor, assignee, trustee in bankruptcy, trust estate, firm, association, governmental entity, partnership, joint venture, club, company, joint stock company, business trust, municipal corporation, political subdivision of the State of Washington, or corporation, limited liability company, association, society or any group of individuals acting as a unit, whether mutual, cooperative, fraternal, nonprofit or otherwise, and the United States or any instrumentality thereof. its or their successors or assigns, or the agent of any of the aforesaid.

***

PIER. See Section 421.1.2.

***

[W] PORTABLE SCHOOL CLASSROOM. See Section 902.1.

PORTABLE SIGN. See Section 3107.3.

***

PRIMARY FUNCTION. See Section 3402.1 3407.1.1.

***

PRIVATE TRANSFORMER VAULT. See Section 422.2.

***

PROJECTING SIGN. See Section 3107.3.

***

RECYCLABLE MATERIALS. See Section 424.

***

RESIDENTIAL CARE/ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES. See Section 310.2.

***

RETRACTABLE AWNING. See Section 3105.2.

***

ROOF SIGN. See Section 3107.3.

***

SIGN. See Section 3107.3.

SIGN STRUCTURE. See Section 3107.3.

***

SMALL BUSINESS. See Section 1702.1.

***

SPRAY BOOTH. See Section 416.1.1.

SPRAY ROOM. See Section 416.1.1.

SPRAYING SPACE. See Section 416.1.1.

***

STANDBY POWER SYSTEM. An electrical power system that complies with Seattle Electrical Code Article 701, Legally Required Standby Systems.

***

STORY. That portion of a building, including basements, included located between the upper surface of a floor and the upper surface of the next floor or roof next above (also see "Mezzanine" and Section 502.1). It is measured as the vertical distance from top to top of two successive tiers of beams or finished floor surfaces and, for the topmost story, from the top of the floor finish to the top of the ceiling joists or, where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the roof rafters.

STORY ABOVE GRADE PLANE. Any story having its finished floor surface entirely above grade plane, except that a basement shall be considered as a story above grade plane where the finished surface of the next floor or roof above the basement is:

1. More than 6 feet (1829 mm) above grade plane; or

2. More than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished ground level at any point. for more than 25 feet (7620 mm) of the perimeter. Required driveways up to 22 feet (6706 mm) shall not be considered in calculating the 25 foot distance if there is at least 10 feet (3048 mm) between the driveway and all portions of the 25-foot area. See Figure 502.1.

***

STRUCTURALLY QUALIFIED PRODUCTS. Products that have been prequalified by current acceptance and certification by an accepted authority such as International Code Council (ICC), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), American Concrete Institute (ACI), American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), or others widely accepted in the engineering field.

***

SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION. See Section 3404.9.

***

SUBSTRUCTURE. See Section 421.1.2.

***

SUPERSTRUCTURE. See Section 421.1.2.

***

TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE. See Section 3402 3407.1.1.

***

TRANSIENT LODGING. See Section 1102.1.

***

[F] USE (MATERIAL). See Section 415.2.

Interpretation I202U: USE, where otherwise mentioned in this code, is equivalent to character of occupancy and not intended to be construed as the definition of USE in the Land Use Code.

***

UTILITY TRANSFORMER VAULT. See Section 422.2.

***

WALL SIGN. See Section 3107.3.

***

WHARF OR QUAY. See Section 421.1.2.

Section 4. The following sections of Chapter 3 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

***

SECTION 302

CLASSIFICATION

302.1 General. Structures or portions of structures shall be classified with respect to occupancy in one or more of the groups listed below. A room or space that is intended to be occupied at different times for different purposes shall comply with all of the requirements that are applicable to each of the purposes for which the room or space will be occupied. Structures with multiple occupancies or uses shall comply with Section 508. Where a structure is proposed for a purpose that is not specifically provided for in this code, such structure shall be classified in the group that the occupancy most nearly resembles, according to the fire safety and relative hazard involved.

1. Assembly (see Section 303): Groups A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5

2. Business (see Section 304): Group B

3. Educational (see Section 305): Group E

4. Factory and Industrial (see Section 306): Groups F-1 and F-2

5. High Hazard (see Section 307): Groups H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5

6. Institutional (see Section 308): Groups I-1, I-2, I-3 and I-4

7. Mercantile (see Section 309): Group M

8. Residential (see Section 310): Groups R-1, R-2, and R-3 and R-4

9. Storage (see Section 311): Groups S-1 and S-2

10. Utility and Miscellaneous (see Section 312): Group U

***

SECTION 305

EDUCATIONAL GROUP E

***

305.2 Day care. The use of a building or structure, or portion thereof, for educational, supervision or personal care services for more than five children older than 2-1/2 years of age, shall be classified as a Group E occupancy.

[W] Exception: Family child day care homes licensed by the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services for the care of twelve or fewer children shall be classified as Group R-3.

***

SECTION 307

HIGH-HAZARD GROUP H

[F] 307.1 High-hazard Group H. High-hazard Group H occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, that involves the manufacturing, processing, generation or storage of materials that constitute a physical or health hazard in quantities in excess of those allowed in control areas constructed and located as required in Section 414. Hazardous uses are classified in Groups H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 and shall be in accordance with this section, the requirements of Section 415 and the International Fire Code.

Exceptions: The following shall not be classified in Group H, but shall be classified in the occupancy that they most nearly resemble:

1. Buildings and structures that contain not more than the maximum allowable quantities per control area of hazardous materials as shown in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2), provided that such buildings are maintained in accordance with the International Fire Code.

2. Buildings utilizing control areas in accordance with Section 414.2 that contain not more than the maximum allowable quantities per control area of hazardous materials as shown in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2).

3. Buildings and structures occupied for the application of flammable finishes, provided that such buildings or areas conform to the requirements of Section 416 and the International Fire Code.

4. Wholesale and retail sales and storage of flammable and combustible liquids in mercantile occupancies conforming to the International Fire Code.

5. Closed piping system containing flammable or combustible liquids or gases utilized for the operation of machinery or equipment in accordance with the International Fire Code and rules promulgated by the building official and the fire code official for fuel storage in aboveground tanks.

6. Cleaning establishments that utilize combustible liquid solvents having a flash point of 140 degrees F (60 degrees C) or higher in closed systems employing equipment listed by an approved testing agency, provided that this occupancy is separated from all other areas of the building by 1-hour fire barriers or 1-hour horizontal assemblies or both.

7. Cleaning establishments that utilize a liquid solvent having a flash point at or above 200 degrees F (93 degrees C).

8. Liquor stores and distributors without bulk storage.

9. Refrigeration systems.

10. The storage or utilization of materials for agricultural purposes on the premises.

11. Stationary batteries utilized for facility emergency power, uninterrupted power supply or telecommunication facilities, provided that the batteries are provided with safety venting caps and ventilation is provided in accordance with the International Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code.

12. Corrosives shall not include personal or household products in their original packaging used in retail display or commonly used building materials.

13 Buildings and structures occupied for aerosol storage shall be

classified as Group S-1, provided that such buildings conform to the requirements of the International Fire Code.

14. Display and storage of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials in quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area in Group M or S occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5.

15. The storage of black powder, smokeless propellant and small arms primers in Groups M and R-3 and special industrial explosive devices in Groups B, F, M and S, provided such storage conforms to the quantity limits and requirements prescribed in the International Fire Code.

307.1.1 Hazardous materials. Hazardous materials in any quantity shall conform to the requirements of this code, including Section 414, and the International Fire Code.

[W] Table 307.1(f)

[W] Table 307.1(f)(continued)

For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.023 m3, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.

NL = Not Limited; N/A = Not Applicable; UD = Unclassified Detonable

a. For use of control areas, see Section 414.2.

b. The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.

c. The quantities of alcoholic beverages in retail and wholesale sales occupancies shall not be limited providing the liquids are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons. In retail and wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs, consumer or industrial products, and cosmetics containing not more than 50 percent by volume of water-miscible liquids with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be limited, provided that such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons.

d. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Where Note e also applies, the

increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

e. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, day boxes, gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures or safety cans. Where Note d also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.

f. The permitted quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

g. Permitted only in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

h. Containing not more than the maximum allowable quantity per control area of Class IA, IB or IC flammable liquids.

i. Inside a building, the maximum capacity of a combustible liquid storage system that is connected to a fuel-oil piping system shall be 660 gallons provided such system complies with the International Fire Code. A maximum quantity of 660 gallons of combustible liquid

is allowed in one single control area when in a tank connected to a generator or other fuel oil system provided such tank is installed in accordance with Chapter 34 of the Seattle Fire Code.

j. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column.

k. A maximum quantity of 200 pounds of solid or 20 gallons of liquid Class 3 oxidizers is allowed when such materials are necessary for maintenance purposes, operation or sanitation of equipment. Storage when the storage containers and the manner of storage shall be are approved.

l. Net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks. Where the net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks is not known, 25 percent of the gross weight of the fireworks, including packaging, shall be used.

m. For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 2703.1.2 of the International Fire Code.

n. For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 414.2.5, see Tables 414.2.5(1) and 414.2.5(2).

o. Densely packed baled cotton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class.

p. The following shall not be included in determining the maximum allowable quantities:

1. Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on vehicles.

2. Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on motorized equipment operated in accordance with this code.

3. Gaseous fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Fuel Gas Code.

4. Liquid fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Mechanical Code.

q. The closed use maximum allowable quantity is allowed to be exceeded in a single control area when combustible liquids are contained within a protected aboveground tank system installed in accordance with rules promulgated by the building official or fire code official.

***

SECTION 308

INSTITUTIONAL GROUP I

***

308.2 Group I-1. This occupancy shall include buildings, structures or parts thereof housing more than 16 persons, on a 24-hour basis, who because of age, mental disability or other reasons, live in a supervised residential environment that provides personal care services. The occupants are capable of responding to an emergency situation without physical assistance from staff. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Residential board and care facilities

Assisted living facilities

Halfway houses

Group homes

Congregate care facilities

Social rehabilitation facilities

Alcohol and drug centers

Convalescent facilities

[W] A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons and adult family homes licensed by the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services shall be classified as a Group R-3 or shall comply with the International Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2. A facility such as above, housing at least six and not more than 16 persons, shall be classified as Group R-4.

A facility such as the above providing licensed care to clients in one of the categories listed in Section 310.1 regulated by either the Washington Department of Health or the Department of Social and Health Services shall be classified as Group R-2.

308.3 Group I-2. This occupancy shall include buildings and structures used for medical, surgical, psychiatric, nursing or custodial care on a 24-hour basis for more than five persons who are not capable of self-preservation. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Hospitals

Nursing homes (both intermediate care facilities and skilled nursing facilities)

Mental hospitals

Detoxification facilities

A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons shall be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with the International Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2.

[W] A facility such as the above providing licensed care to clients in one of the categories listed in Section 310.1 regulated by either the Washington Department of Health or the Department of Social and Health Services shall be classified as Group R-2.

308.3.1 Child care facility. A child care facility that provides care on a 24-hour basis to more than five children 21/2 years of age or less shall be classified as Group I-2.

***

308.5 Group I-4, day care facilities. This group shall include buildings and structures occupied by persons of any age who receive custodial care for less than 24 hours by individuals other than parents or guardians, relatives by blood, marriage or adoption, and in a place other than the home of the person cared for. A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons shall be classified as a Group R-3 or shall comply with the International Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2. Places of worship during religious functions are not included.

308.5.1 Adult care facility. A facility that provides accommodations for less than 24 hours for more than five unrelated adults and provides supervision and personal care services shall be classified as Group I-4.

Exception: A facility where occupants are capable of responding to an emergency situation without physical assistance from the staff shall be classified as Group A-3.

308.5.2 Child care facility. A facility that provides supervision and personal care on less than a 24-hour basis for more than five children 2-1/2 years of age or less shall be classified as Group I-4.

Exceptions:

1. A child day care facility that provides care for more than five but no more than 100 children 2-1/2 years or less of age, when the rooms where such children are cared for are located on the level of exit discharge and each of these child care rooms has an exit door directly to the exterior, shall be classified as Group E.

[W] 2. Family child day care homes licensed by the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services for the care of twelve or fewer children shall be classified as Group R-3.

***

SECTION 310

RESIDENTIAL GROUP R

[W] 310.1 Residential Group R. Residential Group R includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, for sleeping purposes when not classified as an Institutional Group I or when not regulated by the International Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2. Residential occupancies shall include the following:

R-1 Residential occupancies containing sleeping units where the occupants are primarily transient in nature, including:

Boarding houses (transient)

Hotels (transient)

Motels (transient)

R-2 Residential occupancies containing sleeping units or more than two dwelling units where the occupants are primarily permanent in nature, including:

Apartment houses

Boarding homes as licensed by Department of Social and Health Services under Chapter 388-78A WAC

Boarding houses (not transient)

Convents

Dormitories

Fraternities and sororities

Hotels (nontransient)

Monasteries

Motels (nontransient)

Residential treatment facilities as licensed by Washington State Department of Health under Chapter 246-337 WAC

Vacation timeshare properties

Congregate living facilities with 16 or fewer occupants are permitted to comply with the construction requirements for Group R-3.

R-3 Residential occupancies where the occupants are primarily permanent in nature and not classified as Group R-1, R-2, R-4 or I and where buildings do not contain more than two dwelling units, including adult family homes and family child day care homes for the care of twelve or fewer children licensed by the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, or adult and child care facilities that provide accommodations for five or fewer persons of any age for less than 24 hours. Adult family homes and family child day care homes, or adult and child care facilities that are within a single-family home are permitted to comply with the International Residential Code.

Buildings that do not contain more than two dwelling units.

Adult facilities that provide accommodations for five or fewer persons of any age for less than 24 hours.

Child care facilities that provide accommodations for five or fewer persons of any age for less than 24 hours.

Congregate living facilities with 16 or fewer persons.

Adult family homes, family child day care homes, and adult and child care facilities that are within a single-family home are permitted to comply with the International Residential Code.

Foster Family Care Homes licensed by the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services shall be permitted, as an accessory use to a dwelling, for six or fewer children including

those of the resident family.

[W]R-4 Residential occupancies shall include buildings arranged for occupancy as residential care/assisted living facilities including more than five but not more than 16 occupants, excluding staff.

Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements for construction as defined for Group R-3, except as otherwise provided for in this code, or shall comply with the International Residential Code.

310.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein.

[W] ADULT FAMILY HOME. A dwelling in which a person or persons provide personal care, special care, room and board to more than one but not more than six adults who are not related by blood or marriage to the person or persons providing the services.

BOARDING HOUSE. A building arranged or used for lodging for compensation, with or without meals, and not occupied as a singlefamily unit.

[W] CHILD DAY CARE. For the purposes of these regulations is the care of children during any period of a 24-hour day.

[W] CHILD DAY CARE HOME, FAMILY. A child day care facility, licensed by the state, located in the dwelling of the person or persons under whose direct care and supervision the child is placed, for the care of twelve or fewer children, including children who reside at the home.

CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES. A building or part thereof that contains sleeping units where residents share bathroom and/or kitchen facilities.

DORMITORY. A space in a building where group sleeping accommodations are provided in one room, or in a series of closely associated rooms, for persons not members of the same family group, under joint occupancy and single management, as in college dormitories or fraternity houses.

PERSONALCARE SERVICE. The care of residents who do not require chronic or convalescent medical or nursing care. Personal care involves responsibility for the safety of the resident while inside the building.

[W]RESIDENTIAL CARE/ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES. A building or part thereof housing persons, on a 24-hour basis, who because of age, mental disability or other reasons, live in a supervised residential environment which provides personal care services. The occupants are capable of responding to an emergency situation without physical assistance from staff. This classification shall include, but not be limited to, the following: residential board and care facilities, assisted living facilities, halfway houses, group homes, congregate care facilities, social rehabilitation facilities, alcohol and drug abuse centers and convalescent facilities.

TRANSIENT. Occupancy of a dwelling unit or sleeping unit for not more than 30 days.

SECTION 311

STORAGE GROUP S

***

311.2 Moderate-hazard storage, Group S-1. Buildings occupied for storage uses that are not classified as Group S-2, including, but not limited to, storage of the following:

Aerosols, Levels 2 and 3

Aircraft repair hangar

Bags: cloth, burlap and paper

Bamboos and rattan

Baskets

Belting: canvas and leather

Books and paper in rolls or packs

Boots and shoes

Buttons, including cloth covered, pearl or bone

Cardboard and cardboard boxes

Clothing, woolen wearing apparel

Cordage

Dry boat storage (indoor)

Furniture

Furs

Glues, mucilage, pastes and size

Grains

Horns and combs, other than celluloid

Leather

Linoleum

Lumber

Motor vehicle and marine repair garages complying with the maximum allowable quantities of hazardous materials listed in Table 307.1(1) (see Section 406.6)

Photo engravings

Resilient flooring

Silks

Soaps

Sugar

Tires, bulk storage of

Tobacco, cigars, cigarettes and snuff

Upholstery and mattresses

Wax candles

311.3 Low-hazard storage, Group S-2. Includes, among others, buildings used for the storage of noncombustible materials such as products on wood pallets or in paper cartons with or without single thickness divisions; or in paper wrappings. Such products are permitted to have a negligible amount of plastic trim, such as knobs, handles or film wrapping. Storage uses shall include, but not be limited to, storage of the following:

Aircraft hangar

Asbestos

Beverages up to and including 12-percent alcohol in metal, glass or ceramic containers

Cement in bags

Chalk and crayons

Covered boat moorage not classified as Group U

Dairy products in nonwaxed coated paper containers

Dry cell batteries

Electrical coils

Electrical motors

Empty cans

Food products

Foods in noncombustible containers

Fresh fruits and vegetables in nonplastic trays or containers

Frozen foods

Glass

Glass bottles, empty or filled with noncombustible liquids

Gypsum board

Inert pigments

Ivory

Meats

Metal cabinets

Metal desks with plastic tops and trim

Metal parts

Metals

Mirrors

Oil-filled and other types of distribution transformers

Parking garages, open or enclosed

Porcelain and pottery

Stoves

Talc and soapstones

Washers and dryers

SECTION 312

UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS GROUP U

312.1 General. Buildings and structures of an accessory character and miscellaneous structures not classified in any specific occupancy shall be constructed, equipped and maintained to conform to the requirements of this code commensurate with the fire and life hazard incidental to their occupancy. Group U shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Agricultural buildings

Aircraft hangars, accessory to a oneor two-family residence (see Section 412.3)

Barns

Carports

Covered boat moorage accessory to a Group R-3 dwelling unit

Fences more than 6 feet (1829 mm) high

Grain silos, accessory to a residential occupancy

Greenhouses

Livestock shelters

Private garages

Retaining walls

Sheds

Stables

Tanks

Towers

Section 5. The following sections of Chapter 4 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 401

SCOPE AND DEFINITION

401.1 Detailed use and occupancy requirements. In addition to the occupancy and construction requirements in this code, the provisions of this chapter apply to the special uses and occupancies described herein.

401.2 Definition-Fire District. The Fire District consists of that part of the city within the boundary described as follows:

Beginning at the intersection of the center line of Alaskan Way and Clay Street; thence northeasterly along the center line of Clay Street to an intersection with the center line of Denny Way; thence easterly along the center line of Denny Way to an intersection with the center line of Yale Avenue; thence southeasterly along the center line of Yale Avenue to an intersection with the center line of Interstate Highway 5; thence southerly and southeasterly along the centerline of Interstate 5 to an intersection with the center line of 7th Avenue South; thence southerly along the center line of 7th Avenue South to an intersection with the center line of Dearborn Street; thence westerly along the center line of Dearborn Street to an intersection with the center line of Airport Way; thence northwesterly along the center line of Airport Way to an intersection with the center line of 4th Avenue South; thence southerly along the center line of 4th Avenue South to an intersection with the center line of South Royal Brougham Way; thence westerly along the center line of South Royal Brougham Way to an intersection with the center line of South Alaskan Way; thence southerly along the center line of South Alaskan Way to an intersection with the center line of South Massachusetts Street, thence westerly along the center line of South Massachusetts Street to the Outer Harbor Line in Elliott Bay, thence northerly and northwesterly along the Outer Harbor Line to an intersection with the center line of West Harrison Street, thence easterly along the center line of West Harrison Street to an intersection with the center line of Alaskan Way, then southeasterly along the center line of Alaskan Way to the point of beginning.

Buildings and structures located partially within and partially outside the Fire District are considered to be located in the Fire District.

Figure 401.2

SECTION 402

COVERED MALL BUILDINGS

***

402.3 Lease plan. Each covered mall building owner shall provide both the building and fire departments with a lease plan showing the location of each occupancy and its exits after the certificate of occupancy has been issued. No modifications or changes in occupancy or use shall be made from that shown on the lease plan without prior approval of the building official.

***

402.13 Standby Emergency power. Covered mall buildings exceeding 50,000 square feet (4645 m2) shall be provided with standby emergency power systems that are capable of operating the emergency voice/alarm communication system.

***

SECTION 403

HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS

403.1 Applicability. The provisions of this section shall apply to buildings with an occupied floor located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access and to buildings with no fire department vehicle access that have occupied floors more than 35 feet above grade plane.

Exception: The provisions of this section shall not apply to the following buildings and structures:

1. Airport traffic control towers in accordance with Section 412.

2. Open parking garages in accordance with Section 406.3.

3. Buildings with an occupancy in Group A-5 in accordance with Section 303.1.

4. Low-hazard special industrial occupancies in accordance with Section 503.1.1.

5. Buildings with an occupancy in Group H-1, H-2 or H-3 in accordance with Section 415.

Interpretation I403.1a: Item 2 only includes buildings in which parking is the principal use.

Interpretation I403.1b: For the purpose of this section, occupied roof decks are considered floors used for human occupancy if the occupant load of the deck is 10 or more on the roof of a building not equipped with an automatic sprinkler system or where the occupant load is 50 or more on the roof of a building that is equipped with an automatic sprinkler system.

403.1.1 Predesign conference. At least 60 days prior to application, the applicant shall arrange a predesign conference with the design team, the building official and the fire code official, to review the proposed emergency life safety systems for the building and the protection of the life safety systems. The purpose of the meeting is to obtain conceptual approval from the building official and the fire code official of the proposed systems and to allow for design based upon the latest state-of-the-art.

The building official and fire code official are permitted to require sufficient documentation, based upon appropriate analyses, that the proposal meets the intent of nationally recognized good practices. The building permit shall not be issued until the building official and fire code official have approved, in writing, the emergency life safety systems for the building and the protection of the life safety systems. The documentation of the predesign meeting shall be reflected on the plans for the building and become a permanent part of the Department of Planning and Development's records.

The sequence and/or timing of operation of smoke and heat detection systems shall be determined at the predesign conference.

403.1.2 Testing. All mechanical and electrical equipment installed according to approved plans and specifications pursuant to this section shall be tested and proven to be in proper working condition to the satisfaction of the fire code official before issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy. Such systems shall be maintained in accordance with the Fire Code.

[F] 403.2 Automatic sprinkler system. Buildings and structures shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and a secondary water supply where required by Section 903.3.5.2.

Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be required in spaces or areas of:

1. Open parking garages in accordance with Section 406.3.

2. Telecommunications equipment buildings used exclusively for telecommunications equipment, associated electrical power distribution equipment, and batteries and standby engines, provided that those spaces or areas are equipped throughout with an automatic

fire detection system in accordance with Section 907.2 and are separated from the remainder of the building by fire barriers consisting of not less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated walls and 2hour fire-resistance-rated floor/ceiling assemblies.

403.3 Reduction in fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance-rating reductions listed in Sections 403.3.1 and 403.3.2 shall be allowed in buildings that have sprinkler control valves equipped with supervisory initiating devices and water-flow initiating devices for each floor.

403.3.1 Type of construction. The following reductions in the minimum construction type allowed in Table 601 shall be allowed as provided in Section 403.3:

1. For buildings not greater than 420 feet (128 m) in height, Type IA construction shall be allowed to be reduced to Type IB.

Exception: The required fire-resistance rating of columns supporting floors structural frame and bearing walls shall not be allowed to be reduced.

2. In other than Groups F-1, M and S-1, Type IB construction other than structural frame and bearing walls shall be allowed to be reduced to Type IIA.

3. The height and area limitations of the reduced construction type shall be allowed to be the same as for the original construction type.

403.3.2 Shaft enclosures. For buildings not greater than 420 feet (128 m) in height, the required fire-resistance rating of the fire barriers enclosing vertical shafts, other than exit enclosures and elevator hoistway enclosures, shall be reduced to 1 hour where automatic sprinklers are installed within the shafts at the top and at alternate floor levels.

***

[F] 403.8 Fire command. A fire command center complying with Section

911 shall be provided in a location approved by the fire department.

403.9 Elevators. Elevator operation and installation shall be in accordance with Chapter 30.

In buildings with stories that are located more than 160 feet (48 768 mm) above the lowest point of fire department access, access to each floor shall be provided by not less than two elevators served

by separate machine rooms.

[F] 403.10 No requirements. Standby power. A standby power system complying with Section 2702 shall be provided for standby power loads specified in Section 403.10.2.

403.10.1 Special requirements for standby power systems. If the standby system is a generator set inside a building, the system shall be located in a separate room enclosed with 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 706 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both. System supervision with manual start and transfer features shall be provided at the fire command center.

[F] 403.10.2 Standby power loads. The following are classified as standby power loads:

1. Power and lighting for the fire command center required by Section 403.8;

2. Electrically powered fire pumps; and

3. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment for smokeproof enclosures.

Standby power shall be provided for elevators in accordance with Sections 1007.4 and 3003.

[F] 403.11 Emergency power systems. An emergency power system complying with Section 2702 and Section 403.11.2 shall be provided for emergency power loads specified in Section 403.11.1.

[F] 403.11.1 Emergency power loads. The following are classified as emergency power loads:

1. Exit signs and means of egress illumination required by Chapter 10;

2. Elevator car lighting;

3. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems;

4. Automatic fire detection systems; and

5. Fire alarm systems.

6. Power and lighting for mechanical equipment rooms and the fire command center required by Section 403.8;

7. Electrically powered fire pumps;

8. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment for smokeproof enclosures;

9. Smoke control system; and

10. A selected elevator in each bank, in accordance with Section 3016.6. A bank of elevators is a group of elevators or a single elevator controlled by a common operating system. All elevators that respond to a single call button constitute a bank of elevators. All elevators shall be transferable to emergency power.

Note: There is no limit on the number of cars that are permitted to be in a bank, but no more than four cars are permitted within a common hoistway. See Section 3016.7.

403.11.2 Special requirements for emergency power systems. If the emergency system is a generator set inside a building, the system shall be located in a separate room enclosed with 2-hour fireresistance-rated fire barrier assemblies. System supervision with manual start and transfer features shall be provided at the fire command center.

Exception: A generator set with a fuel tank system not exceeding 660 gallons is not required to be located in a rated room when installed in a sprinklered parking garage of Type I or II construction, unless a 1-hour separation is required to separate control areas in accordance with Table 307.7(1).

403.12 Stairway door operation. Stairway doors other than the exit discharge doors shall be permitted to be locked from the stairway side. Stairway doors that are locked from the stairway side shall be capable of being unlocked simultaneously without unlatching upon a signal from the fire command center and shall be capable of being unlocked simultaneously and automatically upon a signal from a fire alarm originating anywhere in the building. When stairway doors are installed that are not locked from the stairway side, wiring shall be installed to facilitate future installations of locking hardware.

403.12.1 Stairway communications system. A telephone or other twoway communications system connected to an approved constantly

attended station shall be provided at not less than every fifth floor in each required stairway where the doors to the stairway are locked.

403.12.2 Stairway penthouses. All required exit stairways shall terminate at the roof in a penthouse with a door complying with Sections 1008.1.1 and 1008.1.2. The building official is permitted to approve an alternate design for rescue purposes at the pre-design conference.

403.13 Smokeproof Smoke control in exit enclosures and elevator hoistways. Every required stairway serving floors more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access shall comply with Sections 909.20 and 1020.1.7. Elevator hoistways shall comply with Section 707.14.

403.14 Seismic considerations. For seismic considerations, see Chapter 16.

403.15 Emergency operational plan. Prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, the owner-occupant of the building shall assign a responsible person as the building's Fire Safety Director to work with the fire code official in establishing an operational plan for the building. The operational plan shall contain the guidelines and procedures to be followed and responsibilities of the fire department, building employees, and tenants under emergency conditions, including special provisions for persons with disabilities. The plan shall also include procedures for operation, maintenance and testing of the life safety systems and the allowable use and occupancy of each portion of the building. One copy of the operational plan shall be filed with the fire code official, and one shall be posted in the central control station prior to issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy.

403.16 Signs.

403.16.1 Elevator lobbies. A sign shall be posted in every elevator lobby above each call switch noting that the elevators will be recalled to the building lobby on fire alarm. This sign shall warn persons not to use the elevator in the event of fire and shall direct them to use the stairway or give other appropriate directions for exiting.

Exception: If approved by the building official, signs need not be posted in lobbies at the main egress level if the means of egress are obviously identifiable.

403.16.2 Main floor lobbies. A sign indicating the number of each elevator shall be posted and maintained at each main floor elevator lobby and at alternate floors of recall, if provided.

403.16.3 Stair re-entry signs. A sign shall be posted on each floor landing within a stairway indicating where re-entry is provided into the building or indicating the location of telephones or other means of two-way communication.

403.16.4 Other signs. Other signs required by this code, including but not limited to stairway identification signs required by Section 1020.1.6 and exit signs required by Section 1011, shall be provided.

SECTION 404

ATRIUMS

***

404.1.2 Predesign Conference. A predesign conference is required for atriums connecting more than two stories. At least 60 days prior to application, the applicant shall arrange a predesign conference with the design team, the building official and the fire code official, to review the proposed smoke control and life safety systems for the building. The purpose of the meeting is to obtain conceptual approval from the building official and the fire code official of the proposed systems and to allow for a design based upon the latest state-of-the-art.

The building official and fire code official are permitted to require sufficient documentation, based upon appropriate analyses, that the concept meets the intent of nationally recognized good practices. The building permit shall not be issued until the building official and fire code official have approved in writing the smoke control and life safety systems for the building. The documentation of the predesign meeting shall be reflected on the plans for the building and become a permanent part of the Department of Planning and Development's records.

***

[F] 404.3 Automatic sprinkler protection. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the entire building.

Exceptions:

1. That area of a building adjacent to or above the atrium need not be sprinklered, provided that portion of the building is separated from the atrium portion by not less than a 2-hour fire-resistancerated fire barrier or horizontal assembly, or both.

2. Where the ceiling of the atrium is more than 55 feet (16 764 mm) above the floor any floor area open to the atrium, sprinkler protection at the ceiling of the atrium is not required.

***

404.5 Enclosure of atriums. Atrium spaces shall be separated from adjacent spaces by a 1-hour fire barrier constructed in accordance with Section 706 or a horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both.

Exceptions:

1. A glass wall forming a smoke partition where automatic sprinklers are spaced 6 feet (1829 mm) or less along both sides of the separation wall, or on the room side only if there is not a walkway on the atrium side, and between 4 inches and 12 inches (102 mm and

305 mm) away from the glass and designed so that the entire surface of the glass is wet upon activation of the sprinkler system without obstruction. The glass shall be installed in a gasketed frame so that the framing system deflects without breaking (loading) the glass before the sprinkler system operates.

2. A glass-block wall assembly in accordance with Section 2110 and having a 3/4-hour fire protection rating.

3. The adjacent spaces of any three floors of the atrium shall not be required to be separated from the atrium where such spaces are included in the design of the smoke control system.

Code Alternate CA404.5: The separation between the atrium and tenant spaces that are not guest rooms or dwelling units is permitted to be omitted on four floors when:

1. The building is of Type IA or IB construction;

2. The perimeter of the opening is protected by draft curtains and a row of automatic sprinkler heads not more than six feet (1829 mm) on center as required for escalator protection;

3. All spaces of the building separated from the atrium by less than one-hour fire-resistive construction are equipped with an automatic smoke detection system;

4. Tenant spaces open to the atrium have access to two enclosed exits separated by one-half the building diagonal with one exit located so that occupants can exit in a direction away from the atrium. For the purpose of this requirement "away from the atrium" means not being forced to exit parallel and adjacent to the atrium opening. "Areas open to the atrium" are those areas that are not separated from the atrium with at least a one hour fire barrier.

[F] 404.6 Standby Emergency power. Equipment required to provide smoke control shall be connected to a standby an emergency power system in accordance with Section 909.11.

Code Alternate CA404.6: Emergency power is not required for smoke control systems in buildings that have at least two exits and atriums with a total volume of less than 40,000 cubic feet (1133 m3).

***

SECTION 405

UNDERGROUND BUILDINGS

405.1 General. The provisions of this section apply to building spaces having a floor level used for human occupancy more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the lowest level of exit discharge.

Exceptions:

1. Oneand two-family dwellings, sprinklered in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3.

2. Parking garages with automatic sprinkler systems in compliance

with Section 405.3.

3. Fixed guideway transit systems that comply with NFPA 130 as amended.

4. Grandstands, bleachers, stadiums, arenas and similar facilities.

5. Where the lowest story is the only story that would qualify the building as an underground building and has an area not exceeding 1,500 square feet (139 m2) and has an occupant load less than 10.

***

[F] 405.9 No requirements. Standby power. A standby power system complying with Section 2702 shall be provided standby power loads specified in Section 405.9.1.

405.9.1 Standby power loads. The following loads are classified as standby power loads.

1. Smoke control system.

2. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment for smokeproof enclosures.

3. Fire pumps.

Standby power shall be provided for elevators in accordance with Section 3003.

405.9.2 Pick-up time. The standby power system shall pick up its connected loads within 60 seconds of failure of the normal power supply.

[F] 405.10 Emergency power. An emergency power system complying with Section 2702 shall be provided for emergency power loads specified in Section 405.10.1.

[F] 405.10.1 Emergency power loads. The following loads are classified as emergency power loads:

1. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems.

2. Fire alarm systems.

3. Automatic fire detection systems.

4. Elevator car lighting.

5. Means of egress and exit sign illumination as required by Chapter 10.

6. Smoke control systems.

7. Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment for smokeproof enclosures.

8. Fire pumps.

9. A selected elevator in each bank in accordance with Section 3016.7. A bank of elevators is a group of elevators or a single elevator controlled by a common operating system .All elevators that respond to a single call button constitute a bank of elevators. All elevators shall be transferable to emergency power.

Note: There is no limit on the number of cars that are permitted to be in a bank, but no more than four cars are permitted within a common hoistway. See Section 3016.7.

***

SECTION 406

MOTOR-VEHICLE-RELATED OCCUPANCIES

***

406.2 Parking garages.

406.2.1 Classification. Parking garages shall be classified as either open, as defined in Section 406.3, or enclosed and shall meet the appropriate criteria in Section 406.4. Also see Section 509 for special provisions for parking garages.

406.2.2 Clear height. The clear height of each floor level in vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas shall not be less than 7 feet (2134 mm) 6 feet 6 inches (1981 mm). Vehicle and pedestrian areas accommodating van-accessible parking required by Section 1106.5 shall conform to ICC A117.1.

***

406.2.6 Floor surface. Parking surfaces shall be of concrete or similar noncombustible and nonabsorbent materials.

Exception: Asphalt parking surfaces are permitted at ground level.

[W] The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or other vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids to a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway.

***

406.3.5.1 Single use. When the open parking garage is used exclusively for the parking or storage of private motor vehicles, with no other uses in the building, the area and height shall be permitted to comply with Table 406.3.5, along with increases allowed by Section 406.3.6.

Exception: The grade-level tier is permitted to contain an office, waiting and toilet rooms having a total combined area of not more than 1,000 square feet (93 m2). Such area need not be separated from the open parking garage.

In open parking garages having a spiral or sloping floor, the horizontal projection of the structure at any cross section shall not exceed the allowable area per parking tier. In the case of an open parking garage having a continuous spiral floor, each 9 feet 6 inches (2896 mm) of height, or portion thereof, shall be considered a tier.

The clear height of a parking tier in vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas shall not be less than 7 feet (2134 mm) 6 feet 6 inches (1981 mm), except that a lower clear height is permitted in mechanical-access open parking garages where approved by the building official.

***

SECTION 407

GROUP I-2

***

[W] 407.8 Locks on exit doors. Approved, listed locks without delayed egress shall be permitted in nursing homes or portions of nursing homes, provided that:

1. The clinical needs of one or more patients require specialized security measures for their safety;

2. The doors unlock upon actuation of an automatic sprinkler system or automatic fire detection system;

3. The doors unlock upon loss of electrical power controlling the lock or lock mechanism;

4. The lock shall be capable of being deactivated by a signal from a switch located in an approved location; and

5. There is a system, such as a keypad and code, in place to allow visitors, staff persons and appropriate residents to exit. Instructions for exiting shall be posted within six feet of the door.

***

SECTION 412

AIRCRAFT-RELATED OCCUPANCIES

***

412.2.7 Restrictions in the Fire District. Aircraft hangars shall not be located in the Fire District defined in Section 401.2 unless work is limited to exchange of parts and maintenance requiring no open flame or welding.

***

***

412.5.6 Restrictions in the Fire District. Heliports shall not be located in the Fire District defined in Section 401.2.

SECTION 413

COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE

***

413.3 Mini-storage warehouses. In mini-storage warehouse buildings, individual storage lockers shall be separated from each other with fire partitions.

Exception: The separation between individual storage lockers is permitted to be non-rated in rooms 500 square feet (46 m2) or less in area and in sprinklered rooms of any size.

SECTION 414

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

***

414.1.4 Pre-design conference. Prior to application for a permit for a Group H-5 Occupancy, the applicant shall arrange a pre-design conference with the design team, the building official and fire code official to review proposed emergency life safety systems for the building and the appropriate protection of the life safety systems. For Group H-4 occupancies, a pre-design conference is recommended. The purpose of the meeting is to obtain conceptual approval from the building official and the fire code official of the proposed systems and to allow for design based upon the latest state-of-the-art.

Applicants shall bring to the conference preliminary building plans and a draft of the Hazardous Materials Management Plan. The building official and fire code official are authorized to require sufficient documentation, based upon appropriate analyses, that the proposal meets the intent of nationally-recognized good practices. The building permit shall not be issued until the building official and fire code official have approved, in writing, the emergency life safety systems for the building and the appropriate protection of the life safety systems. The documentation of the pre-design meeting shall be reflected on the plans for the building and become a permanent part of the Department of Planning and Development's records.

***

[F] 414.5.4 Standby or emergency power. Where mechanical ventilation, treatment systems, temperature control, alarm, detection or other electrically operated systems are required, such systems shall be provided with an emergency or standby power system in accordance with this code, the International Fire Code and or the ICC Seattle Electrical Code.

Exceptions:

1. Storage areas for Class I and II oxidizers.

2. Storage areas for Class III, IV and V organic peroxides.

3. Storage, use and handling areas for highly toxic or toxic materials as provided for in the International Fire Code.

4. Standby power for mechanical ventilation, treatment systems and temperature control systems shall not be required where an approved fail-safe engineered system is installed.

***

SECTION 415

GROUPS H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 AND H-5

***

[F] 415.3 Fire separation distance. Group H occupancies shall be located on property in accordance with the other provisions of this chapter. In Groups H-2 and H-3, not less than 25 percent of the perimeter wall of the occupancy shall be an exterior wall.

Exceptions:

1. Liquid use, dispensing and mixing rooms having a floor area of not more than 500 square feet (46.5 m2) need not be located on the outer perimeter of the building where they are in accordance with the International Fire Code and NFPA 30.

2. Liquid storage rooms having a floor area of not more than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) need not be located on the outer perimeter where they are in accordance with the International Fire Code and NFPA 30.

3. Spray paint booths that comply with the International Fire Code need not be located on the outer perimeter.

[F] 415.3.1 Group H occupancy minimum fire separation distance. Regardless of any other provisions, buildings containing Group H occupancies shall be set back to the minimum fire separation distance as set forth in Items 1 through 4 below. Distances shall be measured from the walls enclosing the occupancy to lot lines, including those on a public way. Distances to assumed lot lines established for the purpose of determining exterior wall and opening protection are not to be used to establish the minimum fire separation distance for buildings on sites where explosives are manufactured or used when separation is provided in accordance with the quantity distance tables specified for explosive materials in the International Fire Code.

1. Group H-1. Not less than 75 feet (22 860 mm) and not less than required by the International Fire Code.

Exceptions:

1. Fireworks manufacturing buildings separated in accordance with NFPA 1124.

2. Buildings containing the following materials when separated in accordance with Table 415.3.1:

2.1. Organic peroxides, unclassified detonable.

2.2. Unstable reactive materials, Class 4.

2.3. Unstable reactive materials, Class 3 detonable.

2.4. Detonable pyrophoric materials.

2. Group H-2. Not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) where the area of the occupancy exceeds 1,000 square feet (93 m2) and it is not required to be located in a detached building.

3. Groups H-2 and H-3. Not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) where a detached building is required (see Table 415.3.2).

4. Groups H-2 and H-3. Occupancies containing materials with explosive characteristics shall be separated as required by the International Fire Code. Where separations are not specified, the distances required shall not be less than the distances required by Table 415.3.1.

***

415.4.2 Restrictions in the Fire District. Group H-1 occupancies shall not be located in the Fire District defined in Section 401.2.

***

415.5.3 Restrictions in the Fire District. Group H-2 occupancies having a floor area in excess of 500 square feet (46 m2) are not permitted in the Fire District. Group H-3 Occupancies having a floor area in excess of 1,500 square feet (139 m2) are not permitted in the Fire District. See Section 401.2 for definition of Fire District.

***

[F] 415.6.4 Dry cleaning plants. The construction and installation of dry cleaning plants shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code, the International Mechanical Code, the International Uniform Plumbing Code and NFPA 32. Dry cleaning solvents and systems shall be classified in accordance with the International Fire Code.

***

[F] 415.8.2.8 Electrical.

[F] 415.8.2.8.1 General. Electrical equipment and devices within the fabrication area shall comply with the ICC Seattle Electrical Code. The requirements for hazardous locations need not be applied where the average air change is at least four times that set forth in Section 415.8.2.6 and where the number of air changes at any location is not less than three times that required by Section 415.8.2.6. The use of recirculated air shall be permitted.

***

[F] SECTION 416

APPLICATION OF FLAMMABLE FINISHES

[F] 416.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to the construction, installation and use of buildings and structures, or parts thereof, for the spraying of flammable paints, varnishes and lacquers or other flammable materials or mixtures or compounds used for painting, varnishing, staining or similar purposes. Such construction and equipment shall comply with the International Fire Code.

416.1.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein.

[F] FLAMMABLE VAPOR AREA. An area in which the concentration of flammable constituents (vapor, gas, fume, mist or dust) in air exceeds 25 percent of their lower flammable limit (LFL) because of the flammable finish processes operation. It includes:

1. The interior of spray booths.

2. The interior of ducts exhausting from spraying processes.

3. Any area in the direct path of spray or any area containing dangerous quantities of air-suspended powder, combustible residue, dust, deposits, vapor or mists as a result of spraying operations.

4. The area in the vicinity of dip tanks, drain boards or associated drying, conveying or other equipment during operation or shutdown periods.

The building official is authorized to determine the extent of the flammable vapor area, taking into consideration the material characteristics of the flammable materials, the degree of sustained ventilation and the nature of the operations.

[F] LIMITED SPRAYING SPACE. An area in which operations for touch-up or spot painting of a surface area of 9 square feet (0.84 m2) or less are conducted.

[F] SPRAY BOOTH. A mechanically ventilated appliance of varying dimensions and construction provided to enclose or accommodate a spraying operation and to confine and limit the escape of spray vapor and residue and to exhaust it safely.

[F] SPRAY ROOM. A room designed to accommodate spraying operations separated from the remainder of the building by a minimum 1-hour fire barrier.

[F] SPRAYING SPACE. An area in which dangerous quantities of flammable vapors or combustible residues, dusts or deposits are

present due to the operation of spraying processes. The building official is authorized to define the limits of the spraying space in any specific case.

[F] 416.2 Location of spray-finishing operations. Sprayfinishing operations conducted in buildings used for Group A, E, I or R occupancies shall be located in a spray room protected with an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and separated vertically and horizontally from other areas in accordance with this Section 416. In other occupancies, spray-finishing operations shall be conducted in a spray room, spray booth or spraying space approved for such use.

Exceptions:

1. Automobile undercoating spray operations and spray-on automotive lining operations conducted in areas with approved natural or mechanical ventilation are exempt from the provisions of this Section 416 when approved and where using Class IIIA or IIIB combustible liquids.

2. In buildings other than Group A, E, I or R occupancies, approved limited spraying space in accordance with International Fire Code Section 1504.9.

3. Resin application areas used for manufacturing of reinforced plastics complying with International Fire Code Section 1509 are not required to be located in a spray room, spray booth or spraying space.

Spray-finishing operations shall not be conducted in basements.

416.3 Spray rooms. Spray rooms shall comply with the International Fire Code and Sections 1504.4 through 1504.8.

416.3.1 Fire-resistance rating. Spray rooms shall be enclosed with fire barriers with not less than a 1-hour fire-resistance rating.

416.3.2 Floors. Floors of spray rooms shall be waterproofed and drained in an approved manner. Combustible floor construction in spray rooms shall be covered by approved, noncombustible, nonsparking material, except where combustible coverings, including but not limited to thin paper or plastic and strippable coatings, are used over noncombustible materials to facilitate cleaning operations in spray rooms.

[F]416.2.1 416.3.3 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spray rooms shall be smooth and shall be so constructed to permit the free passage of exhaust air from all parts of the interior and to facilitate washing and cleaning, and shall be so designed to confine residues within the room. Aluminum shall not be used.

416.4 Spray booths. The design and construction of spray booths shall comply with the International Fire Code, and Sections 416.4.1 through 416.4.6, Sections 416.6 through 416.11 and NFPA 33.

416.4.1 Construction. Spray booths shall be constructed of approved noncombustible materials. Aluminum shall not be used. Where walls or ceiling assemblies are constructed of sheet metal, single-skin assemblies shall be no thinner than 0.0478 inch (18 gage) (1.2 mm) and each sheet of double-skin assemblies shall be no thinner than 0.0359 inch (20 gage) (0.9 mm). Structural sections of spray booths are allowed to be sealed with latex-based or similar caulks and sealants.

416.4.2 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spray booths shall be smooth; shall be constructed so as to permit the free passage of exhaust air from all parts of the interior, and to facilitate washing and cleaning; and shall be designed to confine residues within the booth. Aluminum shall not be used.

416.4.3 Floor. Combustible floor construction in spray booths shall be covered by approved, noncombustible, nonsparking material, except where combustible coverings, including but not limited to thin paper or plastic and strippable coatings, are used over noncombustible materials to facilitate cleaning operations in spray booths.

416.4.4 Means of egress. Means of egress shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 10.

Exception: Means of egress doors from premanufactured spray booths shall not be less than 30 inches (762 mm) in width by 80 inches (2032 mm) in height.

416.4.5 Clear space. Spray booths shall be installed so that all parts of the booth are readily accessible for cleaning. A clear space of not less than 3 feet (914 mm) shall be maintained on all sides of the spray booth. This clear space shall be kept free of any storage or combustible construction.

Exceptions:

1. This requirement shall not prohibit locating a spray booth closer than 3 feet (914 mm) to or directly against an interior partition, wall or floor/ceiling assembly that has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour, provided the spray booth can be adequately maintained and cleaned.

2. This requirement shall not prohibit locating a spray booth closer than 3 feet (914 mm) to an exterior wall or a roof assembly, provided the wall or roof is constructed of noncombustible material and the spray booth can be adequately maintained and cleaned.

416.4.6 Size. The aggregate area of spray booths in a building shall not exceed the lesser of 10 percent of the area of any floor of a building or the basic area allowed for a Group H-2 occupancy without area increases. The area of an individual spray booth in a building shall not exceed the lesser of the aggregate size limit or 1,500 square feet (139 m2).

Exception: One individual booth not exceeding 500 square feet (46 m2).

416.5 Spraying spaces. Spraying spaces shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the International Fire Code, and Sections 416.5.1 through 416.11.

[F]416.3 Spraying spaces. 416.5.1 Ventilation. Spraying spaces shall be ventilated with an exhaust system to prevent the accumulation of flammable mist or vapors in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. Where such spaces are not separately enclosed, noncombustible spray curtains shall be provided to restrict the spread of flammable vapors.

416.5.2 Floor. Combustible floor construction in spraying spaces shall be covered by approved, noncombustible nonsparking material,

except where combustible coverings, such as thin paper or plastic and strippable coatings, are used over noncombustible materials to facilitate cleaning operations in spraying spaces.

[F]416.3.1 416.5.3 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spraying spaces shall be smooth and continuous without edges; shall be so constructed to permit the free passage of exhaust air from all parts of the interior and to facilitate washing and cleaning; and shall be so designed to confine residues within the spraying space. Aluminum shall not be used.

[F]416.4 416.6 Fire protection. An automatic fireextinguishing system shall be provided in all spray, dip and immersing spaces and storage rooms and shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 9. Spray booths and spray rooms shall be protected by an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system complying with Chapter 9. Protection shall also extend to exhaust plenums, exhaust ducts and both sides of dry filters when such filters are used.

416.7 Illumination. Where spraying spaces, spray rooms or spray booths are illuminated through glass panels or other transparent materials, only fixed luminaires shall be used as a source of illumination.

416.7.1 Glass panels. Panels for luminaires or for observation shall be of heat-treated glass, wired glass or hammered wire glass and shall be sealed to confine vapors, mists, residues, dusts and deposits to the flammable vapor area. Panels for luminaires shall be separated from the luminaire to prevent the surface temperature of the panel from exceeding 200 degrees F (93 degrees C).

416.7.2 Exterior luminaires. Luminaires attached to the walls or ceilings of a flammable vapor area, but outside of any classified area and separated from the flammable vapor areas by vapor-tight glass panels, shall be suitable for use in ordinary hazard locations. Such luminaires shall be serviced from outside the flammable vapor areas.

416.7.3 Integral luminaires. Luminaires that are an integral part of the walls or ceiling of a flammable vapor area are allowed to be separated from the flammable vapor area by glass panels that are an integral part of the luminaire. Such luminaires shall be listed for use in Class I, Division 2 or Class II, Division 2 locations, whichever is applicable, and also shall be suitable for accumulations of deposits of combustible residues. Such luminaires are allowed to be serviced from inside the flammable vapor area.

416.8 Ventilation. Mechanical ventilation of flammable vapor areas shall be provided in accordance with Section 502.7 of the International Mechanical Code.

416.9 Waterwash spray booths. Waterwash spray booths shall be of an approved design so as to prevent excessive accumulation of deposits in ducts and residue at duct outlets. Such booths shall be arranged so that air and overspray are drawn through a continuously flowing water curtain before entering an exhaust duct to the building exterior.

416.10 Interlocks. Interlocks for spray application finishes shall be in accordance with Sections 1504.8 through 1504.8.2.

416.10.1 Automated spray application operations.

Where protecting automated spray application operations, automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall be equipped with an approved interlock feature that will, upon discharge of the system, automatically stop the spraying operations and workpiece conveyors into and out of the flammable vapor areas. Where the building is equipped with a fire alarm system, discharge of the automatic fireextinguishing system shall also activate the building alarm notification appliances.

416.10.1.1 Alarm station. A manual fire alarm and emergency system shutdown station shall be installed to serve each flammable vapor area. When activated, the station shall accomplish the functions indicated in Section 1504.8.1.

416.10.1.2 Alarm station location. At least one manual fire alarm and emergency system shutdown station shall be readily accessible to operating personnel. Where access to this station is likely to involve exposure to danger, an additional station shall be located adjacent to an exit from the area.

416.10.2 Ventilation interlock prohibited. Air makeup and flammable vapor area exhaust systems shall not be interlocked with the fire alarm system and shall remain in operation during a fire alarm condition.

Exception: Where the type of fire-extinguishing system used requires such ventilation to be discontinued, air makeup and exhaust systems shall shut down and dampers shall close.

***

SECTION 419

GROUP I-1, R-1, R-2, R-3

***

419.4 Roof-ceiling soffits. Roof-ceiling soffits in dwelling units and sleeping units shall be provided with a minimum of 1/2-inch gypsum wallboard in buildings of Types IIB, IIIB and VB construction.

419.5 Security from criminal activity in Group R.

419.5.1 Group R occupancies other than oneand two-family dwellings. All housing units except oneand two-family dwellings shall comply with Section 419.5.1.

419.5.1.1. Definition. For the purposes of this section, "housing unit" is any dwelling unit or guest room.

419.5.1.2. Building entrance doors and locks. Building entrance doors shall be without openings and shall be as capable of resisting forcible entry as a flush solid core wood door 1-3/8 inches thick.

Exceptions:

1. Building entrance doors are permitted to have visitor-observation ports that do not impair the fire resistance of the door.

2. Main entrance doors are permitted to be framed or unframed nonshattering glass, framed 1/4-inch plate glass or other security glazing.

3. Building entrance doors other than main entrance doors are permitted to have glazed openings. Glazed openings shall have wire, grilles or security glazing to prevent operation of the door latch from outside by hand or instrument.

Building entrance doors shall be self-closing, self-locking and equipped with a dead-locking latch bolt with at least a 1/2-inch throw that shall penetrate the striker at least 1/4 inch.

Exceptions:

1. Building entrance doors that open directly into a housing unit shall comply with Section 419.5.1.4 below.

2. Garage-to-building doors need not be self-locking when the garage-to-exterior door is equipped with an electrically-operated remote control device for opening and automatically closing.

3. When either the garage-to-exterior doors or garage-to-building doors are equipped for self-closing and self-locking, the other need

not be so equipped.

419.5.1.3. Locks. All exit doors, including those from individual housing units, shall be openable from the interior without use of keys or special knowledge or effort.

419.5.1.4. Housing unit doors and locks. Doors from interior corridors to individual housing units shall not have glass openings and shall be as capable of resisting forcible entry as a flush solid core wood door 1-3/8 inches thick.

Every entrance door to a housing unit shall have a dead bolt or dead-locking latch bolt with at least a 1/2-inch throw that penetrates the striker not less than 1/4 inch. In hotels and other multi-unit buildings that provide housing for rent on a daily or weekly basis, every entrance door to a housing unit shall also be provided with a chain door guard or barrel bolt on the inside.

419.5.1.5. Observation ports. Every entrance door to a housing unit, other than transparent doors, shall have a visitor-observation port. The port shall not impair the fire resistance of the door. Observation ports shall be installed not less than 54 inches and not more than 66 inches above the floor.

419.5.1.6. Non-exit doors. Doors to storage, maintenance and building service rooms shall be self-closing and self-locking.

419.5.1.7. Sliding doors. Dead bolts or other approved locking devices shall be provided on all sliding doors. These locks shall be installed so that the mounting screws for the lock cases are inaccessible from the outside.

419.5.1.8. Windows. Openable windows shall have operable inside latching devices.

Exception: Windows with sills located 10 feet or more above grade, or 10 feet or more above a deck, balcony or porch that is not readily accessible from grade except through a housing unit need not have operable inside latching devices.

419.5.2 Oneand two-family dwellings. Oneand two-family dwellings shall comply with Section 419.5.2

419.5.2.1. Building entrance locks. Building entrance doors, including garage doors, shall be capable of locking. They shall be equipped with a dead-locking latch bolt with at least a 1/2-inch throw that penetrates the striker not less than 1/4 inch. Building entrance doors shall be openable from the inside without use of a key or special knowledge or effort.

Exception: Garage-to-exterior doors are permitted to be equipped with an electronically-operated remote control device for opening and closing in lieu of a dead-locking latch bolt. When garage-toexterior doors are equipped with remote control devices, garage-tobuilding doors need not be capable of locking.

419.5.2.2. Observation ports. Every building entrance door, other than garage doors, shall have a visitor observation port or glass

side light. Observation ports shall be installed at a height of not less than 54 inches and not more than 66 inches from the floor.

419.5.2.3. Windows and sliding doors. Dead bolts or other approved locking devices shall be provided on all sliding doors and openable windows. The lock shall be installed so that the mounting screws for the lock case are inaccessible from the outside.

Exception: Windows with sills located 10 feet or more above grade, or 10 feet or more above a deck, balcony or porch that is not readily accessible from grade except through a housing unit need not have operable inside latching devices.

419.5.3 Alternate security devices. Subject to the approval of the building official, alternate security devices are permitted to be substituted for those required by this Section 419.5. Alternate devices shall have equal capability to resist illegal entry. The installation of the device must not conflict with other requirements of this code and other ordinances regulating the safety of exiting.

***

SECTION 421

WATERFRONT STRUCTURES: PIERS, WHARVES AND BUILDINGS

421.1 General.

421.1.1 Scope. Structures with at least 20 percent or 8,000 square feet (743 m2), whichever is greater, of their area over water shall comply with Section 421. They shall also comply with all other requirements of this code unless otherwise specified in this Section 421. Unless otherwise specified, all wood dimensions are nominal size as defined in Section 2302.

Exception: Fire-resistance-rated walls specified in Section 421.6.6 are permitted to be used as one-hour fire-resistance-rated fire barriers and as a separation between repair garages not classified as Group S-1 and occupancies in Group A, including the specified opening protection in buildings of Types IIB, IV and VB construction.

See also Chapter 46 of the Fire Code.

421.1.2 Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 421, certain terms are defined as follows:

COVERED BOAT MOORAGE. A pier or system of floating or fixed accessways to which vessels on water may be secured, which is covered by a roof.

DOCK. A natural open or artificially closed basin in which vessels may remain afloat when berthed at a wharf or pier.

PIER. A structure, usually of greater length than width, of timber, stone, concrete or other material, having a deck and projecting from the shore into waters so that vessels may be moored alongside for loading, unloading, storage, repairs or commercial uses.

SUBSTRUCTURE. The portion of the construction below and including the deck immediately above the water.

SUPERSTRUCTURE. The portion of construction above the deck.

Exception: Covered boat moorage.

WHARF OR QUAY. A structure of timber, stone, concrete or other material having a platform built along and parallel to waters so that vessels may be moored alongside for loading, unloading, storage, repair or commercial uses.

421.2 Allowable area and height for waterfront structures. The height of structures to be built over water shall be measured from the elevation of ordinary high water as provided in Title 23 of the Seattle Municipal Code, Sections 23.60.952 and 23.60.930 for Shoreline Districts. Height and area shall comply with the requirements of Table 503, except that the increases allowed in Section 507.1 and 507.2 are not applicable to waterfront structures.

Exceptions:

1. In covered boat moorages, the areas in Table 503 are permitted to be increased not more than 400 percent when an approved automatic sprinkler system is provided throughout.

2. Each covered area of a boat moorage is permitted to be considered a separate building subject to the following conditions:

2.1. Maximum individual areas shall be 8,000 square feet (743 m2). The maximum width of connecting walkways shall be 10 feet (3048 mm).

2.2. Walkways, finger piers and other decked areas shall not exceed 30 percent of the area of the roof that extends over water.

2.3. Covered areas shall be separated by not less than 16 feet (4877 mm). The intervening areas are permitted to be used for moorage provided the adjacent covered areas comply with Item 2.4 below.

2.4. Covered roof areas constructed in a manner that would trap smoke or hot gases shall be provided with the following:

2.4.1 Vents or monitors of not less than 5 percent of the roof area.

2.4.2 A draft stop of splined or tongue-and-groove planking not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in thickness, 1/2-inch (13 mm) exterior-type plywood or 26 gauge steel shall extend across the end of each roof area when the roof is closer than 30 feet (9144 mm) to an adjacent building. The draft stop shall extend to not less than 24 inches (610 mm) below the lower edge of the roof. A draft stop constructed in accordance with Section 421.5 shall be provided under the walkway at each location where draft stops are required at the end of roofed areas.

421.3 Accessory uses. Uses accessory to the principal occupancy shall be permitted, provided they are conducted in an area separated from the moorage area by not less than 16 feet (4877 mm) and the exposed side of the moorage area is protected by a one-hour fireresistance-rated fire barrier extending 2-1/2 feet (762 mm) above the roof line. One-story superstructures shall be permitted for accessory uses but shall not exceed 1,000 square feet (93 m2) in area nor 20 feet (6096 mm) in height.

Exception: Storage is allowed in the moorage area, provided it conforms to the following:

1. One unprotected moorage equipment locker of not more than 150 cubic feet (115 m3) is permitted for each slip.

2. Where groups of three or more lockers are provided, they shall be separated from each other with one-hour fire-resistance-rated fire partitions, and openings in the separation shall have one-hour

protection.

3. Storage of flammable liquids shall be in accordance with NFPA 31 and the Fire Code.

421.4 Location on property. Exterior walls shall have fire resistance and opening protection as determined by Section 704.

Exceptions:

1. Fire resistance-rated construction and opening protection required because of proximity to property lines are permitted to be omitted for waterfront structures that are located on the same property, separated by an unobstructed deck not less than 16 feet (4877 mm) wide, and have a draft stop constructed according to Section 421.5.2 installed in the substructure between the buildings.

2. In covered boat moorages, exterior walls that are built entirely over water are permitted to be of tongue-and-groove or splined planks not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness, covered with 26 gauge sheet metal, 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) exterior type plywood or equivalent on both sides, regardless of proximity to property lines. Walls at the substructure are permitted to be constructed as specified in Section 421.5.2 for draft stops. Where such walls (even though part of such covered boat moorage) are built on land, this exception shall not apply.

421.5 Substructure.

421.5.1 Construction. Substructures are permitted to be of any type of construction permitted in this code subject to the area limitations of Section 421.2, except that, when constructed of wood, the members shall not be less than the following in any dimension, exclusive of piling:

Member Size

Unlimited Use

? 25.4 for mm Piers for Boat Moorage Only, Not Exceeding 10 feet (3048 mm) in Width

? 25.4 for mm Caps and girders 8" 6" Joists, beams and other members 4" 3" Flooring or deck 3" T & G or splined or 4" square edged 2" Bracing 3" 2" If the flooring or deck is under a roof or is used for parking, there shall be applied over the flooring or deck a tight-fitting wearing surface of softwood not less than 2 inches (51 mm) thick and not more than 6 inches (152 mm) wide, 1-inch (25 mm) thick hardwood, 2-inch (51 mm) thick asphaltic concrete or other material of equivalent fire resistance.

Exception: Covered piers used for moorage only need not have a wearing surface.

421.5.2 Draft stops. Draft stops shall be installed in all substructures constructed of combustible materials, exclusive of piling and pile bracing. They shall be placed not more than 100 feet (2540 mm) apart measured along the main axis of the pier or wharf. They shall fit tightly around all joists, beams, etc., and extend from the underside of the deck to city datum if over salt water or to low water if over fresh water. See Section 421.6.7 for draft stops in superstructures.

Substructure draft stops shall be constructed of at least two layers of lumber not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness laid with broken joints or materials of equal fire resistance.

421.6 Superstructure.

421.6.1 Construction. Superstructures are permitted to be of any type of construction permitted by this code subject to the height and area limitations of Section 421.2 and the requirements of this

section.

421.6.2 Floors. See Section 421.5.

421.6.3 Exterior walls. Exterior walls of Types IIA, IIB, III, IV and V buildings, when not subject to the requirements of Section 421.4 because of their proximity to property lines, are permitted to be constructed of matched or lapped lumber not less than 2 inches (51 mm) thick and not more than 6 inches (153 mm) wide, or not less than 1 inch (25 mm) thick with a weather covering of noncombustible material applied directly to the wood. Fireblocking is required as specified in Section 717. Openings in exterior walls shall be protected by a fire assembly having a three-fourths-hour fireprotection rating when fire-resistive openings are required by Table 704.8 and 1024.5.2.

421.6.4 Roof coverings. Roof coverings shall be fire-retardant as specified in Chapter 15.

421.6.5 Roof construction. In Type IV buildings the roof is permitted to be constructed of corrugated galvanized steel attached directly to wood or steel purlins in lieu of that specified in Section 602.4.

421.6.6 Fire-resistance-rated walls. In Types IIA, IIB, III, IV and V buildings, there shall be at least one fire-resistance-rated wall from the deck to at least 3 feet (914 mm) above the roof for each 500 feet (152 m) of length. Areas greater than l00,000 square feet (9290 m2) shall be divided with such fire-resistance-rated walls. There shall be a draft stop constructed as specified in Section 421.5.2, installed in the substructure immediately below every required fireresistance-rated wall when the deck is of combustible materials.

Fire-resistance-rated walls shall be constructed as required for two-hour fire-resistance-rated walls or are permitted to consist of at least 2 layers of tongue-and-groove or splined lumber, not less than 2 inches (51 mm) thick and not more than 6 inches (153 mm) wide, with a sheet of not less than No. 26 gauge galvanized steel or 3/8inch (3.2 mm) exterior type plywood between the two layers, placed vertically with broken joints, or equivalent fire-resistive construction.

Openings in fire-resistance-rated walls shall be protected by opening protectives having a one and one-half hour fire protection rating.

421.6.7 Draft stops. Superstructure draft stops shall be installed as specified in Section 717. Substructure draft stops constructed as specified in Section 421.5.2 shall be installed in line with the superstructure draft stops above. See Section 421.11 for draft curtain requirements.

421.6.8 Means of egress. Means of egress shall be provided as specified in Chapter 10.

Exceptions:

1. Where two means of egress are required from an occupancy, they shall not terminate on the same open deck.

2. An open deck is permitted to be considered an exit court and shall not be less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in width.

3. In Group A occupancies, the maximum travel distance shall not be more than 75 percent of that specified in Section 1015.

4. Boat moorages that have no sales, service or repair facilities are permitted to have a single means of egress not less than 3 feet (914 mm) wide and shall be exempt from the requirements of Section 1016 if a Class I standpipe is provided as specified in Section 421.8.

421.7 Width of piers. Floats, piers and walkways shall provide an aisle not less than 3 feet 6 inches (1067 mm) in width for the purpose of fire department access.

Exception: Floats, piers and walkways that are less than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in length and that are not open to the public.

421.8 Standpipe systems. A manual Class I standpipe system (or class III standpipe system when approved by the fire code official) in accordance with NFPA Standard 14 shall be provided for piers, wharves, and floats where the hose lay distance from the fire apparatus to the most remote accessible portion of the pier, wharf or float exceeds 150 feet (45,720 mm). Approved plastic pipe may be used when installed underwater, or other approved method of protection from fire is provided. The standpipe piping shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm), sized to provide a minimum of 500 gpm at 130 psi at the most remote hose connection, with a simultaneous flow of 500 gpm at the third most remote hose connection on the same pier while maintaining a maximum system pressure of 175 psi. Existing standpipe systems providing equivalent performance to the specification listed

above may be acceptable when approved by the fire code official.

421.8.1 Hose connections. Hose connections on required standpipes shall be provided at the water end of the pier, wharf, or float, and along the entire length of the pier, wharf, or float at spacing not to exceed 150 feet (45,720 mm) and as close as practical to the land end.

Exception: The hose connection at the land end of the pier, wharf or float may be omitted when a hose connection is located within 150 feet (45,720 mm) of the fire apparatus access road.

Each hose connection shall consist of a valved 2-1/2-inch (64 mm) fire department hose outlet. Outlet caps shall have a predrilled 1/8inch (3.2 mm) hole for pressure relief and be secured with a short

length of chain or cable to prevent falling after removal. Listed equipment shall be used.

421.8.2 Hose stations. Hose stations on required standpipes shall be provided at spacing not to exceed 100 feet, with the first hose station located as close as practicable to the land end of the pier. Each hose station shall have 100 feet of 11/2-inch hose mounted on a reel or rack and enclosed within an approved cabinet. A valved 21/2inch fire department hose outlet shall be provided at each hose station. Outlet caps shall have a 1/8-inch predrilled hole for pressure relief and be secured with a short length of chain or cable to prevent falling after removal. Listed equipment shall be used. Hose stations shall be labeled FIRE HOSE-EMERGENCY USE ONLY.

421.8.3 Freeze protection. Standpipe systems shall be maintained dry when subject to freezing temperatures, and always from November 1 through March 31. The 11/2-inch hose stations shall be tagged out-of service when the system is drained. The main water supply control valve shall be readily accessible and clearly labeled so that the system may be quickly restored to full service during periods when the system is drained down.

Exception: Other methods of freeze protection, such as listed freeze valves, are permitted to be provided when approved by the fire code

official.

421.9 Automatic sprinklers.

421.9.1 Covered boat moorage. Automatic sprinklers shall be provided for covered boat moorage exceeding 500 square feet in projected roof area per pier, wharf or float.

The sprinkler system shall be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 13 for Extra Hazard Group 2 occupancy.

If sprinklers are required by this section, they shall be extended to any structure on the pier, wharf or float exceeding 500 square feet in projected roof area.

421.9.2 Substructure. Automatic sprinklers shall be installed under the substructure of every new waterfront structure in accordance with NFPA 307 and as specified in Chapter 9.

Exceptions:

1. Combustible substructures whose deck area does not exceed 8,000 square feet (743.2 m2) supporting no superstructures.

2. Combustible substructures whose deck area does not exceed 8,000 square feet (743.2 m2) supporting superstructures not required to be provided with an approved automatic sprinkler system as specified in Section 421.9.3.

3. Noncombustible substructures with or without superstructures.

4. Substructures, over other than tidal water, where sprinkler heads cannot be installed with a minimum clearance of 4 feet (1219 mm) above mean high water.

5. Substructures resulting from walkways or finger piers that do not exceed l0 feet (3048 mm) in width.

421.9.3 Superstructure. Automatic sprinklers shall be provided in superstructures as specified in Chapter 9.

421.9.4 Monitoring. Sprinkler systems shall be monitored by an approved central station service.

421.10 Smoke and heat vents. Approved automatic smoke and heat vents shall be provided in covered boat moorage areas exceeding 2,500 square feet (232 m2) in area, excluding roof overhangs.

Exception: Smoke and heat vents are not required in areas protected by automatic sprinklers.

421.10.1 Design and installation. Where smoke and heat vents are required they shall be installed near the roof peak, evenly distributed and arranged so that at least one vent is over each covered berth. The effective vent area shall be calculated using a ratio of one square foot of vent to every fifteen square feet of covered berth area (1:15). Each vent shall provide a minimum opening size of 4 feet x 4 feet.

421.10.2 Automatic operation. Smoke and heat vents shall operate automatically by actuation of a heat-responsive device rated at between 100 degrees F (56 degrees C) and 220 degrees F (122 degrees C) above ambient.

Exception: Gravity-operated drop out vents.

421.10.3 Gravity-operated drop out vents. Gravity operated dropout vents shall fully open within 5 minutes after the vent cavity is exposed to a simulated fire represented by a time-temperature gradient that reaches an air temperature of 500 degrees F (260 degrees C) within 5 minutes.

421.11 Draft curtains. Draft curtains shall be provided in covered boat moorage areas exceeding 2,500 sq. ft. (232 m2) in area, excluding roof overhangs.

Exception: Draft curtains are not required in areas protected by automatic sprinklers.

421.11.1 Draft curtain construction. Draft curtains shall be constructed of sheet metal, gypsum board or other approved materials that provide equivalent performance to resist the passage of smoke. Joints and connections shall be smoke tight.

421.11.2 Draft curtain location and depth. The maximum area protected by draft curtains shall not exceed 2,000 sq. ft. (186 m2) or two slips or berths, whichever is smaller. Draft curtains shall not extend past the piling line. Draft curtains shall have a minimum depth of 2 feet (609 mm) below the lower edge of the roof and shall not extend closer than 8 feet (2438 mm) to the walking surface on the pier.

421.12 Fire department connections. Standpipe and sprinkler systems shall be equipped with not less than a two-way 21/2-inch fire department connection, which shall be readily visible and located at the fire department apparatus access. The fire department connection for Class I standpipe systems may be located at the shore end of the pier, wharf, or float if the distance between the fire apparatus access road and fire department connection is less than 150 feet (45 720 mm). See Chapter 46 of the Seattle Fire Code for requirements for fire hydrants.

421.13 Marina fire protection confidence testing. Standpipe and sprinkler systems shall be inspected and tested in compliance with the Seattle Fire Code.

421.14 Fire department access. Fire department apparatus access lanes, not less than 20 feet wide and capable of supporting a 50,000pound vehicle or 24,000 pounds per axle (HS20 loading), shall be provided and so located as to provide fire department apparatus access to within 50 feet travel distance to the shore end of all piers, wharves and floats.

SECTION 422

PRIVATE AND UTILITY TRANSFORMER VAULTS

422.1 Scope. Vaults housing private and utility transformers shall comply with the provisions of this chapter and Article 450 of the Seattle Electrical Code. The provisions of this chapter are minimum standards for all transformer vaults. Vaults containing utility transformers or equipment are required to comply with additional requirements of Seattle City Light.

422.2 Definitions.

PRIVATE TRANSFORMER VAULT. Vaults that containing transformer

equipment that is not owned by Seattle City Light or other electric power utility.

UTILITY TRANSFORMER VAULT. Vaults containing transformer equipment owned by Seattle City Light or other electric power utility.

422.3 When required.

422.3.1. Utility transformers. Transformer vaults are required for all utility transformers located inside a building. Seattle City Light shall approve the size, location, and layout of all utility vaults.

Exception: Vaults are not required for certain dry-type transformers rated 600 volts or less.

422.3.2 Private transformers. Transformer vaults are required for all oil-insulated private transformers. Vaults are required for other

private transformers rated over 35,000 volts that are located inside a building.

Exception: Vaults are not required for certain oil-insulated private transformers in accordance with Article 450 of the Seattle Electrical Code.

422.4 Access to transformer vaults.

422.4.1 General access. At least one opening, which may be a door or a hatch, shall be provided to every vault. The opening shall be adequate in size to permit the installation and removal of the equipment located in the vault, and shall be kept unobstructed at all

times. An unobstructed level area shall be provided at the entrance to all vaults. The level area shall be large enough to allow for movement of the transformer and equipment into and out of the vault.

422.4.2 Utility transformer vault access. Utility transformer vaults shall be accessible to Seattle City Light personnel at all times. If it is necessary to pass through locked doors to reach a vault, keys to those doors shall be kept in a key box that can be opened with the key to the transformer vault. The key box shall be mounted near the first door requiring a non-transformer door key. Persons other than Seattle City Light personnel shall not have access to utility transformer vaults without Seattle City Light personnel present.

All doors between the vault and the building exterior shall be large enough to accommodate the placement or removal of transformers. See Section 422.7.2 for doorway requirements.

Utility transformer vaults shall be located so that there is an equipment access path between the vault and the building exterior. The path shall comply with the following.

1. Sufficient horizontal and vertical clearance for the required transformer shall be provided;

2. The floor shall be smooth, without seams or ridges to impede transportation of heavy equipment;

3. There shall not be excessive slope as determined by Seattle City Light; and

4. The floor shall be designed to support the weight of the transformer and all equipment needed to move the transformer.

If Seattle City Light determines that it is infeasible to design a path in the prescribed manner, the building owner shall enter into a Transportation Agreement with Seattle City Light. The Transportation Agreement obligates the building owner to transport equipment between the right of way and the transformer vault whenever the Superintendent of Seattle City Light determines it is necessary, and to pay all costs for equipment transportation. The Agreement shall become part of the property title.

Note: The Transportation Agreement is a measure of last-resort and permitted only with prior Seattle City Light approval. A viable path for equipment transportation between the right-of-way and the transformer vault should be a primary design consideration.

422.5 Location of transformer vaults. Transformer vaults shall be located where they can be ventilated to the outside air without using flues or ducts wherever such an arrangement is practicable. Transformer vaults shall be dry and not subject to running, standing or infiltration of water.

Transformer vaults shall not be located where they are subject to flooding due to ground water without specific written approval by Seattle City Light.

422.6 Construction.

422.6.1 Private transformer vaults. Private transformer vaults shall comply with the following minimum requirements.

1. All private transformer vaults shall be of at least three-hour fire-resistive construction.

Exceptions: Subject to the approval of the building official, where the total capacity of private oil-insulated transformers does not exceed 112-1/2 kVA, the vault is permitted to be constructed of reinforced concrete not less than 4 inches (102 mm) thick.

2. Vault floors in contact with the earth shall be of concrete not less than four inches thick.

3. The transformer shall be anchored to inserts embedded in the concrete floor.

4. In pre-tensioned or post-tensioned concrete, cable locations shall be permanently marked on the surface of the concrete over the encased tendons.

5. Vault dimensions shall be adequate for required ventilation and working clearances.

422.6.2 Utility transformer vaults. Utility transformer vaults shall comply with the following minimum requirements. The Superintendent of Seattle City Light is authorized to adjust the requirements of this Section 422.6.2 when deemed necessary.

1. Floors, walls and ceilings of utility transformer vaults shall have at least a three-hour fire-resistance rating and shall be constructed of solid concrete or concrete-filled concrete masonry units at least 6 inches (152 mm) thick.

2. Vault floors shall be smooth with no pads.

3. Seismic anchor inserts shall be embedded in the floor and steel support channels shall be embedded in the ceiling when required by the Superintendent of Seattle City Light.

4. Pre-tensioned or post-tensioned concrete shall have the cable locations permanently marked on the surface of the concrete over the encased tendons.

5. Vault dimensions shall depend upon physical size and number of secondary connection devices, working clearances, and shall be approved by the Superintendent of Seattle City Light.

422.7 Openings into transformer vaults.

422.7.1 Protection of openings. All doorways opening into a transformer vault from the building interior shall be protected by

opening protectives having a fire-protection rating equal to that required for the vault.

422.7.2 Doorways. All doors shall be made of three-hour fireresistance-rated steel and shall swing out of the vault 180 degrees. Doors that may be prevented from swinging 180 degrees outward as a result of blockage by vehicles or mobile equipment shall be protected by bollards. The bollards shall preserve the door swing area and shall not obstruct the doorway. Equipment access doorways shall be

sized to accommodate the transformer placement and removal including the equipment necessary to place or remove the transformer.

Equipment access doorways to vaults containing only single-phase utility transformers shall have clear openings no less than 42 inches (1067 mm) wide and 6 feet 8 inches (2057 mm) high. Equipment access doorways for all other utility transformers shall be sized to accommodate the transformer placement and as specified by Seattle City Light to allow equipment installation and removal.

Doorways for personnel access shall have clear openings of at least 36 inches (914 mm) wide and 6 feet 8 inches (2057 mm) high.

422.7.2.1 Locks. All doors shall be equipped with locks and shall be kept locked. Doors to utility transformer vaults shall be equipped with a cylinder capable of accepting the core provided by the utility. Personnel doors shall be equipped with panic bars, pressure

plates, or other devices that are normally latched but open under simple pressure.

422.7.2.2 Oil containment sill. A removable oil containment sill shall be as high as necessary to contain the oil of one transformer but in no case less than 4 inches (203 mm) high or as specified by Seattle City Light for utility transformers. A sill shall be installed within the vault at each doorway after the installation of the transformer.

422.8 Ventilation systems for transformer vaults.

422.8.1 General. Ventilation systems shall be provided to dispose of heat from transformer total losses without creating a temperature rise that exceeds the transformer rating.

422.8.2 Method of ventilation. Ventilation shall be provided by either natural circulation or mechanical circulation.

422.8.2.1 Natural circulation. Transformer vaults containing up to three transformers of no more than 75 kVA each are permitted to be ventilated by natural circulation. The combined minimum net intake and exhaust vent area, exclusive of area occupied by screens, grating or louvers, shall not be less than 3 square inches (1935 mm2) per kVA of transformer capacity. The total required area shall be divided roughly equally between intake and exhaust. In no case shall either the intake or exhaust area be less than 72 square inches (46 452 mm2).

Approximately one half the total area required for ventilation openings shall be for intake air. Intake air vents shall be located in one or more openings in the lower portion of the exterior vault walls. When the vault is located in a garage, any lower openings must be at least 18 inches above the garage floor level. The remaining one half the required ventilation area shall be used to exhaust heat through one or more openings in the upper portion of the exterior walls or roof of the vault. Intake openings shall be located on the opposite side of the vault from exhaust openings allowing air to flow longitudinally over the transformer and out of the vault. Intake openings shall not be located in the ceiling of the vault.

422.8.2.2 Mechanical circulation. Positive or negative pressure ventilation systems shall supply a minimum of 1.6 cfm (.76 L/s) of air per kVA of transformer capacity. The fans shall be installed outside of the vault and shall be controlled by a thermostat located inside the vault. The intake vents shall be located in the lower one half of the exterior walls of the vault. When the vault is located in a garage, any lower openings must be at least 18 inches above the garage floor level. The exhaust vents shall be in the roof or ceiling of the vault or in the upper 1/2 of the vault walls. The ventilation system shall cause air to flow longitudinally across the

transformers. The vault ventilation system shall be controlled independently from the rest of the building ventilation.

For utility transformer vaults, mechanical ventilation systems shall be designed by the applicant. The capacity and location of the ventilation system shall be approved by the Superintendent of Seattle City Light

422.8.2.3 Temperature control. A remote temperature controller shall be installed in utility transformer vaults that have mechanical ventilation systems. The controller shall activate the fan when the temperature in the vault exceeds 70 degrees F (21oC), and shall turn the fan off when the temperature reaches 140 degrees F (60oC).

A visible or audible alarm shall be installed outside each utility transformer vault that will be activated if the fan does not operate when the temperature controller calls for ventilation, or if the fan becomes inoperable. A sign shall be mounted near the alarm stating CALL SEATTLE CITY LIGHT WHEN ALARM SOUNDS or CALL SEATTLE CITY LIGHT WHEN LIGHT IS ON.

422.8.3 Ventilation openings and duct terminations. Ventilation openings and duct terminations shall comply with Sections 422.8.3.1 through 422.8.3.4, unless otherwise approved by the building official.

422.8.3.1 Location of exhaust ventilation openings and exhaust duct terminations. Exhaust ventilation openings and duct terminations shall be located not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from fire escapes, required means of egress, combustible materials, unprotected openings and property lines. Exhaust outlets shall be located on the exterior of the building.

422.8.3.2 Covering. Ventilation openings shall be covered with durable metal gratings, screens or louvers. If operable intake louvers are provided on mechanically ventilated transformer vaults, the louvers shall be controlled by the fan thermostat, i.e. the louvers shall be opened when the fan is energized.

422.8.3.3 Opening protection. Intake ventilation openings in the vault walls on the interior of the building shall be protected by automatic closing fire dampers having a fire-protection rating at least equal to that required for the vault. The actuating device on the fire damper should be made to function at a temperature of 140oF (60oC).

422.8.3.4 Ventilation ducts. Exhaust ventilation ducts, if used, shall be enclosed in construction having a fire-resistance rating at least equal to that required for the vault. Exhaust ducts shall extend from the vault to the outside of the building. An exhaust duct for a mechanically ventilated vault shall be used exclusively for ventilating the vault. No fire dampers shall be installed in exhaust ventilation ducts.

422.9 Drainage for vaults.

422.9.1 General. Drains are prohibited in all transformer vaults.

422.9.2 Sumps. All transformer vaults containing oil-insulated transformers shall have a dry sump. All sumps shall have an opening of at least 6 inches (152 mm) diameter, a depth of at least 12 inches (305 mm), and shall be equipped with a removable steel grate that is flush with the floor. Sumps shall have at least an 8 gallon (30 liter) capacity. Sump capacity may be greater where required by the utility. The sump shall have a grouted bottom. The sump shall be located near, but not directly behind, the personnel door and shall be out of the entry path for moving transformers in and out of the vault. The vault floor shall slope at least one inch in ten feet (25 mm in 305 mm) toward the sump.

422.10 Pipes and ducts in transformer vaults. No pipes or ducts foreign to the electrical installation shall enter or pass through any transformer vault. Electrical conduits terminating at transformer vaults shall be sealed with listed three-hour fireprotection rated firestop material. Electrical conduits terminating at transformer vaults shall be installed to avoid channeling water into the vault. Electrical conduits entering the vault floor shall be rigid galvanized steel and shall extend no less than 18 inches (457 mm) into the vault or to the top of the containment sill, whichever is greater.

422.11 Storage in transformer vaults. No material shall be stored in any transformer vault.

422.12 Sprinkler systems. Sprinkler systems shall not be installed within a transformer vault. The vault must be maintained in a dry condition at all times.

[F] SECTION 423

MEDICAL GAS SYSTEMS

423.1 General. Compressed gases at hospitals and similar facilities intended for inhalation or sedation, including but not limited to, analgesia systems for dentistry, podiatry, veterinary and similar uses, shall comply with this section in addition to other requirements of International Fire Code Chapter 30.

423.2 Interior supply location. Medical gases shall be stored in areas dedicated to the storage of such gases without other storage or uses. Where containers of medical gases in quantities greater than the permit amount are located inside buildings, they shall be in a 1hour exterior room, a 1-hour interior room or a gas cabinet in accordance with Section 423.2.1, 423.2.2 or 423.2.3. Rooms or areas where hazardous medical gases are stored or used in quantities exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in International Fire Code Section 2703.1 shall comply with the requirements for Group H occupancies.

423.2.1 One-hour exterior rooms. A 1-hour exterior room shall be a room or enclosure separated from the remainder of the building by fire barriers with a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings between the room or enclosure and interior spaces shall be self-closing smokeand draft-control assemblies having a fire protection rating of not less than 1 hour. Rooms shall have at least one exterior wall that is provided with at least two vents. Each vent shall not be less than 36 square inches (0.023 m2) in area. One vent shall be within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor and one shall be within 6 inches (152 mm) of the ceiling. Rooms shall be provided with at least one automatic sprinkler to provide container cooling in case of fire.

423.2.2 One-hour interior room. When an exterior wall cannot be provided for the room, automatic sprinklers shall be installed within the room. The room shall be exhausted through a duct to the exterior. Supply and exhaust ducts shall be enclosed in a 1-hour-rated shaft enclosure from the room to the exterior. Approved mechanical ventilation shall comply with the International Mechanical Code and be provided at a minimum rate of 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot [0.00508 m3/(s * ?m2)] of the area of the room.

423.2.3 Gas cabinets. Gas cabinets shall be constructed in accordance with International Fire Code Section 2703.8.6 and the following:

1. The average velocity of ventilation at the face of access ports or windows shall not be less than 200 feet per minute (61 m/s) with a minimum of 150 feet per minute (46 m/s) at any point of the access port or window.

2. Connected to an exhaust system.

3. Internally sprinklered.

423.3 Exterior supply locations. Oxidizer medical gas systems located on the exterior of a building with quantities greater than the permit amount shall be located in accordance with International Fire Code Section 4004.2.1.

[W] SECTION 424

RECYCLABLE MATERIALS

424.1 Definition. Recyclable materials are those solid wastes that are separated for recycling or reuse, such as papers, metals and glass.

424.2 Storage space for recyclable materials. All occupancies shall be provided with space for the storage of recyclable materials and solid waste.

Exception: Group R-3 and Group U occupancies.

The storage area shall be designed to meet the needs of the occupancy, efficiency of pick-up, and shall be available to occupants and haulers.

Section 6. The following sections of Chapter 5 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 501

GENERAL

***

[F] 501.2 Address numbers. Buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals or alphabetical letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) high for occupancies in Group R and not less than 5 inches for other occupancies with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7 mm).

501.2.1 Enforcement by building official owners to affix and maintain building numbers. The building official shall determine the address of any property in the City in accordance with the numbering system established in this Chapter.

Whenever the irregularity of plats, the changing direction of streets, avenues, or other highways, the interruption of the continuity of highways or any other condition causes doubt or difference of opinion as to the correct number of any piece of property or any building thereon, the number shall be determined by the building official. The building official shall be guided by the specific provisions of this chapter as far as they are applicable and when not applicable, by such rules as are established to carry out the intent of this chapter.

The owner of any building or other structure shall maintain the street number of each building and structure in a conspicuous place over or near the principal street entrance or entrances, or in other conspicuous places as is necessary for the easy locating of such address.

Exception: Where there are multiple buildings on a site, the building official is permitted to waive the requirement for posting an address on appurtenant or accessory buildings where individual identification of each building is not essential.

Where a property has frontage along more than one named street ,or for any other property, where there may be confusion regarding the address of a building or structure, the building official is permitted to require the complete address, including street number and street name to be conspicuously posted.

Buildings served by a private road or a common driveway shall post their address number(s) at the head of the road or driveway in a manner that can be easily read from the intersecting street. Where the existing street grid may not adequately allow for the assignment of street addresses that will promote the easy locating of such addresses, or for any other reason consistent with the intent of this chapter, the building official is permitted to assign a name to the private road or common driveway that shall be used for addressing purposes. In addition, the building official is permitted to require one or more property owners along the road or driveway to post a sign displaying the assigned name at a location near the intersection of the road or driveway with a named public street.

Should the building official find that any building, structure or premises is not provided with numbers as herein required, or is not correctly numbered, the building official shall notify the owner, agent or tenant of the correct street number and shall require that the same shall be properly placed, in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, within a reasonable length of time. It is a violation for any person to fail to comply with such notice.

501.2.2 Numbering system prescribed. The numerical designation of all doorways and entrances to buildings and lots fronting upon the named right-of-ways of the City are established in accordance with the following system:

Except where otherwise specified, 100 numbers are allotted to each block, provided that where a named right-of-way intervenes between consecutively numbered right-of-ways, 50 numbers shall be allotted for each block. One whole number is allotted to each 20 feet (6096 mm) of frontage in each block; even numbers shall be used on the northerly side of named right-of-ways extending in an easterly and westerly direction and on the easterly side of named right-ofways extending in a northerly and southerly direction. Odd numbers shall be used on the southerly side of named right-of-ways extending in an easterly and westerly direction and on the westerly side of named right-of-ways extending in a northerly and southerly direction.

In the case of irregular named right-of-ways, the frontages shall be numbered as near as may be according to the uniform series of block numbers with which they most nearly correspond.

501.2.3 Numbering of buildings

501.2.3.1 Numbering of buildings downtown. Between Yesler Way and Denny Way all frontages upon named right-of-ways extending in a northerly and southerly direction and lying west of Broadway, East Union Street, Minor Avenue and Melrose Avenue shall be numbered as follows:

Yesler Way to Fir Street number 100 and upwards, Fir Street to Spruce Street number 150 and upwards, Spruce Street to Alder Street number 200 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds to Pine Street; Pine Street to Olive Way number 1600 and upwards, Olive Way to Howell Street number 1700 and upwards, Howell Street to Stewart Street number 1800 and upwards, Stewart Street to Virginia Street number 1900 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds to Denny Way.

Between East Yesler Way and East Denny Way all frontages upon named right-of-ways extending in a northerly and southerly direction and lying east of Broadway, East Union Street, Minor Avenue and Melrose Avenue shall be numbered as follows:

East Yesler Way to East Fir Street number 100 and upwards, East Fir Street to East Spruce Street number 150 and upwards, East Spruce Street to East Alder Street number 200 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds to East Marion Street; East Marion Street to East Spring Street number 900 and upwards, East Spring Street to East Union Street number 1100 and upwards, East Union Street to East Pike Street number 1400 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds to East Denny Way.

Between East Yesler Way and East Denny Way all frontages upon named right-of-ways extending in an easterly and westerly direction and lying west of Broadway, East Union Street, Minor Avenue and Melrose Avenue shall be numbered as follows:

Southwesterly from Elliott Avenue, or Alaskan Way if south of Lenora Street, number 51 and downwards; Elliott Avenue (or Alaskan Way) to Western Avenue number 52 and upwards; Western Avenue to First Avenue number 76 and upwards; First Avenue to Second Avenue number 100 and upwards, continuing northeasterly to Broadway, East Union Street, Minor Avenue, or Melrose Avenue by consecutive hundreds.

Between East Yesler Way and East Denny Way all frontages upon named right-of-ways extending in an easterly and westerly direction and lying east of Broadway, East Union Street, Minor Avenue and Melrose Avenue shall be numbered as follows:

Melrose Avenue to Bellevue Avenue number 300 and upwards, Bellevue Avenue to Summit Avenue number 400 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds to Broadway.

Broadway to Tenth Avenue number 900 and upwards, Tenth Avenue to Eleventh Avenue number 1000 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds corresponding with the numbered series of avenues eastward to Lake Washington.

On East Olive Way eastward from Melrose Avenue, the street numbers shall run upwards consecutively, eastward from the existing street numbers that are west of the Melrose Avenue intersection.

501.2.3.2 Numbering of buildings south of downtown and east of the East Waterway. South of Yesler Way the frontages upon the named right-of-ways extending in a northerly and southerly direction shall be numbered as follows:

Yesler Way (or East Yesler Way) to South Washington Street number 100 and upwards, South Washington Street to South Main Street number 200 and upwards, South Main Street to South Jackson St number 300 and upwards, South Jackson Street to South King Street number 400 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds to South Barton Place, with blocks and streets on Rainier Avenue South being taken as the controlling series.

South of South Barton Place, 51st Avenue South shall be taken as the controlling series to the southern City limits.

On Second Avenue Extension South from Fourth Avenue South to Yesler Way, the frontages shall be numbered as follows:

From Fourth Avenue South to South Jackson Street number 100 and upwards, South Jackson Street to South Main Street number 200 and upwards, South Main Street to South Washington Street number 300 and upwards, South Washington Street to Yesler Way number 400 and upwards.

South of Yesler Way the frontages upon named right-of-ways extending in an easterly and westerly direction shall be numbered as follows:

Westward from First Avenue South to the Harbor Line or East Waterway number 99 and downwards, First Avenue South to Occidental Avenue South number 100 and upwards, Occidental Avenue South to Second Avenue South number 150 and upwards, Second Avenue South to Third Avenue South number 200 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds to Sixth Avenue South; Sixth Avenue South to Maynard Avenue South number 600 and upwards, Maynard Avenue South to Seventh Avenue South number 650 and upwards, Seventh Avenue South to Eighth Avenue South (or Airport Way south of South Hinds Street) number 700 and upwards, Eighth Avenue South (or Airport Way south of South Hinds Street) to Airport Way South (or Ninth Avenue South south of South Hinds Street) number 800 and upwards, Airport Way South (or Ninth Avenue South south of South Hinds Street) to Interstate-5 number 900 and upwards, continuing eastward by consecutive hundreds corresponding with the numbered series of avenues to Lake Washington

501.2.3.3 Numbering of buildings between downtown and the Lake Washington Ship Canal. North of Denny Way, East Denny Way, and East Howell Street east of Madrona Drive the frontages upon the named right-of-ways extending in a northerly and southerly direction shall be numbered as follows:

Denny Way (and East or West Denny Way) to John Street (and East or West John Street) number 100 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds, the blocks and streets on Queen Anne Avenue North being taken as a controlling series for numbering purposes west of Fairview Avenue North (or Fairview Avenue East) and south of Bertona Street (or West Bertona Street); 36th Avenue West being taken as the controlling series for numbering purposes west of Fairview Ave North (or Fairview Ave East) and north of Bertona Street (or West Bertona Street); 10th Avenue East being taken as the controlling series for numbering purposes east of Fairview Avenue North (or Fairview Avenue East).

Between Queen Anne Avenue North and Eastlake Avenue East (East Galer being the northeast boundary of this subsection) the frontages on the named right-of-ways extending in an easterly and westerly direction shall be numbered as follows:

Queen Anne Avenue North to First Avenue North number 1 and upwards, First Avenue North to Warren Avenue North number 100 and upwards, Warren Avenue North to Second Avenue North number 150 and upwards, Second Avenue North to Third Avenue North number 200 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds corresponding to the numbered series of avenues with half hundreds in the case of Nob Hill, Taylor, Bigelow, Mayfair, and Dexter Avenues North, to Ninth Avenue North; Ninth Avenue North to Westlake Avenue North number 900 and upwards, Westlake Avenue North to Terry Avenue North number 950 and upwards, Terry Avenue North to Boren Avenue North number 1000 and upwards, Boren Avenue North to Fairview Avenue North number 1100 and upwards, Fairview Avenue North to Minor Avenue North number 1150 and upwards, Minor Avenue North to Pontius Avenue North number 1200 and upwards, Pontius Avenue North to Yale Avenue North number 1250 and upwards, Yale Avenue North to Eastlake Avenue East number 1300 and upwards.

East of Eastlake Avenue East (or Fairview Avenue East north of East Galer Street) and North of East Denny Way the frontages upon the named east-west right-of-ways extending in an easterly and westerly direction shall be numbered as follows:

Eastlake Avenue East to Melrose Avenue East number 200 and upwards continuing by consecutive hundreds eastward to Broadway East; Broadway East to Tenth Avenue East number 900 and upwards, Tenth Avenue East to Federal Avenue East number 1000 and upwards, Federal Avenue East to Eleventh Avenue East number 1050 and upwards, Eleventh Avenue East to Twelfth Avenue East number 1100 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds eastward to Lake Washington.

West of Queen Anne Avenue North the frontages upon named east-west right-of-ways extending in an easterly and westerly direction shall be numbered westward as follows:

Queen Anne Avenue North to First Avenue West number 1 and upwards, First Avenue West to Second Avenue West number 100 and upwards, continuing by consecutive hundreds westward

501.2.3.4 Numbering of buildings north of the Lake Washington Ship Canal. The plan for the numbering of frontages upon the various named right-of-ways in that portion of the City of Seattle lying north of the Lake Washington Ship Canal is established as follows:

The frontages upon the named right-of-ways extending in a northerly and southerly direction shall be numbered in accordance with the designations of the intersecting numbered streets as follows: northward from the State Harbor Line, number 2900 and upwards.

The frontages upon the named right-of-ways extending in an easterly and westerly direction shall be numbered as follows:

West from First Avenue Northwest, commencing with 100, and continuing west in correspondence with the numbers of the avenues to Puget Sound.

East from First Avenue Northwest, commencing with 100 and continuing as follows: East from Palatine Avenue North, 200 and upwards; from Greenwood Avenue North, 300 and upwards; from Phinney Avenue North, 400 and upwards; from Francis Avenue North, 450 and upwards; from Dayton Avenue North, 500 and upwards; from Evanston Avenue North, 600 and upwards; from Fremont Avenue North, 700 and upwards; from North Park Avenue North, 800 and upwards; from Linden Avenue North, 900 and upwards (800 and upwards south of North 65th Street); from Aurora Avenue North, 900 and upwards (1100 and upwards north of North 65th Street); from Winslow Place North, 950 and upwards; from Whitman Avenue North 1000 and upwards; from Albion Place North, 1050 and upwards; from Woodland Park Avenue North, 1100 and upwards; from Nesbit Avenue North, 1150 and upwards; from Midvale Avenue North, 1200 and upwards; from Lenora Place North, 1250 and upwards; from Stone Avenue North (Stone Way North south of North 46th Street), 1300 and upwards; from Interlake Avenue North, 1400 and upwards; from Ashworth Avenue North, l500 and upwards; from Carr Place North, 1550 and upwards; from Woodlawn Avenue North, 1600 and upwards, from Densmore Avenue North, 1700 and upwards; from Caroline Avenue North and Courtland Place North, 1750 and upwards; from Wallingford Avenue North, 1800 and upwards; from Burke Avenue North and Canfield Place North, 1900 and upwards; From Stroud Avenue North and Wayne Place North, 2000 and upwards; from Meridian Avenue North, 2100 and upwards; from Bagley Avenue North, 2200 and upwards; from Corliss Avenue North, 2300 and upwards; from Sunnyside Avenue North, 2400 and upwards; and from Eastern Avenue North, 2500 and upwards.

East from First Avenue Northeast, commencing with 100, and continuing east in correspondence with the numbered avenues to Lake Washington.

501.2.3.5 Numbering buildings on Harbor Island. The frontages upon named right-of-ways extending in a northerly and southerly direction shall be numbered as follows:

Southwest Massachusetts Street to Southwest Florida Street, number 1700 and upwards; Southwest Florida Street to Southwest Lander Street, number 2500 and upwards; Southwest Lander Street to Southwest Hanford Street, number 2700 and upwards; Southwest Hanford Street to Southwest Spokane Street, number 3200 and upwards.

The frontages upon named right-of-ways extending in an easterly and westerly direction shall be numbered as follows:

The East Waterway to 11th Avenue Southwest, number 900 and upwards; 11th Avenue Southwest to 13th Avenue Southwest, number 1100 and upwards; 13th Avenue Southwest to 16th Avenue Southwest, number 1300 and upwards; 16th Avenue Southwest to the West Waterway, number 1600 and upwards.

501.2.3.6 Numbering buildings west of the West Waterway and the Duwamish Waterway. The frontages upon named right-of-ways extending in a northerly and southerly direction, shall be numbered as follows:

North of Southwest Andover Street, commencing with 3800 and continuing north to the Duwamish Head by consecutive hundreds, the blocks and streets on California Avenue Southwest being taken as the controlling series for numbering purposes.

South of Southwest Andover Street, commencing with 4000 and continuing south to Southwest Roxbury Street by consecutive hundreds , the blocks and streets of California Avenue Southwest being taken as the controlling series for numbering purposes.

South of Southwest Roxbury Street, commencing with 9600 and continuing south to the south City limits by consecutive hundreds, in correspondence with the numbers of the intersecting streets.

The frontages upon named right-of-ways extending in an easterly and westerly direction, shall be numbered as follows:

West of California Avenue Southwest, commencing with 4300 and continuing westward in correspondence with the numbers of the intersecting avenues to Puget Sound.

East of California Avenue Southwest, commencing with 4200 and continuing eastward in correspondence with the numbers of the intersecting avenues to the Duwamish Waterway.

SECTION 502

DEFINITIONS

502.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein.

***

BASEMENT. That portion of a building A story that is partly or completely below grade plane (see "Story above grade plane" in Section 202). A basement shall be considered as a story above grade plane where the finished surface of the floor or roof next above the basement is:

1. More than 6 feet (1829 mm) above grade plane; or

2. More than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished ground level at any point. for more than 25 feet (7620 mm) of the perimeter. Required driveways up to 22 feet (6706 mm) shall not be considered in calculating the 25 foot distance if there is at least 10 feet (3048 mm) between the driveway and all portions of the 25-foot area. See Figure 502.1.

***

GRADE PLANE. A reference plane representing the average of finished ground level adjoining the building at exterior walls. Where the finished ground level slopes away from the exterior walls, the reference plane shall be established by the lowest points within the area between the building and the lot line or, where the lot line is more than 6 feet (1829 mm) from the building, between the building and a point 6 feet (1829 mm) from the building.

For grade of structures built over water, see Section 421.2.

***

a + b <= 25'

c >= 10'

d <= 22' Lowest level will not be a story above grade plane if all these are met

SECTION 503

GENERAL HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS

503.1 General. The height and area for buildings of different construction types shall be governed by the intended use of the building and shall not exceed the limits in Table 503 except as modified hereafter. Each part of a building included within the exterior walls or the exterior walls and fire walls where provided shall be permitted to be a separate building.

Interpretation I503a: An unenclosed and uncovered roof deck shall not be considered a story for the purpose of determining the number of stories in a building.

Interpretation I503b: In stepped or terraced buildings, the number of stories is the number counted from the first story above grade plane of the lowest building segment to the top story of the highest building segment. For purposes of this interpretation, portions of buildings divided by fire walls shall be considered separate buildings.

***

TABLE 503

ALLOWABLE HEIGHT AND BUILDING AREASa

Height limitations shown as stories and feet above grade plane.

Area limitations as determined by the definition of "Area, building," per story

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION

TYPE I TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V

A B A B A B HT A B

GROUP HGT(ft)UL 160 65 55 65 55 65 50 40 HGT(S)

A-1 S UL 5 3 2 3 2 3 2 1

A UL UL 15,500 8,500 14,000 8,500 15,000 11,500 5,500

A-2 S UL 11 3 2 3 2 3 2 1

A UL UL 15,500 9,500 14,000 9,500 15,000 11,500 6,000

A-3 S UL 11 3 2 3 2 3 2 1

A UL UL 15,500 9,500 14,000 9,500 15,000 11,500 6,000

A-4 S UL 11 3 2 3 2 3 2 1

A UL UL 15,500 9,500 14,000 9,500 15,000 11,500 6,000

A-5 S UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL

A UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL

S UL 11 5 4 5 4 5 3 2

B A UL UL 37,500 23,000 28,500 19,000 36,000 18,000 9,000

S UL 5 3 2 3 2 3 1 1

E A UL UL 26,500 14,500 23,500 14,500 25,500 18,500 9,500

F-1 S UL 11 4 2 3 2 4 2 1

A UL UL 25,000 15,500 19,000 12,000 33,500 14,000 8,500

F-2 S UL 11 5 3 4 3 5 3 2

A UL UL 37,500 23,000 28,500 18,000 50,500 21,000 13,000

H-1 S 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NP

A 21,000 16,500 11,000 7,000 9,500 7,000 10,500 7,500 NP

H-2d S UL 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1

A 21,000 16,500 11,000 7,000 9,500 7,000 10,500 7,500 3,000

H-3d S UL 6 4 2 4 2 4 2 1

A UL 60,000 26,500 14,000 17,500 13,000 25,500 10,000 5,000

H-4 S UL 7 5 3 5 3 5 3 2

A UL UL 37,500 17,500 28,500 17,500 36,000 18,000 6,500

H-5 S 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2

A UL UL 37,500 23,000 28,500 19,000 36,000 18,000 9,000

I-1 S UL 9 4 3 4 3 4 3 2

A UL 55,000 19,000 10,000 16,500 10,000 18,000 10,500 4,500

I-2 S UL 4 2 1 1 NP 1 1 NP

A UL UL 15,000 11,000 12,000 NP 12,000 9,500 NP

I-3 S UL 4 2 1 2 1 2 2 1

A UL UL 15,000 10,000 10,500 7,500 12,000 7,500 5,000

I-4 S UL 5 3 2 3 2 3 1 1

A UL 60,500 26,500 13,000 23,500 13,000 25,500 18,500 9,000

S UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 1

M A UL UL 21,500 12,500 18,500 12,500 20,500 14,000 9,000

R-1 S UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 2

A UL UL 24,000 16,000 24,000 16,000 20,500 12,000 7,000

R-2 S UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 2

A UL UL 24,000 16,000 24,000 16,000 20,500 12,000 7,000

R-3 S UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 3

A UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL

R-4 S UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 2

A UL UL 24,000 16,000 20,500 7,000 24,000 16,000 12,000

S-1 S UL 11 4 3 3 3 4 3 1

A UL 48,000 26,000 17,500 26,000 17,500 25,500 14,000 9,000

S-2b, S UL 11 5 4 4 4 5 4 2 c

A UL 79,000 39,000 26,000 39,000 26,000 38,500 21,000 13,500

S UL 5 4 2 3 2 4 2 1

U c A UL 35,500 19,000 8,500 14,000 8,500 18,000 9,000 5,500

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.

UL = Unlimited, NP = Not permitted.

a. See the following sections for general exceptions to Table 503:

1. Section 504.2, Allowable height increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation.

2. Section 506.2, Allowable area increase due to street frontage.

3. Section 506.3, Allowable area increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation.

4. Section 507, Unlimited area buildings.

b. For open parking structures, see Section 406.3.

c. For private garages, see Section 406.1.

d. See Section 415.5 for limitations.

***

SECTION 505

MEZZANINES

505.1 General. A mezzanine or mezzanines in compliance with Section 505 shall be considered a portion of the story below. Such mezzanines shall not contribute to either the building area or number of stories as regulated by Section 503.1. The area of the mezzanine shall be included in determining the fire area defined in Section 702. The clear height above and below the mezzanine floor construction shall not be less than 7 feet (2134 mm).

Interpretation I505.1: Mezzanines within individual dwelling units shall not be located above other dwelling units or common space other than corridors.

505.2 Area limitation. The aggregate area of a mezzanine or mezzanines within a room shall not exceed one-thirdone-half the floor area of that room or space in which they are located. The enclosed portion of a room shall not be included in a determination of the floor area of the room in which the mezzanine is located. In determining the allowable mezzanine area, the area of the mezzanine shall not be included in the floor area of the room.

Exceptions:

1. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings and structures of Type I or II construction for special industrial occupancies in accordance with Section 503.1.1 shall not exceed two-thirds of the area of the room.

2. The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings and structures of Type I or II construction shall not exceed one-half of the area of the room in buildings and structures equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and an approved emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section 907.2.12.2.

2. The area of the mezzanine floor within a dwelling unit shall not exceed one half of the area of the main floor of the dwelling unit.

Interpretation I505.2: Only such main floor area conforming to clear height requirements of Section 505.1 shall be used in calculating the allowable area of the mezzanine floor.

***

505.4 Openness. A mezzanine shall be open and unobstructed to the room in which such mezzanine is located except for walls not more than 42 inches (1067 mm) high, columns and posts.

Exceptions:

1. Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to be open to the room in which the mezzanines are located, provided that the occupant load of the aggregate area of the enclosed space does not exceed 10.

2. A mezzanine having two or more means of egress is not required to be open to the room in which the mezzanine is located if at least one of the means of egress provides direct access to an exit from the mezzanine level.

3. Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to be open to the room in which the mezzanines are located, provided that the aggregate floor area of the enclosed space does not exceed 10 percent of the allowable mezzanine area.

4. In industrial facilities, mezzanines used for control equipment are permitted to be glazed on all sides.

5. In other than Groups H and I occupancies no more than two stories in height above grade plane and equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, a mezzanine having two or more means of egress shall not be required to be open to the room in which the mezzanine is located.

***

SECTION 506

AREA MODIFICATIONS

506.1 General. The areas limited by Table 503 shall be permitted to be increased due to frontage (If) and automatic sprinkler system protection (Is) in accordance with the following:

Aa = { At + [At x If ] + [At x Is ] } (Equation 5-1)

where:

Aa = Allowable area per story (square feet).

At = Tabular area per story in accordance with Table 503 (square feet).

If = Area increase factor due to frontage as calculated in accordance with Section 506.2.

Is = Area increase factor due to sprinkler protection as calculated in accordance with Section 506.3.

506.1.1 Basements. A single basement that is not a Basements below the first story above grade plane need not be included in the total allowable area, provided each such basement does not exceed the area permitted for a building with no more than one story above grade plane.

***

506.4 Area determination. The maximum area of a building with more

than one story above grade plane shall be determined by multiplying the allowable area of the first story (Aa), as determined in Section 506.1, by the number of stories above grade plane as listed below:

1. For buildings with two stories above grade plane, multiply by 2;

2. For buildings with three or more stories above grade plane, multiply by 3; and

3. No story shall exceed the allowable area per story (Aa), as determined in Section 506.1, for the occupancies on that story.

Exceptions:

1. Unlimited area buildings in accordance with Section 507.

2. The maximum area of a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2 shall be determined by multiplying the allowable area per story (Aa), as determined in Section 506.1, by the number of stories above grade plane.

Note: NFPA 13R sprinkler systems are limited to buildings of Group R up to and including four stories in height. See Section 903.3.1.2.

***

SECTION 508

MIXED USE AND OCCUPANCY

***

508.2.3 Protection. Where an automatic fire-extinguishing system or an automatic sprinkler system is provided in accordance with Table 508.2, only the incidental use areas need be equipped with such a system.

TABLE 508.2

INCIDENTAL USE AREAS

ROOM OR AREA SEPARATION AND/OR PROTECTION

Furnace room where any piece of 1 hour or provide automatic equipment is over 400,000 Btu per fire-extinguishing system hour input

Rooms with boilers where the 1 hour or provide automatic largest piece of equipment is over fire-extinguishing system 15 psi and 10 horsepower

Refrigerant machinery rooms 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system

Parking garage (Section 406.2) 2 hours; or 1 hour and provide automatic fire-extinguishing system

Hydrogen cut-off rooms, not 1-hour in Group B, F, M, S and U classified as Group H occupancies. 2-hour in Group A, E, I and R occupancies.

Incinerator rooms 2 hours and automatic sprinkler system

Paint shops, not classified as 2 hours; or 1 hour and provide Group H, located in occupancies automatic fire-extinguishing other than Group F system

Laboratories and vocational shops, 1 hour or provide automatic not classified as Group H, located fire-extinguishing system in Group E or I-2 occupancies

Laundry rooms over 100 square feet 1 hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system

Storage rooms over 100 square feet 1 hour or provide automatic fire-extinguishing system

Group I-3 cells equipped with 1 hour padded surfaces

Group I-2 waste and linen 1 hour collection rooms

Waste and linen collection rooms 1 hour or provide automatic over 100 square feet fire-extinguishing system

Stationary storage battery systems 1 hour in Group B, F, M, S and U having a liquid capacity of more occupancies. 2-hour in Group A, than ((100)) 50 gallons used for E, I and R occupancies. facility standby power, emergency power or uninterrupted power supplies

Elevator machine rooms 1 hour or as required for elevator hoistway, whichever is greater. Automatic closing doors are not permitted.

For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 pound per square inch = 6.9 kPa,

1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.293 watts, 1 horsepower = 746 watts, 1 gallon = 3.785 L.

508.3 Mixed occupancies. Each portion of a building shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1.

Where a building contains more than one occupancy group, the building or portion thereof shall comply with Sections 508.3.1, 508.3.2, 508.3.3 or a combination of these sections.

Exceptions:

1. Occupancies separated in accordance with Section 509.

2. Where required by Table 415.3.2, areas of Group H-1, H-2 or H-3

occupancies shall be located in a separate and detached building or structure.

[W] 3. Offices, mercantile, food preparation establishments for off-site consumption, personal care salons or similar uses in Group R dwelling units, which are conducted primarily by the occupants of a dwelling unit and are secondary to the use of the unit for dwelling purposes, and which do not exceed 500 square feet (46.4 m2).

508.3.1 Accessory occupancies. Accessory occupancies are those occupancies subsidiary to the main occupancy of the building or portion thereof. Aggregate accessory occupancies shall not occupy more than 10 percent of the area of the story in which they are located and shall not exceed the tabular values in Table 503, without height and area increases in accordance with Sections 504 and 506 for such accessory occupancies.

Exceptions:

1. Accessory assembly areas having a floor area less than 750 square feet (69.7 m2) are not considered separate occupancies.

2. Assembly areas that are accessory to Group E occupancies are not considered separate occupancies except when applying the assembly occupancy requirements of Chapter 11.

3. Accessory religious educational rooms and religious auditoriums with occupant loads of less than 100 are not considered separate occupancies.

508.3.1.1 Occupancy classification. Accessory occupancies shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1. Code requirements shall apply to each portion of the building based on the occupancy classification of that accessory space, except that the most restrictive applicable provisions of Section 403 and Chapter 9 shall apply to the entire building or portion thereof.

508.3.1.2 Allowable area and height. The allowable area and height of the building shall be based on the allowable area and height for the main occupancy in accordance with Section 503.1. The height of any accessory occupancy shall not exceed the tabular values in Table 503, without height and area increases in accordance with Sections 504 and 506 for such accessory occupancies.

508.3.1.3 Separation. No separation is required between accessory occupancies or the main occupancy.

Exception: Group H-2, H-3, H-4 or H-5 occupancies shall be separated from all other occupancies in accordance with Section 508.3.3.

***

508.3.3 Separated occupancies. Buildings or portions of buildings that comply with the provisions of this section shall qualify as separated occupancies.

508.3.3.1 Occupancy classification. Separated occupancies shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1. Each fire area shall comply with this code based on the occupancy classification of that portion of the building.

508.3.3.2 Allowable area. In each story, the building area shall be such that the sum of the ratios of the actual floor area of each occupancy divided by the allowable area of each occupancy shall not exceed one.

508.3.3.3 Allowable height. Each occupancy shall comply with the height limitations based on the type of construction of the building in accordance with Section 503.1. The height, in both feet and stories, of each fire area shall be measured from grade plane. This measurement shall include the height, in both feet and stories, of intervening fire areas.

Exception: Special provisions permitted by Section 509.

508.3.3.4 Separation. Individual occupancies shall be separated from adjacent occupancies in accordance with Table 508.3.3

508.3.3.4.1 Construction. Required separations shall be fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 706 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both, so as to completely separate adjacent occupancies.

Exceptions:

1. No separation is required between Group A-2 or A-3 and Groups B or M occupancies when both are protected by an automatic sprinkler system.

2. Subject to the approval of the building official, unprotected openings are permitted in separations between parking areas and

enclosed portions of buildings such as entry lobbies and similar areas provided:

2.1. The floors of the enclosed building with unprotected openings are protected by an automatic sprinkler system;

2.2. The openings are glazed with either tempered or laminated glazing materials;

2.3. When required by the building official, the glazing is protected on the parking side with a sprinkler system designed to wet the entire glazed surface; and

2.4. The parking areas are used primarily for passenger loading and unloading and vehicle drive-through uses.

SECTION 509

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

509.1 General. The provisions in this section shall permit the use of special conditions that are exempt from, or modify, the specific requirements of this chapter regarding the allowable heights and areas of buildings based on the occupancy classification and type of construction, provided the special condition complies with the provisions specified in this section for such condition and other applicable requirements of this code.

Interpretation I509: Each subsection of Section 509 is a distinct modification of other provisions of Chapter 5, and is not permitted to be used in combination with any other

subsection of Section 509.

509.2 Group S-2 enclosed or open parking garage with Group A, B, M, R or S above. Podium buildings.

A basement Basements and/or the first story one or two stories above grade plane of a building shall be permitted to be considered as a separate and distinct building for the purpose of determining area limitations, continuity of fire walls, limitation of number of stories and type of construction when

all of the following conditions are met:.

1. The basement Basements and/or the first story one or two stories above grade plane is are of Type IA construction and is are separated from the building above with a horizontal assembly having a minimum 3-hour fire-resistance rating.

2. Shaft, stairway, ramp or escalator enclosures through the horizontal assembly shall have not less than a 2-hour fire-resistance rating with opening protectives in accordance with Table 715.4.

Exception: Where the enclosure walls below the horizontal assembly have not less than a 3-hour fire-resistance rating with opening protectives in accordance with Table 715.4, the enclosure walls

extending above the horizontal assembly shall be permitted to have a 1-hour fire-resistance rating, provided:

1. The building above the horizontal assembly is not required to be of Type I construction;

2. The enclosure connects less than four stories; and

3. The enclosure opening protectives above the horizontal assembly have a minimum 1-hour fire protection rating.

3. Stairways permitted to be constructed of wood above the horizontal assembly are also permitted to be constructed of wood below the horizontal assembly. See Section 1002 for the definition of stairway.

3. The building above the horizontal assembly shall be permitted to have multiple Group A uses, each with an occupant load of less than 300, or Group B, M, R or S uses.

4. The building below the horizontal assembly is a Group S-2 enclosed or open parking garage, used for the parking and storage of private motor vehicles.

Exceptions:

1. Entry lobbies, mechanical rooms and similar uses incidental to the operation of the building shall be permitted.

2. Multiple Group A uses, each with an occupant load of less than 300, or Group B or M uses shall be permitted, in addition to those uses incidental to the operation of the building (including storage areas), provided that the entire structure below the horizontal assembly is protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system.

4. The buildings contain only multiple Group A uses, each with an occupant load of less than 300; Group B; Group M; Group R-1; Group R2; Group R-3; or Group S-2 parking garage used exclusively for the parking and storage of private motor vehicles.

5. The maximum building height in feet of the entire structure shall not exceed the limits set forth in Section 503 for the building having the smaller allowable height as measured from the grade plane.

6. The height of the entire structure shall not exceed 7 stories above grade plane.

7. All portions of the buildings above and below the three-hour horizontal assembly shall be protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system that complies with Section 903.3.1.1 in buildings with two stories below the horizontal assembly.

8. Occupied areas shall be not more than 75 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.

Exception: Roof decks with an occupant load of less than 10 are permitted to be located more than 75 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.

9. Exit enclosures in buildings with two stories above grade plane below the separation shall be pressurized in accordance with Section 909.21 for low-rise stairways.

[W] 509.3 Group S-2 enclosed parking garage with Group S-2 open parking garage above. A Group S-2 enclosed parking garage located in the basement or first story with no more than one story above grade plane and located below a Group S-2 open parking garage shall be classified as a separate and distinct building for the purpose of determining the type of construction when where the following conditions are met:

1. The allowable area of the structure building shall be

such that the sum of the ratios of the actual area divided by the allowable area for each separate occupancy shall not exceed 1.0.

2. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is of Type I or II construction and is at least equal to the fire-resistance requirements of the Group S-2 open parking garage.

3. The height and the number of the floors above the basement tiers of the Group S-2 open parking garage shall be limited as specified in Table 406.3.5.

4. The floor assembly separating the Group S-2 enclosed parking

garage and Group S-2 open parking garage shall be protected as required for the floor assembly of the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage. Openings between the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage and

Group S-2 open parking garage, except exit openings, shall not be required to be protected.

5. The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is used exclusively for the

parking or storage of private motor vehicles, but shall be permitted to contain an office, waiting room and toilet room having a total area of not more than 1,000 square feet (93 m2), and mechanical equipment rooms incidental to the operation of the building.

509.4 Parking beneath Group R. Where a maximum one-story above grade plane Group S-2 parking garage, enclosed or open, or combination thereof, of Type I construction or open of Type IV construction, with grade entrance, is provided under a building of Group R, the number of stories to be used in determining the minimum type of construction shall be measured from the floor above such a parking area. The floor assembly between the parking garage and the Group R above shall comply with the type of construction required for the parking garage and shall also provide a fire-resistance rating not less than the mixed occupancy separation required in Section 508.3.3. The Group R occupancy shall be no more than four stories in height.

***

Section 7. The following sections of Chapter 6 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 601

GENERAL

***

TABLE 601

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS (hours)

BUILDING TYPE I TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V ELEMENT

A B A ^e B A ^e B HT A ^e B

Structural 3^b 2^b 1 0 1 0 HT 1 0 frame^a

Bearing walls

Exterior^g 3 2 1 0 2 2 2 1 0 Interior 3^b 2^b 1 0 1 0 1/HT 1 0

Nonbearing See Table 602 walls and partitions Exterior

Nonbearing 0 0 0 0 0 0 See 0 0 walls and Section partitions 602.4.6 Interior^f

Floor 2 2 1 0 1 0 HT 1 0 construction Including supporting beams and joists

Roof 1 1/2^c 1^c,d 1^{c, d} 0^c,d 1^c,d 0^c,d HT 1^{c, d} 0 construction

Including supporting beams and joists

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. The structural frame shall be considered to be the columns and the girders, beams, trusses and spandrels having direct connections to the columns and bracing members designed to carry gravity loads. The members of floor or roof panels which have no connection to the columns shall be considered secondary members and not a part of the

structural frame.

Interpretation I601: Bracing members that provide vertical stability shall be considered part of the structural frame whether or not they carry gravity loads.

b. Roof supports: Fire-resistance ratings of structural frame and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by 1 hour where supporting

a roof only.

c. Except in Group F-1, H, M and S-1 occupancies, fire protection of structural members shall not be required, including protection of roof framing and decking where every part of the roof construction is 20 feet or more above any floor immediately below. Fire-retardanttreated wood members shall be allowed to be used for such unprotected members.

d. In all occupancies, heavy timber shall be allowed where a 1-hour or less fire-resistance rating is required.

e. An approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 shall be allowed to be substituted for 1-hour fireresistance-rated construction, provided such system is not otherwise required by other provisions of the code or used for an allowable area increase in accordance with Section 506.3 or an allowable height increase in accordance with Section 504.2. The 1-hour substitution for the fire resistance of exterior walls shall not be permitted. This substitution is not permitted in buildings constructed according to Section 1019.2 exception 4.

f. Not less than the fire-resistance rating required by other sections of this code.

g. Not less than the fire-resistance rating based on fire separation distance (see Table 602).

Note: See Sections 1009.5 and 603.1 item 23 for stairway construction.

***

SECTION 602

CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION

***

TABLE 602

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE^a,^e

FIRE TYPE OF OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY SEPARATION CONSTRUCTION GROUP H GROUP F-1, GROUP A, B, E^f, DISTANCE = M, S-1 F-2, I, R, S-2, U^b X (feet)

X < 5 ^c All 3 2 1

5 <= X <10 IA 3 2 1 Others 2 1 1

10 <= X< 30 IA, IB 2 1 1 ^d IIB, VB 1 0 0 Others 1 1 1 ^d

X >= 30 All 0 0 0

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Load-bearing exterior walls shall also comply with the fireresistance rating requirements of Table 601.

b. For special requirements for Group U occupancies see Section 406.1.2

c. See Section 705.1.1 for party walls.

d. Open parking garages complying with Section 406 shall not be required to have a fire-resistance rating.

e. The fire-resistance rating of an exterior wall is determined based upon the fire separation distance of the exterior wall and the story in which the wall is located.

f. Day care occupancies and occupancies in Group E with an occupant load less than 20 are not required to have a fire-resistance rating where the fire separation distance is 3 feet or more.

***

602.3 Type III. Type III construction is that type of construction in which the exterior walls are of noncombustible materials and the interior building elements are of any material permitted by this code. Fire-retardant-treated wood framing complying with Section 2303.2 shall be permitted within exterior wall assemblies of a 2-hour rating or less.

Interpretation I602.3: Type IIIA buildings are permitted to include exposed heavy-timber construction for columns, beams, girders, arches, trusses, floors and roof decks except for fireresistive construction required by Sections 509 and 707 and Chapter 10.

***

602.5 Type V. Type V construction is that type of construction in which the structural elements, exterior walls and interior walls are of any materials permitted by this code.

Interpretation I602.5: Type VA buildings are permitted to include exposed heavy-timber construction for columns, beams, girders, arches, trusses, floors and roof decks except for fire-resistive construction required by Sections 509 and 707 and Chapter 10.

SECTION 603

COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL IN TYPE I

AND II CONSTRUCTION

603.1 Allowable materials. Combustible materials shall be permitted in buildings of Type I or Type II construction in the following applications and in accordance with Sections 603.1.1 through 603.1.3:

1. Fire-retardant-treated wood shall be permitted in:

1.1. Nonbearing partitions where the required fire-resistance rating is 2 hours or less.

1.2. Nonbearing exterior walls where no fire rating is required.

1.3. Roof construction, including girders, trusses, framing and decking.

Exception: In buildings of Type I construction exceeding two stories in height, fire-retardant-treated wood is not permitted in roof construction when the vertical distance from the upper floor to the roof is less than 20 feet (6096 mm).

2. Thermal and acoustical insulation, other than foam plastics, having a flame spread index of not more than 25.

Exceptions:

1. Insulation placed between two layers of noncombustible materials without an intervening airspace shall be allowed to have a flame spread index of not more than 100.

2. Insulation installed between a finished floor and solid decking without intervening airspace shall be allowed to have a flame spread index of not more than 200.

3. Foam plastics in accordance with Chapter 26.

4. Roof coverings that have an A, B or C classification.

5. Interior floor finish and interior finish, trim and millwork such as doors, door frames, window sashes and frames.

6. Where not installed over 15 feet (4572 mm) above grade, show windows, nailing or furring strips and wooden bulkheads below show windows, including their frames, aprons and show cases.

7. Finished flooring applied directly to the floor slab or to wood sleepers that are fireblocked in accordance with Section 717.2.7.

8. Partitions dividing portions of stores, offices or similar places occupied by one tenant only and that do not establish a corridor serving an occupant load of 30 or more shall be permitted to be constructed of fire-retardant-treated wood, 1-hour fire-resistancerated construction or of wood panels or similar light construction up to 6 feet (1829 mm) in height.

9. Stages and platforms constructed in accordance with Sections 410.3 and 410.4, respectively.

10. Combustible exterior wall coverings, balconies and similar projections and bay or oriel windows in accordance with Chapter 14.

11. Blocking such as for handrails, millwork, cabinets and window and door frames.

12. Light-transmitting plastics as permitted by Chapter 26.

13. Mastics and caulking materials applied to provide flexible seals between components of exterior wall construction.

14. Exterior plastic veneer installed in accordance with Section 2605.2.

15. Nailing or furring strips as permitted by Section 803.4.

16. Heavy timber as permitted by Note d to Table 601 and Sections 602.4.7 and 1406.3.

17. Aggregates, component materials and admixtures as permitted by Section 703.2.2.

18. Sprayed fire-resistant materials and intumescent and mastic fire-resistant coatings, determined on the basis of fire-resistance tests in accordance with Section 703.2 and installed in accordance with Section 1704.10 and 1704.11, respectively.

19. Materials used to protect penetrations in fire-resistance-rated assemblies in accordance with Section 712.

20. Materials used to protect joints in fire-resistance-rated assemblies in accordance with Section 713.

21. Materials allowed in the concealed spaces of buildings of Type I and II construction in accordance with Section 717.5.

22. Materials exposed within plenums complying with Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code.

23. Stairways within individual dwelling units and stairways serving a single tenant space are permitted to be of fire-retardanttreated wood or heavy-timber construction. In other than Group R occupancies, such stairways shall not serve as a required means of egress.

24. Aluminum is permitted as follows:

24.1 Where combustible materials, including fire retardant treated wood, are allowed by the code;

24.2 For structural members supporting less than 500 square feet that do not have direct connections to columns and bracing members designed to carry gravity loads;

24.3 In curtain walls approved or listed for use in non-combustible construction; and

24.4 Unprotected aluminum frames for awnings in accordance with Section 3105.5.

603.1.1 Ducts. The use of nonmetallic ducts shall be permitted when installed in accordance with the limitations of the International Mechanical Code

603.1.2 Piping. The use of combustible piping materials shall be permitted when installed in accordance with the limitations of the International Mechanical Code and the InternationalUniform Plumbing Code.

603.1.3 Electrical. The use of electrical wiring methods with combustible insulation, tubing, raceways and related components shall be permitted when installed in accordance with the limitations of the ICC Seattle Electrical Code.

Section 8. The following findings of fact are adopted in accordance with Washington Administrative Code 51-04-030 in support of amendments to Sections 704.6 and 705.2.:

o Seattle is situated in an area with a high likelihood of seismic activity, having experienced three significant earthquakes in the past 60 years, and having a fault line traversing densely-populated and heavily-developed areas.

o Seattle has experienced a greater rate of damage to buildings resulting from earthquakes than most other jurisdictions in Washington.

o Continuity of diaphragms is critical to lateral stability of buildings under seismic conditions.

o The average response time of the Seattle Fire Department in 2006 for fire, rescue and hazardous materials was 4.31 minutes, among the shortest response times in the area.

o Risk of injury from buildings collapsing due to earthquakes is greater than the risk from buildings collapsing due to insufficient support during a fire.

o The following requirements of the International Building Code are inconsistent with good seismic design: Section 704.6 that requires exterior walls to remain in place for the duration of time indicated by its fire-resistance rating; and Section 705.2 that requires fire walls to be constructed so as to remain standing when the construction on either side of it collapses due to fire.

o These requirements that walls remain standing for the duration of time indicated by the fire-resistance rating are not consistent with the applicable testing standards, which do not measure the ability of walls to remain standing when adjacent construction collapses under fire conditions.

o The deletion of IBC Sections 704.6 and 705.2 does not diminish the minimum performance standards of RCW 19.27.020, and deletion of those provisions from the Seattle Building Code enhances the safety of residents of the City of Seattle.

Section 9. The following sections of Chapter 7 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 702

DEFINITIONS

702.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this chapter, and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein.

***

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. The distance measured from the building face to one of the following:

1. The closest interior lot line;

2. To the centerline opposite side of a street, an alley or public way; or

3. To an imaginary line between two buildings on the property.

The distance shall be measured at right angles from the face of the wall.

FIRE WALL. A fire-resistance-rated wall having protected openings, which restricts the spread of fire and extends continuously from the foundation to or through the roof, with sufficient structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of construction on either side without collapse of the wall.

***

SECTION 703

FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS AND FIRE TESTS

***

703.3 Alternative methods for determining fire resistance. The application of any of the alternative methods listed in this section shall be based on the fire exposure and acceptance criteria specified in ASTM E 119. The required fire resistance of a building element shall be permitted to be established by any of the following methods or procedures:

1. Fire-resistance designs documented in approved sources.

2. Prescriptive designs of fire-resistance-rated building elements as prescribed in Section 720.

3. Calculations in accordance with Section 721.

4. Engineering analysis based on a comparison of building element designs having fire-resistance ratings as determined by the test procedures set forth in ASTM E 119.

5. Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section 104.11 104.14 and 104.15.

***

SECTION 704

EXTERIOR WALLS

***

704.2 Projections. Cornices, eave overhangs, exterior balconies and similar projections extending beyond the floor area shall conform to the requirements of this section and Section 1406. Exterior egress balconies and exterior exit stairways shall also comply with Sections 1014.5 and 1023.1, respectively. Projections shall not extend beyond the distance determined by the following two methods, whichever results in the lesser projection is less restrictive:

1. A point one-third the distance to the lot line from an assumed vertical plane located where protected openings are required in accordance with Section 704.8.

2. More than 12 inches (305 mm) into areas where openings are prohibited.

Code Alternate CA704.2: Balconies and decks constructed with grated metal decking that allows smoke and heat to ventilate are permitted to be considered projections and not floor area.

Sprinklers shall be provided on these balconies and decks that project more than two feet from the building.

Interpretation I704.2: For purposes of Section 704.2, gutters 6 inches or less in width that are not an integral part of the structure are not considered projections on Group R-3 occupancies and on Group U accessory occupancies.

704.2.1 Type I and II construction. Projections from walls of Type I or II construction shall be of noncombustible materials or combustible materials as allowed by Sections 1406.3 and 1406.4.

704.2.2 Type III, IV or V construction. Projections from walls of Type III, IV or V construction shall be of any approved material.

Eave overhangs from walls of Types IIIA, IV or VA construction or from walls that are otherwise required to be of fire-resistancerated construction shall be finished on the underside with at least 1/2-inch (13 mm) gypsum sheathing or equivalent or shall be heavytimber construction conforming to Section 602.4. See Section 712.3.2 for allowable vent penetrations.

704.2.3 Combustible projections. Combustible projections located where openings are not permitted or where protection of openings is required shall be of at least 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction, Type IV construction, fire-retardant-treated wood or as required by Section 1406.3.

Exceptions:

1. Type V construction shall be allowed for R-3 occupancies.

2. Eave overhangs are permitted to be of less than one-hour construction provided the underside is finished with at least 1/2inch (13 mm) gypsum sheathing or equivalent.

***

704.6 Structural stability. The wall shall extend to the height required by Section 704.11 and shall have sufficient structural stability such that it will remain in place for the duration of time indicated by the required fire-resistance rating.

***

704.8 Allowable area of openings. The maximum area of unprotected or protected openings permitted in an exterior wall in any story shall not exceed the values set forth in Table 704.8. Where both unprotected and protected openings are located in the exterior wall in any story, the total area of the openings shall comply with the following formula:

(Equation 7-2)

where:

A = Actual area of protected openings, or the equivalent area of protected openings, Ae (see Section 704.7).

a = Allowable area of protected openings.

Au = Actual area of unprotected openings.

au = Allowable area of unprotected openings.

704.8.1 Automatic sprinkler system. In buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the maximum allowable area of unprotected openings in occupancies other than Groups H-1, H-2 and H-3 shall be the same as the tabulated limitations for protected openings.

704.8.2 First story. In occupancies other than Group H, unlimited unprotected openings are permitted in the exterior walls of the first story above grade facing a street that have a fire separation distance of greater than 15 30 feet 45729144 mm) or facing an unoccupied space. The unoccupied space shall be on the same lot or dedicated for public use, shall not be less than 30 feet (9144 mm) in width and shall have access from a street by a posted fire lane in accordance with the International Fire Code.

TABLE 704.8

MAXIMUM AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGSa

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE (feet)

CLASSIFI 0 to 3 Greater Greater Greater Greater Greater Greater Greater CATION f, j than 3 than 5 than than 15 than 20 than 25 than 30 OF to 5 c, to 10 c, 10 to to 20d,g to 25d,g to OPENING g e, g, h 15 d, 30d,g e, g

Unprotec Not Not 10%i 15%i 25%i 45%i 70%i No ted Permitt Permitte Limitb ed dc

Protecte Not 15% 25% 45% 75% No No No d Permitt Limitb Limitb Limitb ed

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Values given are percentage of the area of the exterior wall.

b. Not used.

c. For occupancies in Group R-3 and day care occupancies and occupancies in Group E with an occupant load less than 20, the maximum percentage of unprotected and protected exterior wall openings shall be 25 percent.

d. The area of openings in an open parking structure with a fire separation distance of greater than 10 feet shall not be limited.

e. For occupancies in Group H-2 or H-3, unprotected openings shall not be permitted for openings with a fire separation distance of 15 feet or less.

f. For requirements for fire walls for buildings with differing roof heights, see Section 705.6.1.

g. The area of unprotected and protected openings is not limited for occupancies in Group R-3,with a fire separation distance greater than 5 feet.

h. For special requirements for Group U occupancies, see Section 406.1.2.

i. Buildings whose exterior bearing wall, exterior nonbearing wall and exterior structural frame are not required to be fire-resistance rated by Table 601 or 602 shall be permitted to have unlimited unprotected openings.

j. Includes accessory buildings to Group R-3.

***

SECTION 705

FIRE WALLS

***

705.2 Structural stability. Fire walls shall have sufficient structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of construction on either side without collapse of the wall for the duration of time indicated by the required fire-resistance rating.

***

705.4 Fire-resistance rating. Fire walls shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that required by Table 705.4.

TABLE 705.4

FIRE WALL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS

GROUP FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

A, B, E, H-4, I, R-1, R-2, U 3^a

F-1, H-3^b, H-5, M, S-1 3

H-1, H-2 4^b

F-2, S-2, R-3((, R-4)) 2

a. Walls shall be not less than 2-hour fire-resistance rated where separating buildings of Type II or V construction.

b. For Group H-1, H-2 or H-3 buildings, also see Sections 415.4 and 415.5.

***

705.5.2 Horizontal projecting elements. Fire walls shall extend to the outer edge of horizontal projecting elements such as balconies, roof overhangs, canopies, marquees and similar projections that are within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall.

Exceptions:

1. Horizontal projecting elements without concealed spaces, provided the exterior wall behind and below the projecting element has not

less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a distance not less than the depth of the projecting element on both sides of the fire wall. Openings within such exterior walls shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour.

2. Noncombustible horizontal projecting elements with concealed spaces, provided a minimum 1-hour fire-resistance-rated wall extends through the concealed space. The projecting element shall be separated from the building by a minimum of 1-hour fire-resistancerated construction for a distance on each side of the fire wall equal to the depth of the projecting element. The wall is not required to extend under the projecting element where the building exterior wall is not less than 1-hour fire-resistance rated for a distance on each side of the fire wall equal to the depth of the projecting element. Openings within such exterior walls shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour.

3. For combustible horizontal projecting elements with concealed spaces, the fire wall need only extend through the concealed space to the outer edges of the projecting elements. The exterior wall behind and below the projecting element shall be of not less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction for a distance not less than the depth of the projecting elements on both sides of the fire wall. Openings within such exterior walls shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire-protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour.

***

SECTION 706

FIRE BARRIERS

***

706.3 Fire-resistance rating. The fire-resistance rating of fire barriers shall comply with this section.

706.3.1 Shaft enclosures. The fire-resistance rating of the fire barrier separating building areas from a shaft shall comply with Section 707.4.

706.3.2 Exit enclosures. The fire-resistance rating of the fire barrier separating building areas from an exit shall comply with Section 1020.1.

706.3.3 Exit passageway. The fire-resistance rating of the separation between building areas and an exit passageway shall comply with Section 1021.1.

706.3.4 Horizontal exit. The fire-resistance rating of the separation between building areas connected by a horizontal exit shall comply with Section 1022.1.

706.3.5 Atriums. The fire-resistance rating of the fire barrier separating atriums shall comply with Section 404.5.

706.3.6 Incidental use areas. The fire barrier separating incidental use areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that indicated in Table 508.2.

706.3.7 Control areas. Fire barriers separating control areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that required in Section 414.2.4.

706.3.8 Separation of mixed occupancies. Where the provisions of Section 508.3.3 are applicable, the fire barrier separating mixed occupancies shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that indicated in Section 508.3.3 based on the occupancies being separated.

706.3.9 Single-occupancy fire areas. The fire barrier or horizontal assembly, or both, separating a single occupancy into different fire areas shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that indicated in Table 706.3.9.

706.3.10 Elevator machine rooms. The fire-resistance rating of fire barriers enclosing elevator equipment and machine rooms shall be not less than that required by Table 508.2 and Section 3020.2.

***

SECTION 707

SHAFT ENCLOSURES

***

707.2 Shaft enclosure required. Openings through a floor/ceiling assembly shall be protected by a shaft enclosure complying with this Section.

Exceptions:

1. A shaft enclosure is not required for openings totally within an individual residential dwelling unit and connecting four stories or less.

2. A shaft enclosure is not required in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 for an escalator opening or stairway that is not a portion of the means of egress protected according to Item 2.1 or 2.2:

2.1. Where the area of the floor opening between stories does not exceed twice the horizontal projected area of the escalator or stairway and the opening is protected by a draft curtain and closely spaced sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 13. In other than Groups B and M, this application is limited to openings that do not connect more than four stories.

Note: NFPA 13 requires draft curtains to be at least 18 inches (457 mm) deep, and to be of noncombustible or limited-combustible material.

2.2. Where the opening is protected by approved power-operated automatic shutters at every penetrated floor. The shutters shall be of noncombustible construction and have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1.5 hours. The shutter shall be so constructed as to close immediately upon the actuation of a smoke detector installed in accordance with Section 907.11 and shall completely shut off the well opening. Escalators shall cease operation when the shutter begins to close. The shutter shall operate at a speed of not more than 30 feet per minute (152.4 mm/s) and shall be equipped with a sensitive leading edge to arrest its progress where in contact with any obstacle, and to continue its progress on release therefrom.

3. A shaft enclosure is not required for penetrations by pipe, tube, conduit, wire, cable and vents protected in accordance with Section 712.4.

4. A shaft enclosure is not required for penetrations by ducts protected in accordance with Section 712.4. Grease ducts shall be protected in accordance with the International Mechanical Code.

5. In other than Group H occupancies, a shaft enclosure is not required for floor openings complying with the provisions for atriums in Section 404.

6. A shaft enclosure is not required for approved masonry chimneys where annular space protection is provided at each floor level in

accordance with Section 717.2.5.

7. In other than Groups I-2 and I-3, a shaft enclosure is not required for a floor opening or an air transfer opening that complies with the following:

7.1. Does not connect more than two stories.

7.2. Is not part of the required means of egress system, except as permitted in Section 1020.1.

7.3. Is not concealed within the building construction.

7.4. Is not open to a corridor in Group I and R occupancies.

7.5. Is not open to a corridor on nonsprinklered floors in any occupancy.

7.6. Is separated from floor openings and air transfer openings serving other floors by construction conforming to required shaft enclosures.

7.7. Is limited to the same smoke compartment.

8. A shaft enclosure is not required for openings through floors and for automobile ramps in open and enclosed parking garages constructed in accordance with Sections 406.3 and 406.4, respectively.

9. A shaft enclosure is not required for floor openings between a mezzanine and the floor below.

10. A shaft enclosure is not required for joints protected by a fire-resistant joint system in accordance with Section 713.

11. A shaft enclosure shall not be required for floor openings created by unenclosed stairs or ramps in accordance with Exception 8 or 9 in Section 1020.1.

12. Floor openings protected by floor fire doors in accordance with Section 711.8.

13. Penetrations of floors inside a wall cavity by gas

vents and piping in buildings of Types III, IV, and V construction need not be protected.

13 14. Where permitted by other sections of this code.

***

707.4 Fire-resistance rating. Shaft enclosures shall have a fireresistance rating of not less than 2 hours where connecting more than four stories or more, and not less than 1 hour where connecting less than four stories and fewer. The number of stories connected by the shaft enclosure shall include any basements but not any mezzanines. Shaft enclosures shall have a fireresistance rating not less than the floor assembly penetrated, but need not exceed 2 hours.

Air ducts passing through exit enclosures shall be separated from the enclosure by construction having a fire-resistance rating at least equal to the exit enclosure walls.

707.5 Continuity. Shaft enclosures shall be constructed as fire barriers in accordance with Section 706 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both, and shall have continuity in accordance with Section 706.5 for fire barriers or Section 711.4 for horizontal assemblies as applicable.

***

707.8 Penetrations. Penetrations in a shaft enclosure shall be protected in accordance with Section 712 as required for fire barriers.

707.8.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations other than those necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be permitted in shaft enclosures. See Section 3022 for installation of pipes and ducts in elevator hoistways.

***

707.14 Elevator, dumbwaiter and other hoistways. Elevator, dumbwaiter and other hoistway enclosures shall be constructed in accordance with Section 707 and Chapter 30.

707.14.1 Elevator lobby. In buildings other than high-rise buildings complying with Section 403, an An enclosed elevator lobby shall be provided at each floor where an elevator shaft enclosure connects more than three stories. The lobby shall separate the elevator shaft enclosure doors from each floor by fire partitions equal to the fire-resistance rating of the corridor and the required opening protection. Elevator lobbies shall have at least one means of egress complying with Chapter 10 and other provisions within this code.

Exceptions:

1. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required at the street floor, provided the entire street floor is equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

2. Elevators not required to be located in a shaft in accordance with Section 707.2 are not required to have enclosed elevator lobbies.

3. WhereEnclosed elevator lobbies are not required where additional doors are provided at the hoistway opening in accordance with Section 3002.6 at the point of access to the elevator car. Such doors shall be tested in accordance with UL 1784 without an artificial bottom seal. The doors shall be tightfitting smokeand draft-control assemblies complying with Section 715.4.3.1, and maintained automatic closing by actuation of a smoke detector in accordance with Section 715.4.7.3. Doors that latch shall be provided with panic hardware, openable from inside the elevator car.

4. In other than Group I-3, and buildings having occupied floors located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where the building is protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

5. Smoke partitions shall be permitted in lieu of fire partitions to separate the elevator lobby at each floor where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

6. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where the elevator hoistway is pressurized in accordance with Section 707.14.2.

707.14.1.2 High-rise buildings. In high rise buildings, elevator hoistways that serve floors more than 75 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access shall be pressurized in accordance with Section 707.14.2. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required in high-rise buildings unless required by another provision of this code.

Exception: Subject to the approval of the building official,

pressurization is not required for elevators with less than 75 feet (22 860 mm) from the lowest floor to the highest ceiling of the stories served by the elevator.

707.14.2 Enclosed elevator lobby pressurization alternative. Where elevator hoistway pressurization is provided in lieu of required enclosed elevator lobbies and in high-rise buildings, the pressurization system shall comply with this section.

707.14.2.1 Pressurization Pressure requirements. Elevator hoistways shall be pressurized to maintain a minimum positive pressure of 0.04 inches of water column and a maximum positive pressure of 0.06 0.10 inches of water column with respect to adjacent occupied space on all floors, and a maximum pressure so as not to prevent the automatic operation of the elevator doors, as well as accounting for the stack and wind effect expected on the mean low temperature January day. This pressure shall be measured at the midpoint of each hoistway door, with all ground floor level hoistway doors open at the designated primary recall level and all other hoistway doors closed. The pressure differential shall be measured between the hoistway and the adjacent area. In residential buildings, the pressure differential is permitted to be measured between the hoistway and the dwelling units.

Exception: The pressure differential is permitted to be measured relative to outdoor atmosphere on floors other than the following:

1. the fire floor,

2. the two floors immediately below the fire floor, and

3. the floor immediately above the fire floor.

707.14.2.1.1 Use of ventilation systems. Ventilation systems other than hoistway supply air systems are permitted to be used to exhaust air from adjacent space when necessary to maintain pressure relationships. Ventilation systems used to achieve hoistway pressurization are not required to comply with Section 909.

707.14.2.1.2 Supply air. The supply air intake shall be taken from an outside, uncontaminated source located a minimum distance of 20 feet (6096 mm) from any air exhaust system or outlet.

Exception: The supply air intake may be located within the building provided it is located no more than 20 feet (6096 mm) from major openings in the building exterior such as loading docks and vehicular entrances. There shall be no obstruction to the flow of air to the intake.

707.14.2.2 Ducts for system. Any supply duct system that is part of the pressurization system shall be protected with the same fireresistance rating as required for the elevator shaft enclosure.

Interpretation I707.14: Dampers other than motorized dampers required by the Washington State Energy Code with Seattle Amendments are not permitted in hoistway pressurization system air supply unless approved by the building official.

707.14.2.3 Fan system. The fan system provided for the pressurization system shall be as required by this section.

707.14.2.3.1 Fire resistance. When located within the building, the fan system that provides the pressurization shall be protected with the same fire-resistance rating required for the elevator shaft enclosure.

707.14.2.3.2 Smoke detection. The fan system shall be equipped with a two smoke detectors that will located in the duct in accordance NFPA 72 arranged to automatically shut down the fan system only when both smoke detectors activate. is detected within the system. The detectors shall be located downstream of the fan and shall be connected to the fire alarm as a supervisory signal.

707.14.2.3.3 Separate systems. A separate fan system shall be used for each bank of elevators.

707.14.2.3.4 Fan capacity. The supply fan shall either be adjustable with a capacity of at least 1,000 cfm (.4719 m3/s) per door, or that specified by a registered design professional to meet the requirements of a designed pressurization system.

707.14.2.4 Standby and emergency power. The Emergency power shall be provided for the pressurization system in highrise buildings. Legally required standby power shall be provided for the pressurization system in all other buildings. with The emergency and legally required standby power shall be from the same source as other required emergency systems for the building. For other than high-rise buildings, connection ahead of the service disconnecting means in accordance with Seattle Electrical Code Section 701.11(E) is permitted as a source of legally required standby power.

707.14.2.5 Activation of pressurization system. The elevator pressurization system shall be activated upon activation of the building fire alarm system or upon activation of the elevator lobby smoke detectors. Activation of the fan serving the hoistway may be delayed by up to 30 seconds so that elevator recall can be initiated prior to pressurizing the hoistway.

707.14.2.6 Hoistway venting. See Section 3016.5 for additional requirements for pressurized elevator shafts.

707.14.2.7 Machine rooms. Elevator machine rooms shall be pressurized in accordance with this section unless separated from the hoistway shaft by construction in accordance with Section 707.

707.14.2.8 Testing, inspection and acceptance. Pressurization systems shall comply with Sections 909.18 through 909.19.

707.15 Chimneys and fireplaces. Approved factory-built chimneys shall be installed within shafts as required by Section 707.

Exception: Factory-built chimneys that are exposed to the exterior in an approved manner are not required to be installed in shafts.

Approved chimneys serving multiple dwelling units are permitted to be installed within the same shaft, provided approved metal draft stops are installed at each floor level. All combustible construction shall be protected as required for fire-resistance-rated shaft construction. Interior shaft wall joints shall be fire-taped where required and where space allows, but fire-taping is permitted to be omitted from joints on the final closure wall provided the joints are installed in a tight manner.

The back of listed manufactured fireplace boxes is permitted to replace that portion of the shaft wall where they are located, provided the joint between the box and the adjacent shaft wall is tightly constructed and installed according to manufacturer's specification. Fresh air make-up ducts required by the Energy or Mechanical codes are permitted to penetrate the shaft at the fire box. Fresh air make-up ducts which pass through any portion of the building other than the shaft shall be at least 26 gage metal.

***

SECTION 712

PENETRATIONS

***

712.3.2 Membrane penetrations. Membrane penetrations shall comply with Section 712.3.1. Where walls or partitions are required to have a fire-resistance rating, recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required fire resistance will not be reduced.

Exceptions:

1. Membrane penetrations of maximum two-hour fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel electrical boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches (0.0103 m2) in area, provided the aggregate area of the openings through the membrane does not exceed 100 square inches (0.0645 m2) in any 100 square feet (9.29 m2) of wall area. The annular space between the wall membrane and the box shall not exceed 1/8 inch (3.1 mm). Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be separated by one of the following:

1.1. By a horizontal distance of not less than 24 inches (610 mm);

1.2. By a horizontal distance of not less than the depth of the wall cavity where the wall cavity is filled with cellulose loose-fill, rockwool or slag mineral wool insulation;

1.3. By solid fireblocking in accordance with Section 717.2.1;

1.4. By protecting both outlet boxes with listed putty pads; or

1.5. By other listed materials and methods.

2. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any material, provided such boxes have been tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing. The annular space between the wall membrane

and the box shall not exceed 1/8 inch (3.1 mm) unless listed otherwise. Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be separated as follows:

2.1. By a horizontal distance of not less than 24 inches (610 mm);

2.2. By solid fireblocking in accordance with Section 717.2.1;

2.3. By protecting both boxes with listed putty pads; or

2.4. By other listed materials and methods.

3. The annular space created by the penetration of a fire sprinkler, provided it is covered by a metal escutcheon plate.

4. Ventilation openings are permitted to be installed in soffits of exterior balconies required to have a fire-resistance-rating equivalent to the floor. If provided, ventilation openings shall be covered with corrosion-resistant metal mesh.

5. When Section 704 requires that eaves be finished on the underside with fire-resistance-rated materials, vents are permitted to be installed if the vent openings are covered with corrosion-resistant

metal mesh.

***

712.4.1.2 Membrane penetrations. Penetrations of membranes that are part of a fire-resistance-rated horizontal assembly shall comply with Section 712.4.1.1.1 or 712.4.1.1.2. Where floor/ceiling assemblies are required to have a minimum 1-hour fire-resistance rating, recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required fire resistance will not be reduced.

Exceptions:

1. Membrane penetrations by steel, ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or vents, or concrete or masonry items where the annular space is protected either in accordance with Section 712.4.1.1 or to prevent the free passage of flame and the products of combustion. The aggregate area of the openings through the membrane shall not exceed 100 square inches (64 500 mm2) in any 100 square feet (9.3 m2) of ceiling area in assemblies tested without penetrations.

2. Ceiling membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fire-resistancerated horizontal assemblies by steel electrical boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches (10 323 mm2) in area, provided the aggregate area of such penetrations does not exceed 100 square inches (44 500 mm2) in any 100 square feet (9.29 m2) of ceiling area, and the annular space between the ceiling membrane and the box does not exceed 1/8 inch (3.12 mm).

3. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any material, provided such boxes have been tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing. The annular space between the ceiling membrane and the box shall not exceed 1/8 inch (3.1 mm) unless listed otherwise.

4. The annular space created by the penetration of a fire sprinkler, provided it is covered by a metal eschutcheon plate.

712.4.1.3 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with Section 716.

712.4.1.4 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrating items shall not connect to combustible materials beyond the point of firestopping unless it can be demonstrated that the fire-resistance integrity of the horizontal assembly is maintained.

712.4.2 Nonfire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies without a required fire-resistance rating shall meet the requirements of Section 707 or shall comply with Section 712.4.2.1 or 712.4.2.2.

712.4.2.1 Noncombustible penetrating items. Noncombustible penetrating items that connect not more than three stories are permitted, provided that the annular space is filled with an approved noncombustible material to resist the free passage of flame and the products of combustion.

712.4.2.2 Penetrating items. Penetrating items that connect not more than two stories are permitted, provided that the annular space is filled with an approved material to resist the free passage of flame and the products of combustion.

Code Alternate CA 712.4: When approved by the building official, the following assemblies satisfy the requirements of Section 712.4.1.2.

PROTECTION REQUIRED

Opening Type Framing Type

Solid Sawn MPCT & PWJ1

Can Light In floor joists, Box the light (four sides and top) solid block each side with 5/8 inch gypsum wallboard, of light with 2 inch 1-1/2 inch high-density mineral framing or 5/8 inch fiber, or 3-1/2 inch fiberglass, gypsum wallboard. securely fastened. See In dropped soffits, Illustration B. prerock bottom of floor joists above with 5/8 inch gypsum wallboard.

HVAC2 Solid block beside Box the fan or diffuser (four sides opening with 2 inch and top) with 5/8 inch gypsum framing or 5/8 inch wallboard, 1-1/2 inch high-density gypsum wallboard and, mineral fiber, or 3-1/2 inch fiberglass, securely fastened, and

Drape 1-1/2 inch Wrap duct completely with 1-1/2 high-density mineral inch high-density mineral fiber or

fiber insulation or 3-1/2 inch fiberglass, secured in 3-1/2 inch fiberglass place, or line joist cavity with over top of duct and 5/8 inch fire-taped gypsum down sides to contact wallboard. See Illustration C. the ceiling. Secure in place. See In sprinklered buildings, Illustration A. protection is required for 10 feet from opening only. Protect duct for 10 feet from opening in ceiling.

1 MPCT = Metal plate connected trusses

PWJ = Plywood web joists

2 Fan box or diffuser grille and associated metal duct.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.

1. The area of openings shall be limited to 100 square inches in 100 square feet aggregate with no opening greater than 8? in diameter.

2. HVAC systems installed under permit shall be installed according to plan.

3. Fixtures and equipment shall be installed according to their listing.

4. Ventilation ducts in attics shall be wrapped with mineral fiber insulation and secured in place with metal hangers.

5. Fixtures protected with insulation shall be steel and IC rated.

[Figure for Section 712.4]

***

SECTION 715

OPENING PROTECTIVES

***

715.4.7.3 Smoke-activated doors. Automatic-closing doors installed in the following locations shall be automatic closing by the actuation of smoke detectors installed in accordance with Section 907.10 or by loss of power to the smoke detector or hold-open device. Doors that are automatic closing by smoke detection shall not have more than a 10-second delay before the door starts to close after the smoke detector is actuated:

1. Doors installed across a corridor.

2. Doors that protect openings in exits or corridors required to be of fire-resistance-rated construction.

3. Doors that protect openings in walls that are capable of resisting the passage of smoke in accordance with Section 508.2.2.1.

4. Doors installed in smoke barriers in accordance with Section 709.5.

5. Doors installed in fire partitions in accordance with Section 708.6.

6. Doors installed in a fire wall in accordance with Section 705.8.

7. Doors installed in shaft enclosures in accordance with Section 707.7.

8. Doors installed in refuse and laundry chutes and access and termination rooms in accordance with Section 707.13.

9. Doors installed in the walls for compartmentation of underground buildings in accordance with Section 405.4.2.

10. Doors installed in the elevator lobby walls of underground buildings in accordance with Section 405.4.3.

11. Doors installed in smoke partitions in accordance with Section 710.5.3.

12. Additional doors installed in accordance with Section 707.14.1.

***

SECTION 716

DUCTS AND AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS

***

716.5.3 Shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures that are permitted to be penetrated by ducts and air transfer openings shall be protected with approved fire and smoke dampers installed in accordance with their listing.

Exceptions:

1. Fire dampers are not required at penetrations of shafts where:

1.1. Steel exhaust subducts are extended at least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in exhaust shafts, provided there is a continuous airflow upward to the outside; or

1.2. Penetrations are tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 as part of the rated assembly; or

1.3. Ducts are used as part of an approved smoke control system designed and installed in accordance with Section 909 and where the fire damper will interfere with the operation of the smoke control system; or

1.4. The penetrations are in parking garage exhaust or supply shafts that are separated from other building shafts by not less than 2-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.

2. In Group B, M and R occupancies, equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, smoke dampers are not required at penetrations of shafts where:

2.1. Kitchen, clothes dryer, bathroom and toilet room exhaust openings are installed with steel exhaust subducts, having a wall thickness of at least 0.019 inch (0.48 mm); and

2.2. That extend at least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically; and

2.3. An exhaust fan is installed at the upper terminus of the shaft that is, powered continuously in accordance with the provisions of Section 909.11, provided with legally required power in accordance with Seattle Electrical Code Section 701 so as to maintain a continuous upward airflow to the outside.

3. Smoke dampers are not required at penetration of exhaust or supply shafts in parking garages that are separated from other building shafts by not less than 2-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.

4. Smoke dampers are not required at penetrations of shafts where ducts are used as part of an approved mechanical smoke control system designed in accordance with Section 909 and where the smoke damper will interfere with the operation of the smoke control system.

716.5.4 Fire partitions. Ducts and air transfer openings that penetrate fire partitions shall be protected with listed fire dampers installed in accordance with their listing.

Exceptions: In occupancies other than Group H, fire dampers are not required where any of the following apply:

1. The partitions are tenant separations in covered mall buildings or corridor walls in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and the duct is protected as a through penetration in accordance with Section 712.

2. Tenant partitions in covered mall buildings where the walls are not required by provisions elsewhere in the code to extend to the underside of the floor or roof deck above.

3. The duct system is constructed of approved materials in accordance with the International Mechanical Code and the duct penetrating the wall complies with all of the following requirements:

3.1. The duct shall not exceed 100 square inches (0.06 m2).

3.2. The duct shall be constructed of steel a minimum of 0.0217 inch (0.55 mm) in thickness.

3.3. The duct shall not have openings that communicate the corridor with adjacent spaces or rooms.

3.4. The duct shall be installed above a ceiling.

3.5. The duct shall not terminate at a wall register in the fireresistance-rated wall.

3.6. A minimum 12-inch-long (305 mm) by 0.060-inch-thick (1.52 mm) steel sleeve shall be centered in each duct opening. The sleeve shall be secured to both sides of the wall and all four sides of the sleeve with minimum 11/2-inch by 11/2-inch by 0.060-inch (38 mm by 38 mm by 1.52 mm) steel retaining angles. The retaining angles shall be secured to the sleeve and the wall with No. 10 (M5) screws. The annular space between the steel sleeve and the wall opening shall be filled with mineral wool batting on all sides.

***

SECTION 717

CONCEALED SPACES

***

717.3 Draftstopping in floors. In combustible construction, draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide floor/ceiling assemblies in the locations prescribed in Sections 717.3.2 through 717.3.3.

717.3.1 Draftstopping materials. Draftstopping materials shall not be less than 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board, 0.375-inch (9.5 mm) wood structural panel, 0.375-inch (9.5 mm) particleboard, 1-inch (25-mm) nominal lumber, cement fiberboard, batts or blankets of mineral wool or glass fiber, or other approved materials adequately supported. The integrity of draftstops shall be maintained.

717.3.2 Groups R-1, R-2, and R-3 and R-4. Draftstopping shall be provided in floor/ceiling spaces in Group R-1 buildings, in Group R-2 buildings with three or more dwelling units, and in Group R-3 buildings with two dwelling units and in Group R-4 buildings. Draftstopping shall be located above and in line with the dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations.

Exceptions:

1. Draftstopping is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

2. Draftstopping is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, provided that automatic sprinklers are also installed in the combustible concealed spaces.

717.3.3 Other groups. In other groups, draftstopping shall be installed so that horizontal floor areas do not exceed 1,000 square feet (93 m2).

Exception: Draftstopping is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

***

717.5 Combustible materials in concealed spaces in Type I or II construction. Combustible materials shall not be permitted in concealed spaces of buildings of Type I or II construction.

Exceptions:

1. Combustible materials in accordance with Section 603.

2. Combustible materials exposed within plenums complying with Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code.

3. Class A interior finish materials classified in accordance with Section 803.

4. Combustible piping within partitions or shaft enclosures installed in accordance with the provisions of this code.

5. Combustible piping within concealed ceiling spaces installed in accordance with the International Mechanical Code and the International Uniform Plumbing Code.

6. Combustible insulation and covering on pipe and tubing, installed in concealed spaces other than plenums, complying with Section 719.7.

***

Section 10. The following sections of Chapter 9 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

CHAPTER 9

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

SECTION 901

GENERAL

***

901.2 Fire protection systems. Fire protection systems shall be installed, repaired, operated and maintained in accordance with this code and the International Fire Code.

Any fire protection system for which an exception or reduction to the provisions of this code has been granted shall be considered to be a required system.

Exception: Any fire protection system or portion thereof not required by this code shall be permitted to be installed for partial or complete protection provided that such system meets the requirements of this code.

901.2.1 Certificates required. Individuals who install, inspect, test or maintain life safety systems and equipment shall obtain a certificate from the fire code official.

***

901.5 Acceptance tests. Fire protection systems shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of this code and the International Fire Code. When required, the tests shall be conducted in the presence of the building official. Tests required by this code, the International Fire Code and the standards listed in this code shall be conducted at the expense of the owner or the owner's representative. It shall be unlawful to occupy portions of a structure until the required fire protection systems within that portion of the structure have been tested and approved. Individuals who perform acceptance tests on fire and life safety systems shall obtain the proper certificate from the fire code official.

901.6 Supervisory service. Where required, fire protection systems shall be monitored by an approved supervising station in accordance with NFPA 72.

901.6.1 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be monitored by an approved supervising station.

Exceptions:

1. A supervising station is not required for automatic sprinkler systems protecting oneand two-family dwellingsand townhouses.

2. Limited area systems serving fewer than 20 sprinklers.

901.6.2 Fire alarm systems. Fire alarm systems required by the provisions of Section 907.2 of this code and Section 907.2 of the International Fire Code shall be monitored by an approved supervising station in accordance with Section 907.14.

Exceptions:

1. Singleand multiple-station smoke alarms required by Section 907.2.10.

2. Smoke detectors in Group I-3 occupancies.

3. Supervisory service is not required for automatic sprinkler systems in oneand two-family dwellings.

901.6.3 Group H. Manual fire alarm, automatic fire-extinguishing and emergency alarm systems in Group H occupancies shall be monitored by an approved supervising station.

Exception: When approved by the building official, on-site monitoring at a constantly attended location shall be permitted provided that notifications to the fire department will be equal to those provided by an approved supervising station.

***

SECTION 902

DEFINITIONS

902.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this chapter, and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein.

***

FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM. A system of smoke or heat detectors monitored at an approved central station, with no requirement for notification appliances in the building.

***

[W] PORTABLE SCHOOL CLASSROOM. A structure, transportable in one or more sections, that requires a chassis to be transported, and is designed to be used as an educational space with or without a permanent foundation. The structure shall be trailerable and capable of being demounted and relocated to other locations as needs arise.

***

SECTION 903

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

***

[F] 903.2 Where required. Approved automatic sprinkler systems in new buildings and structures shall be provided in the locations described in this section.

Exception: Spaces or areas in telecommunications buildings used exclusively for telecommunications equipment, associated electrical

power distribution equipment, batteries and standby engines, provided those spaces or areas are equipped throughout with an automatic fire alarm system and are separated from the remainder of the building by fire barriers consisting of not less than 1-hour fire-resistancerated walls and 2-hour fire-resistance-rated floor/ ceiling assemblies.

[F] 903.2.1 Group A. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout buildings and portions thereof used as Group A occupancies as provided in this section. For Group A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4 occupancies, the automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the floor area where the Group A-1, A-2, A-3 or A-4 occupancy is located, and in all floors between the Group A occupancy and the level of exit discharge, including the level of exit discharge. For Group A-5 occupancies, the automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in the spaces indicated in Section 903.2.1.5.

[F] 903.2.1.1 Group A-1. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-1 occupancies where one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m2).

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more.

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than the level of exit discharge.

4. The fire area contains a multitheater complex.

[F] 903.2.1.2 Group A-2. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-2 occupancies where one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (465 m2);

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 100 or more; or

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than the level of exit discharge.

Exception: Item 3 does not apply to fire areas that include space located one floor above the level of exit discharge where the occupant load of the upper floor is less than 50.

[F] 903.2.1.3 Group A-3. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-3 occupancies where one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m2).

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more.

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than the level of exit discharge.

Exception: Areas used exclusively as participant sports areas where the main floor area is located at the same level as the level of exit discharge of the main entrance and exit.

[F] 903.2.1.4 Group A-4. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-4 occupancies where one of the following conditions exists:

1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m2).

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more.

3. The fire area is located on a floor other than the level of exit discharge.

Exception: Areas used exclusively as participant sports areas where the main floor area is located at the same level as the level of exit discharge of the main entrance and exit.

[F] 903.2.1.5 Group A-5. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group A-5 occupancies in the following areas: concession stands, retail areas, press boxes and other accessory use areas in excess of 1,000 square feet (93 m2).

[W] 903.2.1.6 Nightclub. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in accordance with 903.3.1.1 throughout all occupancies with a nightclub. Existing nightclubs shall be provided with automatic sprinklers not later than December 1, 2009.

[W] [F] 903.2.2 Group E. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group E occupancies. as follows:

1. Throughout all Group E fire areas greater than 20,000 square feet (1858 m2) in area.

2. Throughout every portion of educational buildings below the level of exit discharge.

Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not required in any fire area or area below the level of exit discharge where every classroom throughout the building has at least one exterior exit door at ground level.

Exceptions:

1. Portable school classrooms, provided the aggregate area of any cluster of portable school classrooms does not exceed 5,000 square feet (1465 m2); and clusters of portable school classrooms shall be separated as required in Chapter 5.

2. Group E occupancies with an occupant load of 50 or less.

***

[F] 903.2.7 Group R. An automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3 shall be provided throughout all buildings with a Group R fire area.

Exception: Automatic sprinkler systems are not required in buildings complying with both the International Residential Code and Chapter 5 of the International Fire Code.

***

903.2.8.3 Liquor Warehouses. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in liquor warehouses.

Interpretation I903.2: Stock rooms of retail liquor sales outlets are not liquor warehouses.

***

903.2.10.4 Basement storage and sale of combustible materials. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout basements that are not stories above grade plane that are used for storage or sale of combustible materials.

Exceptions:

1. Sprinklers are not required in portions of the basement not containing combustible materials and protected by a fire barrier with at least a one-hour fire-resistance rating.

2. Sprinklers are not required in storage rooms meeting the following criteria:

2.1. The area of the room does not exceed 500 square feet;

2.2. The room is protected by a fire barrier with at least a onehour fire-resistance rating;

2.3. The room contains no material classified as a flammable liquid, hazardous material or highly combustible material;

2.4. The room is served by exterior fire access or interior access by a one-hour fire-resistance rated corridor.

2.5 No more than three such rooms are permitted in any one basement.

***

[F] 903.3 Installation requirements. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with Sections 903.3.1 through 903.3.7.

[F] 903.3.1 Standards. Sprinkler systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, 903.3.1.2 or 903.3.1.3.

[F] 903.3.1.1 NFPA 13 sprinkler systems. Where the provisions of this code require that a building or portion thereof be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with this section, sprinklers shall be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13 and in accordance with rules promulgated by the building or fire code official, except as provided in Section 903.3.1.1.1.

[F] 903.3.1.1.1 Exempt locations. Automatic sprinklers shall not be required in the following rooms or areas where such rooms or areas are protected with an approved automatic fire detection system, in accordance with Section 907.2, that will respond to visible or invisible particles of combustion. Sprinklers shall not be omitted from any room merely because it is damp, of fire-resistance-rated construction or contains electrical equipment.

1. Any room where the application of water, or flame and water, constitutes a serious life or fire hazard, when approved by the fire code official.

2. Any room or space where sprinklers are considered undesirable because of the nature of the contents, when approved by the fire code official.

3. Generator and transformer rooms separated from the remainder of the building by walls and floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.

4. In rooms or areas that are of noncombustible construction with wholly noncombustible con-tents.

903.3.1.1.2 High-rise building sprinkler system design. In high rise buildings as defined in Section 403, combination standpipe/sprinkler risers using pipe at least 6 inches in diameter shall be used with the sprinkler system connected between standpipe risers. Shut-off valves, water-flow devices, and check valves or pressure reducing valves shall be provided on each floor at the sprinkler system connection to each standpipe. Two four-way fire

department connections serving the combination system shall be provided on separate streets well separated from each other. At least one of the fire department connections shall be connected to the riser above a riser isolation valve.

Where a mid-level fire pump is required by NFPA 14, two pumps with the same rating shall be installed.

Dry pipe sprinkler systems serving parking garages are permitted to use one separate two-way fire department connection. The dry pipe sprinkler system shall be supplied by the on-site water tank.

[F] 903.3.1.2 NFPA 13R sprinkler systems. Where allowed in buildings of Group R, up to and including four stories in height, automatic sprinkler systems shall be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13R.

[F] 903.3.1.2.1 Balconies and decks. Sprinkler protection shall be provided for exterior balconies, decks and ground floor patios of dwelling units where the building is of Type V construction. Sidewall sprinklers that are used to protect such areas shall be permitted to be located such that their deflectors are within 1 inch (25 mm) to 6 inches (152 mm) below the structural members and a maximum distance of 14 inches (356 mm) below the deck of the exterior balconies and decks that are constructed of open wood joist construction.

[F] 903.3.1.3 NFPA 13D sprinkler systems. Where allowed, automatic sprinkler systems in oneand two-family dwellings shall be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13D. A NFPA 13D sprinkler system is permitted to be installed in townhouses when approved by the fire code official where each townhouse unit has its own water service, each unit exits to a public way, no unit is located over another unit or common space, and each unit and contiguous attic and crawl spaces are separated from other units by at least a one-hour fire partition.

[F] 903.3.2 Quick-response and residential sprinklers. Where

automatic sprinkler systems are required by this code, quick-response or residential automatic sprinklers shall be installed in the following areas in accordance with Section 903.3.1 and their listings:

1. Throughout all spaces within a smoke compartment containing patient sleeping units in Group I-2 in accordance with this code.

2. Dwelling units, and sleeping units in Group R and I-1 occupancies.

3. Light-hazard occupancies as defined in NFPA 13.

[F] 903.3.3 Obstructed locations. Automatic sprinklers shall be installed with due regard to obstructions that will delay activation or obstruct the water distribution pattern in accordance with NFPA 13 obstruction criteria and the listing requirements of the sprinkler. Automatic sprinklers shall be installed in or under covered kiosks, displays, booths, concession stands, or equipment that exceeds 4 feet (1219 mm) in width and depth, and for all multi-level exhibit booths. Not less than a 3foot (914 mm) clearance shall be maintained between automatic sprinklers and the top of piles of combustible fibers.

Exceptions:

1. Kitchen equipment under exhaust hoods protected with a fire-extinguishing system in accordance with Section 904.

2. Temporary single-level covered booths, kiosks, or concession stands less than 300 square feet (28 m2) in area that are in spaces operating under a temporary place of assembly permit.

[F] 903.3.4 Actuation. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be automatically actuated unless specifically provided for in this code.

[F] 903.3.5 Water supplies. Water supplies for automatic sprinkler systems shall comply with this section and the standards referenced in Section 903.3.1. The potable water supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance with the requirements of this section and the International Uniform Plumbing Code.

[F] 903.3.5.1 Domestic services. Where the domestic service provides the water supply for the automatic sprinkler system, the supply shall be in accordance with this section.

[F] 903.3.5.1.1 Limited area sprinkler systems. Limited area sprinkler systems serving fewer than 20 sprinklers on any single connection are permitted to be connected to the domestic service where a wet automatic standpipe is not available. Limited area sprinkler systems connected to domestic water supplies shall comply with each of the following requirements:

1. Valves shall not be installed between the domestic water riser control valve and the sprinklers.

Exception: An approved indicating control valve supervised in the open position in accordance with Section 903.4.

2. The domestic service shall be capable of supplying the simultaneous domestic demand and the sprinkler demand required to be hydraulically calculated by NFPA 13, NFPA 13R or NFPA 13D.

[F] 903.3.5.1.2 Residential cCombination services. A single combination water supply shall be allowed for buildings that are not high-rise buildings provided that the domestic demand is added to the sprinkler demand as required by NFPA 13R.

[F] 903.3.5.2 Secondary water supply. A secondary on-site water supply providing a minimum net volume of 33,000 gallons (124 918 L) shall be provided for high-rise buildings. A lesser amount equal to the hydraulically calculated sprinkler demand, including the hose stream requirement, in NFPA 13, shall be allowed. provided for high-rise buildings in Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F as determined by the International Building Code. The secondary water supply shall have a duration of not less than 30 minutes for buildings with light hazard occupancies only and a 60 minute duration for buildings with ordinary hazard occupancies as defined by NFPA. as determined by the occupancy hazard classification in accordance with NFPA 13.

Exception: Existing buildings including those undergoing substantial alteration.

[F] 903.3.6 Hose threads. Fire hose threads and fittings used in connection with automatic sprinkler systems shall be as prescribed by the fire code official.

[F] 903.4 Sprinkler system monitoring and alarms. All valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems, pumps, tanks, water levels and temperatures, critical air pressures and water-flow switches on all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised.

Exceptions:

1. Automatic sprinkler systems protecting oneand two-family dwellings, and townhouses.

2. Limited area systems serving fewer than 20 sprinklers.

3. Automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance with NFPA 13R where a common supply main is used to supply both domestic water and the automatic sprinkler systems and a separate shutoff valve for the automatic sprinkler system is not provided.

4. Jockey pump control valves that are sealed or locked in the open position.

5. Control valves to commercial kitchen hoods, paint spray booths or dip tanks that are sealed or locked in the open position.

6. Valves controlling the fuel supply to fire pump engines that are sealed or locked in the open position.

7. Trim valves to pressure switches in dry, preaction and deluge sprinkler systems that are sealed or locked in the open position.

[F] 903.4.1 Signals. Alarm, supervisory and trouble signals shall be distinctly different and automatically transmitted to an approved central station, remote supervising station or proprietary supervising station as defined in NFPA 72 or, when approved by the fire code official, shall sound an audible signal at a constantly attended location a location as specified in the International Fire Code.

Exceptions:

1. Underground key or hub valves in roadway boxes or underground vaults provided by the municipality or public utility are not required to be monitored.

2. Backflow prevention device test valves located in limited area sprinkler system supply piping shall be locked in the open position. In occupancies required to be equipped with a fire alarm system, the backflow preventer valves shall be electrically supervised by a tamper switch installed in accordance with NFPA 72 and separately annunciated.

[F] 903.4.2 Alarms. Approved audible devices shall be connected to every automatic sprinkler system. Such sprinkler water-flow alarm devices shall be activated by water flow equivalent to the flow of a single sprinkler of the smallest orifice size installed in the system. Alarm devices shall be provided on the exterior of the building in an approved location. Where a fire alarm system is installed, actuation of the automatic sprinkler system shall actuate the building fire alarm system.

[F] 903.4.3 Floor control valves. Approved supervised indicating control valves shall be provided at the point of connection to the riser on each floor in high-rise buildings.

***

SECTION 904

ALTERNATIVE AUTOMATIC

FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS

***

[F] 904.3 Installation. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall be installed in accordance with this section by individuals who possess the proper certificate from the fire code official.

[F] 904.3.1 Electrical wiring. Electrical wiring shall be in accordance with the ICC Seattle Electrical Code.

[F] 904.3.2 Actuation. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall be automatically actuated and provided with a manual means of actuation in accordance with Section 904.11.1.

[F] 904.3.3 System interlocking. Automatic equipment interlocks with fuel shutoffs, ventilation controls, door closers, window shutters, conveyor openings, smoke and heat vents and other features necessary for proper operation of the fire-extinguishing system shall be provided as required by the design and installation standard utilized for the hazard.

[F] 904.3.4 Alarms and warning signs. Where alarms are required to indicate the operation of automatic fire-extinguishing systems, distinctive audible and visible alarms and warning signs shall be provided to warn of pending agent discharge. Where exposure to automatic-extinguishing agents poses a hazard to persons and a delay is required to ensure the evacuation of occupants before agent discharge, a separate warning signal shall be provided to alert occupants once agent discharge has begun. Audible signals shall be in accordance with Section 907.9.2.

[F] 904.3.5 Monitoring. Where a building fire alarm system is installed, automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall be monitored by the building fire alarm system in accordance with NFPA 72.

***

[F] 904.5 Wet-chemical systems. Wet-chemical extinguishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested by individuals who possess the proper certificate from the fire code official in accordance with NFPA 17A and their listing.

[F] 904.6 Dry-chemical systems. Dry-chemical extinguishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested by individuals who possess the proper certificate from the fire code

official in accordance with NFPA 17 and their listing.

[F] 904.7 Foam systems. Foam-extinguishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested by individuals who possess the proper certificate from the fire code official in accordance with NFPA 11 and NFPA 16 and their listing.

[F] 904.8 Carbon dioxide systems. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested by individuals who possess the proper certificate from the fire code official in accordance with NFPA 12 and their listing.

[F] 904.9 Halon systems. Halogenated extinguishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested by individuals who possess the proper certificate from the fire code official in accordance with NFPA 12A and their listing.

[F] 904.10 Clean-agent systems. Clean-agent fire-extinguishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested by individuals who possess the proper certificate from the fire code official in accordance with NFPA 2001 and their listing.

[F] 904.11 Commercial cooking systems. The automatic fireextinguishing system for commercial cooking systems shall be of a type recognized for protection of commercial cooking equipment and exhaust systems of the type and arrangement protected. Preengineered automatic dryand wet-chemical extinguishing systems shall be tested in accordance with UL 300 and listed and labeled for the intended application. Other types of automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall be listed and labeled for specific use as protection for commercial cooking operations. The system shall be installed by individuals who possess the proper certificate from the fire code official in accordance with this code, its listing and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Automatic fireextinguishing systems of the following types shall be installed in accordance with the referenced standard indicated, as follows:

1. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems, NFPA 12.

2. Automatic sprinkler systems, NFPA 13.

3. Foam-water sprinkler system or foam-water spray systems, NFPA 16.

4. Dry-chemical extinguishing systems, NFPA 17.

5. Wet-chemical extinguishing systems, NFPA 17A.

Exception: Factory-built commercial cooking recirculating systems that are tested in accordance with UL 710B and listed, labeled and installed in accordance with Section 304.1 of the International Mechanical Code.

[F] 904.11.1 Manual system operation. A manual actuation device shall be located at or near a means of egress from the cooking area a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) and a maximum of 20 feet (6096 mm) from the kitchen exhaust system. The manual actuation device shall be installed not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) or less than 42 inches (1067 mm) above the floor and shall clearly identify the hazard protected. The manual actuation shall require a maximum force of 40 pounds (178 N) and a maximum movement of 14 inches (356 mm) to actuate the fire suppression system.

Exception: Automatic sprinkler systems shall not be required to be equipped with manual actuation means.

[F] 904.11.2 System interconnection. The actuation of the fire suppression system shall automatically shut down the fuel or electrical power supply to the cooking equipment. The fuel and electrical supply reset shall be manual.

[F] 904.11.3 Carbon dioxide systems. When carbon dioxide systems are used, there shall be a nozzle at the top of the ventilating duct. Additional nozzles that are symmetrically arranged to give uniform distribution shall be installed within vertical ducts exceeding 20 feet (6096 mm) and horizontal ducts exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm). Dampers shall be installed at either the top or the bottom of the duct and shall be arranged to operate automatically upon activation of the fire-extinguishing system. Where the damper is installed at the top of the duct, the top nozzle shall be immediately below the damper. Automatic carbon dioxide fire-extinguishing systems shall be sufficiently sized to protect against all hazards venting through a common duct simultaneously.

[F] 904.11.3.1 Ventilation system. Commercial-type cooking equipment protected by an automatic carbon dioxide-extinguishing system shall be arranged to shut off the ventilation system upon activation.

[F] 904.11.4 Special provisions for automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler systems protecting commercial-type cooking equipment shall be supplied from a separate, readily accessible, indicating-type control valve that is identified.

[F] 904.11.4.1 Listed sprinklers. Sprinklers used for the protection of fryers shall be tested in accordance with UL 199E, listed for that application and installed in accordance with their listing.

SECTION 905

STANDPIPE SYSTEMS

***

[F] 905.2 Installation standard. Standpipe systems shall be installed in accordance with this section, and NFPA 14 and rules promulgated by the building or fire code official.

[F] 905.3 Required installations. Standpipe systems shall be installed where required by Sections 905.3.1 through 905.3.7 and in the locations indicated in Sections 905.4, 905.5 and 905.6. Standpipe systems are allowed to be combined with automatic sprinkler systems.

Exception: Standpipe systems are not required in Group R-3 occupancies.

[F] 905.3.1 Building height. Class III standpipe systems shall be installed throughout buildings where the floor level of the highest story is located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, or where the floor level of the lowest story is located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the highest level of fire department vehicle access.

Exceptions:

1. Class I standpipes are allowed in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

2. Class I manual standpipes are allowed in open parking garages

where the highest floor is located not more than 150 feet (45 720 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.

3. Class I manual dry standpipes are allowed in open parking garages that are subject to freezing temperatures, provided that the hose connections are located as required for Class II standpipes in accordance with Section 905.5.

4. Class I standpipes are allowed in basements equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system.

5. In determining the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, it shall not be required to consider:

5.1. Recessed loading docks for four vehicles or less; and

5.2. Conditions where topography makes access from the fire department vehicle to the building impractical or impossible.

6. Standpipe systems are not required in townhouses.

[F] 905.3.2 Group A. Class I automatic or manual wet standpipes shall be provided in nonsprinklered Group A buildings having an occupant load exceeding 1,000 persons.

Exceptions:

1. Open-air-seating spaces without enclosed spaces.

2. Class I automatic dry and semiautomatic dry standpipes or manual wet standpipes are allowed in buildings where the highest floor surface used for human occupancy is 75 feet (22 860 mm) or less above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.

[F] 905.3.3 Covered mall buildings. A covered mall building shall be equipped throughout with a Class I automatic or manual standpipe system where required by Section 905.3.1. Covered mall buildings not required to be equipped with a standpipe system by Section 905.3.1 shall be equipped with Class I hose connections connected to a system sized to deliver water at 250 gallons per minute (946.4 L/min) at the most hydraulically remote outlet. Hose with hose connections shall be provided at each of the following locations:

1. Within the mall at the entrance to each exit passageway or corridor.

2. At each floor-level landing within enclosed stairways opening directly on the mall.

3. At exterior public entrances to the mall.

***

[F] 905.3.7 Marinas and boatyards. Marinas and boatyards shall be equipped throughout with standpipe systems in accordance with NFPA 303 Seattle Fire Code Chapter 46.

905.3.8 High-rise building standpipes. Standpipe risers in high-rise buildings as defined in Section 403 shall be combination standpipe/sprinkler risers using a minimum pipe size of 6 inches (152 mm). Two 2-1/2-inch (64 mm) hose connections shall be provided on

every floor level landing in every required stairway. Where pressure reduction valves (prv) are required, each hose connection shall be provided with its own prv. The system shall be designed to provide a minimum flow of 300 gpm (19 L/s) at a minimum pressure of 150 psi (1034 kPa) [maximum 205 psi (1379 kPa)] at each standpipe connection, in addition to the flow and pressure requirements contained in NFPA 14.

[F] 905.4 Location of Class I standpipe hose connections. Class I standpipe hose connections shall be provided in all of the following locations:

1. In every required stairway, a hose connection shall be provided for each floor level above or below grade. Hose connections shall be located at an intermediate floor level landing between floors or the floor landing, but shall be consistent throughout the building, unless otherwise approved by the fire code official.

2. On each side of the wall adjacent to the exit opening of a horizontal exit.

Exception: Where floor areas adjacent to a horizontal exit are reachable from exit stairway hose connections by a 30-foot (9144 mm) hose stream from a nozzle attached to 100 feet (30480 mm) of hose, a hose connection shall not be required at the horizontal exit.

3. In every exit passageway at the entrance from the exit passageway to other areas of a building.

4. In covered mall buildings, adjacent to each exterior public entrance to the mall and adjacent to each entrance from an exit passageway or exit corridor to the mall and at each floor level landing within enclosed stairways opening directly onto the mall.

5. Where the roof has a slope less than four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33.3-percent slope), each at least one standpipe shall be provided with a two 2-1/2 inch hose connections located either on the roof at least 10 feet (3048 mm) from the roof edge, skylight, light well or other opening, unless protected by a 42-inch-high (1067 mm) guardrail or equivalent. Additional roof connections shall be provided so that all portions of the roof are within 200 feet (60 960 mm) of hose travel distance from a standpipe hose connection. Where stairs are required to provide roof access, the standpipe roof connections shall be located adjacent to the stair opening.

The roof hose connections shall be arranged to be operable without entering the building.

Roof connections in high-rise buildings are permitted to be located or at the highest landing of stairways with stair access to the roof. An additional hose connection shall be provided at the top of the most hydraulically remote standpipe for testing purposes.

6. Where the most remote portion of a nonsprinklered floor or story is more than 150 feet (45 720 mm) of hose travel distance from a hose connection or the most remote portion of a sprinklered floor or story is more than 200 feet (60 960 mm) of hose travel distance from a hose connection, additional hose connections shall be provided in protected locations that are accessed through protected enclosures. The protected enclosure shall be a corridor constructed as a smoke barrier from the exit enclosure to the standpipe connection. Additional hose connections in parking garages are not required to be accessed through or located in protected enclosures. the fire code official is authorized to require that additional hose connections be provided in approved locations.

***

[F] 905.9 Valve supervision. Valves controlling water supplies shall be supervised in the open position so that a change in the normal position of the valve will generate a supervisory signal at the supervising station required by Section 903.4. Where a fire alarm system is provided, a signal shall also be transmitted to the control unit.

Exceptions:

1. Valves to underground key or hub valves in roadway boxes provided by the municipality or public utility do not require supervision.

2. Valves locked in the normal position and inspected as provided in this code in buildings not equipped with a fire alarm system, nor provided with monitoring by a central station service.

***

SECTION 907

FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS

[F] 907.1 General. This section covers the application, installation, performance and maintenance of fire alarm systems and their components. All fire alarm and fire detection systems shall be designed, installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 72.

Exception: The location of initiating devices shall comply with Section 907 of the International Fire Code.

For the purposes of this Section 907, fire walls not located on a property line shall not constitute a separate building.

***

[F] 907.2.7 Group M. A manual fire alarm system shall be installed in Group M occupancies having an occupant load of 500 or more persons or more than 100 persons above or below the lowest level of exit discharge. The initiation of a signal from a manual fire alarm box

shall initiate alarm notification appliances as required by Section 907.9.

Exceptions:

1. Covered mall buildings complying with Section 402.

2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system and the alarm notification appliances will automatically activate upon sprinkler water flow.

[F] 907.2.7.1 Occupant notification. During times that the building is occupied, the initiation of a signal from a manual fire alarm box or from a water flow switch shall not be required to activate the alarm notification appliances when an alarm signal is activated at a constantly attended location from which evacuation instructions shall be initiated over an emergency voice/alarm communication system installed in accordance with Section 907.2.12.2.

The emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be allowed to be used for other announcements provided the manual fire alarm use takes precedence over any other use.

[F] 907.2.8 Group R-1. Fire alarm systems shall be installed in Group R-1 occupancies as required in Sections 907.2.8.1 through 907.2.8.3.

[F] 907.2.8.1 Manual and automatic fire alarm system. A manual and automatic fire alarm system shall be installed in Group R-1 occupancies.

Exceptions:

1. A manual and automatic fire alarm system is not required in buildings not more than two stories in height where all individual sleeping units and contiguous attic and crawl spaces are separated from each other and public or common areas by at least 1-hour fire partitions and each individual sleeping unit has an exit directly to

a public way, exit court or yard.

2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required throughout the building when the following conditions are met:

2.1. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2;

2.2. The notification appliances will activate upon sprinkler water flow; and

2.3. At least one manual fire alarm box is installed at an approved location.

[F] 907.2.8.2 Automatic fire alarm system detection. An automatic fire alarm system Automatic smoke detectors shall be installed throughout all interior corridors serving sleeping units. Automatic heat detectors shall be provided in any unsprinklered interior areas outside guestrooms other than attics and crawl spaces.

Exception: An automatic fire alarm system Automatic smoke detection is not required in buildings that do not have interior corridors serving sleeping units and where each sleeping unit has a means of egress door opening directly to an exterior exit access that leads directly to an exit.

[F] 907.2.8.3 Smoke alarms. Smoke alarms shall be installed as required by Section 907.2.10. In buildings that are not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the smoke alarms in sleeping units shall be connected to an emergency electrical system and shall be annunciated by sleeping unit at a constantly attended location from which the fire alarm system is capable of being manually activated.

[F] 907.2.9 Group R-2. A Except in townhouses meeting the requirements of Section 907.2.9.2, a manual and automatic fire alarm system shall be installed in Group R-2 occupancies where:

1. Any dwelling unit or sleeping unit is located three or more stories above the lowest level of exit discharge;

2. Any dwelling unit or sleeping unit is located more than one story below the highest level of exit discharge of exits serving the dwelling unit or sleeping unit; or

3. The building contains more than 16 dwelling units or sleeping units.

Exceptions:

1. A fire alarm system is not required in buildings not more than two stories in height where all dwelling units or sleeping units and contiguous attic and crawl spaces are separated from each other and public or common areas by at least 1-hour fire partitions and each dwelling unit or sleeping unit has an exit directly to a public way, exit court or yard.

2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required throughout the building when the following conditions are met:

2.1. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or Section 903.3.1.2; and

2.2. The notification appliances will activate upon sprinkler flow.

3.2. A fire alarm system is not required in buildings that do not have interior corridors serving dwelling units and are protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, provided that dwelling units either have a means of egress door opening directly to an exterior exit access that leads directly to the exits or are served by open-ended corridors designed in accordance with Section 1023.6, Exception 4.

907.2.9.1 Automatic detection. Automatic heat detectors shall be provided in any unsprinklered interior areas outside dwelling units other than attics and crawl spaces.

907.2.9.2 Townhouses. Where a fire alarm system is required by Section 907.2.9, a fire alarm system is not required for townhouse structures meeting all of the following criteria:

1. Each unit has its own exit to a public way.

2. No unit is located above any other unit or common space.

3. Each unit and contiguous attic and crawl spaces are separated from other units by at least a one-hour fire partition.

4. Each unit is provided with an interconnected smoke alarm system that includes heat detectors in the garage.

5. The sprinkler waterflow switch activates the interconnected smoke alarm and heat detection system within the affected unit.

[F] 907.2.10 Singleand multiple-station smoke alarms. Listed singleand multiple-station smoke alarms complying with UL 217 shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and the household fire-warning equipment provisions of NFPA 72.

[F] 907.2.10.1 Where required. Singleor multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in the locations described in Sections 907.2.10.1.1 through 907.2.10.1.3.

[F] 907.2.10.1.1 Group R-1. Singleor multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in all of the following locations in Group R-1:

1. In sleeping areas.

2. In every room in the path of the means of egress from the sleeping area to the door leading from the sleeping unit.

3. In each story within the sleeping unit, including basements. For

sleeping units with split levels and without an intervening door between the adjacent levels, a smoke alarm installed on the upper level shall suffice for the adjacent lower level provided that the lower level is less than one full story below the upper level.

[F] 907.2.10.1.2 Groups R-2, R-3, R-4 and I-1. Singleor multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed and maintained in Groups R-2, R-3, R-4 and I-1, regardless of occupant load at all of the following locations:

1. On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of bedrooms.

2. In each room used for sleeping purposes.

3. In each story within a dwelling unit, including basements but not including crawl spaces and uninhabitable attics. In dwellings or dwelling units with split levels and without an intervening door between the adjacent levels, a smoke alarm installed on the upper level shall suffice for the adjacent lower level provided that the lower level is less than one full story below the upper level.

[F] 907.2.10.1.3 Group I-1. Singleor multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed and maintained in sleeping areas in Group I-1 occupancies.

Exception: Singleor multiple-station smoke alarms shall not be required where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic fire detection system in accordance with Section 907.2.6.

[F] 907.2.10.2 Power source. In new construction, required smoke

alarms shall receive their primary power from the building wiring where such wiring is served from a commercial source and shall be equipped with a battery backup. Smoke alarms shall emit a signal when the batteries are low. Wiring shall be permanent and without a disconnecting switch other than as required for overcurrent protection.

Exception: Smoke alarms are not required to be equipped with battery backup in Group R-1 where they are connected to an emergency electrical system.

[F] 907.2.10.3 Interconnection. Where more than one smoke alarm is required to be installed within an individual dwelling unit in Group R-2, or R-3 or R-4, or within an individual dwelling unit or sleeping unit in Group R-1, the smoke alarms shall be interconnected in such a manner that the activation of one alarm will activate all of the alarms in the individual unit. The alarm shall be clearly audible in all bedrooms over background noise levels with all intervening doors closed.

[F] 907.2.10.4 Acceptance testing. When the installation of the alarm devices is complete, each detector and interconnecting wiring for multiple-station alarm devices shall be tested in accordance with the household fire warning equipment provisions of NFPA 72.

***

[F] 907.2.12 High-rise buildings. Buildings with a floor used for human occupancy located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access shall be provided with an automatic fire alarm system and an emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section 907.2.12.2.

Exceptions:

1. Airport traffic control towers in accordance with Sections 412 and 907.2.22.

2. Open parking garages in accordance with Section 406.3.

3. Buildings with an occupancy in Group A-5.

4. Low-hazard special occupancies in accordance with Section 503.1.1.

5. Buildings with an occupancy in Group H-1, H-2 or H-3 in accordance with Section 415.

[F] 907.2.12.1 Automatic fire detection. Smoke detectors shall be provided in accordance with this section. Smoke detectors shall be connected to an automatic fire alarm system. The activation of any detector required by this section, other than duct smoke detectors, shall operate the emergency voice/alarm communication system. Smoke detectors shall be located as follows:

1. In each mechanical equipment, electrical, transformer, telephone equipment or similar room which is not provided with sprinkler protection, elevator machine rooms and in elevator lobbies.

2. In the main return air and exhaust air plenum of each airconditioning system having a capacity greater than 2,000 cubic feet per minute (cfm) (0.94 m3/s). Such detectors shall be located in a serviceable area downstream of the last duct inlet.

3. At each connection to a vertical duct or riser serving two or more stories from a return air duct or plenum of an air-conditioning system. In Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies a listed smoke detector is allowed to be used in each return air riser carrying not more than 5,000 cfm (2.4 m3/s) and serving not more than 10 air inlet openings.

4. Within 5 feet (1524 mm) of doors exiting into stairways that

are smokeproof enclosures, or are pressurized stairways.

[F] 907.2.12.2 Emergency voice/alarm communication system. The operation of any automatic fire detector, sprinkler water-flow device or manual fire alarm box shall automatically sound an alert tone followed by voice instructions giving approved information and directions for a general or staged evacuation on a minimum of the alarming floor, the floor above and the two floors below in accordance with the building's fire safety and evacuation plans required by Section 404 of the International Fire Code. For purposes of this section, a floor will be considered all floors interconnected without automatic opening protectives. Speakers shall be provided throughout the building by paging zones. As a minimum, paging zones shall be provided as follows:

1. Elevator groups.

2. Exit Each exit stairways.

3. Each floor.

4. Areas of refuge as defined in Section 1002.1.

Exception: In Group I-1 and I-2 occupancies, the alarm shall sound in a constantly attended area and a general occupant notification shall be broadcast over the overhead page.

[F] 907.2.12.2.1 Manual override. A manual over-ride for emergency voice communication shall be provided on a selective and all-call basis for all paging zones.

[F] 907.2.12.2.2 Live voice messages. The emergency voice/alarm communication system shall also have the capability to broadcast live voice messages through paging zones on a selective and all-call basis.

[F] 907.2.12.2.3 Standard. The emergency voice/ alarm communication system shall be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 72.

[F] 907.2.12.3 Fire department communication system. An approved two-way, fire department communication system designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 72 shall be provided for fire department use. It shall operate between a fire command center complying with Section 911 and elevators, elevator lobbies, emergency and standby power rooms, fire pump rooms, areas of refuge and inside enclosed exit stairways. The fire department communication device shall be provided at each floor level within the enclosed stairway. Eight portable handsets for the communication system shall be provided in the fire command center.

Exception: Fire department radio systems where approved by the fire department.

***

[F] 907.2.18 Underground buildings with smoke exhaust system. Where a smoke exhaust system is installed in an underground building in accordance with this code, automatic fire detectors shall be provided in accordance with this section.

[F] 907.2.18.1 Smoke detectors. A minimum of one smoke detector listed for the intended purpose shall be installed in the following areas:

1. Mechanical equipment, eElectrical, transformer, telephone equipment, elevator machine or similar rooms.

2. Elevator lobbies.

3. The main return and exhaust air plenum of each air-conditioning system serving more than one story and located in a serviceable area downstream of the last duct inlet.

4. Each connection to a vertical duct or riser serving two or more floors from return air ducts or plenums of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems, except that in Group R occupancies, a listed smoke detector is allowed to be used in each return air riser carrying not more than 5,000 cfm (2.4 m3/s) and serving not more than 10 air inlet openings.

5. Within 5 feet (1524 mm) of doors exiting into stairways that are smokeproof enclosures, or are pressurized stairways.

[F] 907.2.18.2 Alarm required. Activation of the smoke exhaust system shall activate an audible alarm at a constantly attended location.

***

[F] 907.3 Manual fire alarm boxes. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be installed in accordance with Sections 907.3.1 through 907.3.5.

[F] 907.3.1 Location. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be located not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the entrance to each exit at every floor level. Additional manual fire alarm boxes shall be located so that travel distance to the nearest box does not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm).

[F] 907.3.2 Height. The height of the manual fire alarm boxes shall be a minimum of 42 inches (1067 mm) and a maximum of 48 inches (1219 mm), measured vertically, from the floor level to the activating

handle or lever of the box.

[F] 907.3.3 Color. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be red in color.

[F] 907.3.4 Signs. Where fire alarm systems are not monitored by a supervising station, an approved permanent sign shall be installed adjacent to each manual fire alarm box that reads: WHEN ALARM SOUNDSCALL FIRE DEPARTMENT.

Exception: Where the manufacturer has permanently provided this information on the manual fire alarm box.

[F] 907.3.5 Protective covers. The fire code official is authorized to require the installation of listed manual fire alarm box protective covers to prevent malicious false alarms or to provide the manual fire alarm box with protection from physical damage. The protective cover shall be transparent or red in color with a transparent face to permit visibility of the manual fire alarm box. Each cover shall include proper operating instructions. A protective cover that emits a local alarm signal shall not be installed unless approved.

***

[F] 907.5 Wiring. Wiring shall comply with the requirements of the ICC Seattle Electrical Code and NFPA 72. Wireless protection systems utilizing radio-frequency transmitting devices shall comply with the special requirements for supervision of lowpower wireless systems in NFPA 72.

[F] 907.6 Activation. Where an alarm notification system is required by another section of this code, it shall be activated by:

1. A required automatic fire alarm system Automatic heat and smoke detectors, other than duct smoke detectors, and smoke alarms located inside dwelling units and sleeping units.

2. Sprinkler water-flow devices.

3. Required manual fire alarm boxes.

4. Any other fire suppression system installed within the building.

***

[F] 907.8 Zones. Each floor shall be zoned separately and a zone shall not exceed 22,500 square feet (2090 m2). The length of any zone shall not exceed 300 feet (91 440 mm) in any direction.

Exception: Automatic sprinkler system zones shall not exceed the area permitted by NFPA 13.

[F] 907.8.1 Zoning indicator panel. A zoning indicator panel and the associated controls shall be provided in an approved location. Annunciator Panel All fire alarm systems shall include either an annunciator or the main control panel located inside the building at the main building entrance. The fire code official is permitted to approve exterior annunciator panels designed specifically for the purpose. Graphic annunciators, when provided, shall be mounted to maintain the viewer's directional orientation. The visual zone indication shall lock in until the system is reset and shall not be canceled by the operation of an audible alarm-silencing switch.

Alarm panels and annunciators shall not be installed where they will obstruct exiting. The required exit width plus 12 inches shall be provided where the panel is located in a means of egress. Alarm panels shall not be installed in an exit enclosure providing the sole exit from any space.

[F] 907.8.2 High-rise buildings. In buildings with a floor used for human occupancy that is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, a separate zone by floor shall be provided for all of the following types of alarm-initiating devices where provided:

1. Smoke detectors.

2. Sprinkler water-flow devices.

3. Manual fire alarm boxes.

4. Other approved types of automatic fire detection devices or suppression systems.

[F] 907.9 Alarm notification appliances. Alarm notification appliances shall be provided and shall be listed for their purpose.

[F] 907.9.1 Visible alarms. Visible alarm notification appliances shall be provided in accordance with Sections 907.9.1.1 through 907.9.1.4.

Exceptions:

1. Visible alarm notification appliances are not required in alterations, except where an existing fire alarm system is upgraded or replaced, or a new fire alarm system is installed in accordance with rules promulgated by the building or fire code official.

2. Visible alarm notification appliances shall not be required in exits as defined in Section 1002.1.

[F] 907.9.1.1 Public and common areas. Visible alarm notification appliances shall be provided in public areas and common areas.

[F] 907.9.1.2 Employee work areas. Where employee work areas have audible alarm coverage, the notification appliance circuits serving the employee work areas shall be initially designed with a minimum of 20 percent spare capacity to account for the potential of adding visible notification appliances in the future to accommodate hearing impaired employees.

[F] 907.9.1.3 Groups I-1 and R-1. Group I-1 and R-1 sleeping units in accordance with Table 907.9.1.3 shall be provided with a visible alarm notification appliance, activated by both the in-room smoke alarm and the building fire alarm system.

[F] TABLE 907.9.1.3

VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE ALARMS

NUMBER OF SLEEPING UNITS SLEEPING UNITS WITH VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE ALARMS

6 to 25 2

26 to 50 4

51 to 75 7

76 to 100 9

101 to 150 12

151 to 200 14

201 to 300 17

301 to 400 20

401 to 500 22

501 to 1,000 5% of total

1,001 and over 50 plus 3 for each 100 over 1,000

[F] 907.9.1.4 Group R-2. In Group R-2 occupancies required by Section 907 to have a fire alarm system, all dwelling units and sleeping units shall be provided with the capability to support visible alarm notification appliances in accordance with ICC A117.1.

[F] 907.9.2 Audible alarms. Audible alarm notification appliances shall be provided and shall sound a distinctive sound that is not to be used for any purpose other than that of a fire alarm. The audible alarm notification appliances shall provide a sound pressure level of 15 decibels (dBA) above the average ambient sound level or 5 dBA above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, in every occupied space within the building, or in the case of non-required partial fire alarm systems, throughout the space that is being provided with the fire alarm system. The minimum sound pressure levels shall be: 70 dBA in occupancies in Groups R and I-1; 90 dBA in mechanical equipment rooms and 60 dBA in other occupancies. The maximum sound pressure level for audible alarm notification appliances shall be 120 dBA at the minimum hearing distance from the audible appliance. Where the average ambient noise is greater than 105 dBA, visible alarm notification appliances shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 72 and audible alarm notification appliances shall not be required. In assembly occupancies with high sound levels such as nightclubs and bars, an interface shall be provided between the fire alarm system and noise source to eliminate the noise source.

Exceptions:

1. Visible alarm notification appliances shall be allowed in lieu of audible alarm notification appliances in critical-care areas of Group I-2 occupancies. Private mode signaling in accordance with NFPA 72 is allowed in areas of Group I-2 occupancies where patients are not expected to self-evacuate.

2. Audibility is not required for fire detection systems monitored by an approved central station in buildings in which a fire alarm is not required by this section.

907.9.2.1 Audible alarms in existing buildings. Required fire alarms systems in existing residential buildings shall provide a sound level of 60 dBa minimum or 15 dBa above ambient noise levels in sleeping rooms.

***

[F] 907.11 Duct smoke detectors. Duct smoke detectors shall be connected to the building's fire alarm control panel as a supervisory signal when a fire alarm system is provided. Duct detectors shall not activate a fire alarm signal. Activation of a duct smoke detector shall initiate a visible and audible supervisory signal at a constantly attended location. Duct smoke detectors shall not be used as a substitute for required open-area detection.

Exceptions:

1. The supervisory signal at a constantly attended location is not required where duct smoke detectors activate the building's alarm notification appliances.

2. In occupancies not required to be equipped with a fire alarm system, actuation of a smoke detector shall activate a visible and audible signal in an approved location. Smoke detector trouble conditions shall activate a visible or audible signal in an approved location and shall be identified as air duct detector trouble.

***

[F] 907.14 Monitoring. Fire alarm systems required by this chapter or the International Fire Code shall be monitored by an approved supervising station in accordance with NFPA 72.

Exception: Supervisory service is not required for:

1. Singleand multiple-station smoke alarms required by Section 907.2.10.

2. Smoke detectors in Group I-3 occupancies.

3. Automatic sprinkler systems in oneand two-family dwellings and townhouses.

***

[F] 907.16 Acceptance tests. Upon completion of the installation of

the fire alarm system, and after the electrical inspector has approved the installation, alarm notification appliances and circuits, alarm-initiating devices and circuits, supervisory-signal initiating devices and circuits, signaling line circuits, and primary and secondary power supplies shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 72 in the presence of the fire code official, by individuals who possess the proper certificate from the fire code official.

***

SECTION 909

SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS

***

[F] 909.11 Power systems. The smoke control system shall be supplied with two sources of power. Primary power shall be from the normal building power system. Secondary power shall be from an approved standby emergency source complying with the ICC Seattle Electrical Code. The standby emergency power source and its transfer switches shall be in a separate room from the normal power transformers and switch gear and shall be enclosed in a room constructed of not less than 1-hour fire barriers ventilated directly to and from the exterior. Power distribution from the two sources shall be by independent routes. Transfer to full standby emergency power shall be automatic and within 60 seconds of failure of the primary power. The systems shall comply with this code or and the ICC Seattle Electrical Code.

[F] 909.11.1 Power sources and power surges. Elements of the smoke management system relying on volatile memories or the like shall be supplied with uninterruptable power sources of sufficient duration to span a 15-minute primary power interruption. Elements of the smoke management system susceptible to power surges shall be suitably protected by conditioners, suppressors or other approved means.

[F] 909.11.2 Wiring. In addition to meeting requirements of the Seattle Electrical Code, all wiring regardless of voltage, shall have fire-resistance-rated protection of at least two hours or as required in rules promulgated by the building official.

Exception: Subject to the approval of the building official, fire-resistance-rating is not required for wiring located in a parking garage.

[F] 909.12 Detection and control systems. Fire detection systems providing control input or output signals to mechanical smoke control systems or elements thereof shall comply with the requirements of Section 907. Such systems shall be equipped with a control unit complying with UL 864 and listed as smoke control equipment.

Control systems for mechanical smoke control systems shall include provisions for verification. Verification shall include positive confirmation of actuation, testing, manual override, the presence of power downstream of all disconnects and, through a preprogrammed weekly test sequence, report abnormal conditions audibly, visually and by printed report.

[F] 909.12.1 Wiring. In addition to meeting requirements of the ICC Electrical Code, all wiring regardless of voltage, shall be fully enclosed within continuous raceways. See Section 909.11.2.

[F] 909.12.2 Activation. Smoke control systems shall be activated in accordance with this section.

[F] 909.12.2.1 Pressurization, airflow or exhaust method. Mechanical smoke control systems using the pressurization, airflow or exhaust method shall have completely automatic control.

[F] 909.12.2.2 Passive method. Passive smoke control systems actuated by approved spot-type detectors listed for releasing service shall be permitted.

[F] 909.12.3 Automatic control. Where completely automatic control is required or used, the automatic-control sequences shall be initiated from an appropriately zoned automatic sprinkler system complying with Section 903.3.1.1, manual controls that are readily accessible to the fire department and any smoke detectors required by engineering analysis.

***

[F] 909.16 Fire-fighter's smoke control panel. A fire-fighter's smoke control panel for fire department emergency response purposes only shall be provided and shall include manual control or override of automatic control for mechanical smoke control systems. The panel shall be located in a fire command center complying with Section 911 in high-rise buildings or buildings with smoke-protected assembly seating. In all other buildings, the fire-fighter's smoke control panel shall be installed in an approved location adjacent to the fire alarm control panel. The fire-fighter's smoke control panel shall comply with Sections 909.16.1 through 909.16.3.

909.16.1 Smoke control systems. Fans within the building shall be shown on the fire-fighter's control panel. A clear indication of the direction of airflow and the relationship of components shall be displayed. Status indicators shall be provided for all smoke control fans equipment, annunciated by fan and zone, and by pilotlamp-type indicators as follows:

1. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in their normal status-WHITE.

2. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in their off

or closed status-RED.

3. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in their on or open status-GREEN.

4. Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in a fault status-YELLOW/AMBER.

909.16.2 Smoke control panel. The fire-fighter's control panel shall provide control capability over the complete smoke-control system equipment within the building as follows:

1. ON-AUTO-OFF control over each shaft pressurization fan. individual piece of operating smoke control equipment that can also be controlled from other sources within the building. This includes stairway pressurization fans; smoke exhaust fans; supply, return and exhaust fans; elevator shaft fans and other operating equipment used or intended for smoke control purposes.

2. OPEN-AUTO-CLOSE control over individual dampers relating to smoke control and that are also controlled from other sources within the building.

AUTO-OFF-POSITIVE PRESSURE-NEGATIVE PRESSURE control over each smoke control zone designed with such features. Individual control of each damper and fan used to achieve the positive or negative pressure condition is not required.

3. ON-OFF or OPEN-CLOSE control over smoke control and other critical equipment associated with a fire or smoke emergency and that can only be controlled from the fire-fighter's control panel.

AUTO-EXHAUST-OFF control over each smoke control zone using the exhaust method of smoke control. Individual control of each damper and fan used to exhaust is not required.

Exceptions:

1. Complex exhaust systems using multiple exhaust fans and/or zones may require individual fan control when required by the fire code official. Complex systems, where approved, where the

controls and indicators are combined to control and indicate all elements of a single smoke zone as a unit.

2. Complex systems, where approved, where the control is accomplished by computer interface using approved, plain English commands.

[F] 909.16.3 Control action and priorities. The fire-fighter's control panel actions shall be as follows:

1. ON-OFF and OPEN-CLOSE control actions shall have the highest priority of any control point within the building. Once issued from the fire-fighter's control panel, no automatic or manual control from any other control point within the building shall contradict the control action. Where automatic means are provided to interrupt normal, nonemergency equipment operation or produce a specific result to safe-guard the building or equipment (i.e., duct freezestats, duct smoke detectors, high-temperature cutouts, temperature-actuated linkage and similar devices), such means shall be capable of being overridden by the fire-fighter's control panel. The last control action as indicated by each fire-fighter's control panel switch position shall prevail. In no case shall control actions require the smoke control system to assume more than one configuration at any one time.

Exception: Power disconnects required by the ICC Seattle Electrical Code.

2. Only the AUTO position of each three-position fire-fighter's control panel switch shall allow automatic or manual control action from other control points within the building. The AUTO position shall be the NORMAL, nonemergency, building control position. Where a fire-fighter's control panel is in the AUTO position, the actual status of the device (on, off, open, closed) shall continue to be indicated by the status indicator described above. When directed by an automatic signal to assume an emergency condition, the NORMAL position shall become the emergency condition for that device or group of devices within the zone. In no case shall control actions require the smoke control system to assume more than one configuration at any one time.

***

[F] 909.18 Acceptance testing. Devices, equipment, components and sequences shall be individually tested. These tests, in addition to those required by other provisions of this code, shall consist of determination of function, sequence and, where applicable, capacity of their installed condition.

[F] 909.18.1 Detection devices. Smoke or fire detectors that are a part of a smoke control system shall be tested in accordance with Chapter 9 in their installed condition. When applicable, this testing shall include verification of airflow in both minimum and maximum conditions.

[F] 909.18.2 Ducts. Ducts that are part of a smoke control system shall be traversed using generally accepted practices to determine actual air quantities.

[F] 909.18.3 Dampers. Dampers shall be tested for function in their installed condition.

[F] 909.18.4 Inlets and outlets. Inlets and outlets shall be read using generally accepted practices to determine air quantities.

[F] 909.18.5 Fans. Fans shall be examined for correct rotation. Measurements of voltage, amperage, revolutions per minute (rpm) and belt tension shall be made.

[F] 909.18.6 Smoke barriers. Measurements using inclined manometers or other approved calibrated measuring devices shall be made of the pressure differences across smoke barriers. Such measurements shall be conducted for each possible smoke control condition.

[F] 909.18.7 Controls. Each smoke zone, equipped with an automaticinitiation device, shall be put into operation by the actuation of one such device. Each additional device within the zone shall be verified to cause the same sequence without requiring the operation of fan motors in order to prevent damage. Control sequences shall be verified throughout the system, including verification of override from the fire-fighter's control panel and simulation of standby power conditions.

[F] 909.18.8 Special inspections for smoke control. Smoke control systems shall be tested by a special inspector for compliance with the approved plans.

[F] 909.18.8.1 Scope of testing. Special inspections shall be conducted in accordance with the following:

1. During erection of ductwork and prior to concealment for the

purposes of leakage testing and recording of device location.

2. Prior to occupancy and after sufficient completion for the purposes of pressure-difference testing, flow measurements, and detection and control verification.

[F] 909.18.8.2 Qualifications. Special inspection agencies for smoke control shall have expertise in fire protection engineering, mechanical engineering and certification as air balancers.

[F] 909.18.8.3 Reports. A complete report of testing shall be prepared by the special inspector or special inspection agency. The report shall include identification of all devices by manufacturer, nameplate data, design values, measured values and identification tag or mark. The report shall be reviewed by the responsible registered design professional and, when satisfied that the design intent has been achieved, the responsible registered design professional shall seal, sign and date the report.

[F] 909.18.8.3.1 Report filing. A copy of the final report shall be filed with the fire code official and an identical copy shall be maintained in an approved location at the building.

[F] 909.18.9 Identification and documentation. Charts, drawings and other documents identifying and locating each component of the smoke control system, and describing its proper function and maintenance requirements, shall be maintained on file at the building as an attachment to the report required by Section 909.18.8.3. Devices shall have an approved identifying tag or mark on them consistent with the other required documentation and shall be dated indicating the last time they were successfully tested and by whom.

***

909.20 Smokeproof enclosures. Where required by Section 1020.1.7, a smokeproof enclosure shall be constructed in accordance with this section Sections 909.10 through 909.20. A smokeproof enclosure shall consist of an enclosed interior exit stairway that conforms to Section 1020.1 and an open exterior balcony or ventilated vestibule meeting and is pressurized according to the requirements of this section. Where access to the roof is required by the International Fire Code, such access shall be from the smokeproof enclosure where a smokeproof enclosure is required.

909.20.1 Access. Access to the stair shall be by way of a vestibule or an open exterior balcony. The minimum dimension of the vestibule shall not be less than the required width of the corridor leading to the vestibule but shall not have a width of less than 44 inches (1118 mm) and shall not have a length of less than 72 inches (1829 mm) in the direction of egress travel.

909.20.2 Construction. The smokeproof enclosure shall be separated from the remainder of the building by not less than a 2-hour fire barrier without openings other than the required means of egress doors. The vestibule shall be separated from the stairway by not less than a 2-hour fire barrier. The open exterior balcony shall be constructed in accordance with the fire-resistance-rating requirements for floor construction.

909.20.2.1 Door closers. Doors in a smokeproof enclosure shall be selfor automatic closing by actuation of a smoke detector installed at the floor-side entrance to the smokeproof enclosure. The actuation of the smoke detector on any door shall activate the closing devices on all doors in the smokeproof enclosure at all levels. Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.10.

909.20.3 Natural ventilation alternative. The provisions of Sections

909.20.3.1 through 909.20.3.3 shall apply to ventilation of smokeproof enclosures by natural means.

909.20.3.1 Balcony doors. Where access to the stairway is by way of an open exterior balcony, the door assembly into the enclosure shall be a fire door assembly in accordance with Section 715.4.

909.20.3.2 Vestibule doors. Where access to the stairway is by way of a vestibule, the door assembly into the vestibule shall be a fire door complying with Section 715.4. The door assembly from the vestibule to the stairway shall have not less than a 20-minute fire protection rating complying with Section 715.4.

909.20.3.3 Vestibule ventilation. Each vestibule shall have a minimum net area of 16 square feet (1.5 m2) of opening in a wall facing an outer court, yard or public way that is at least 20 feet (6096 mm) in width.

909.20.4 Mechanical ventilation alternative. The provisions of Sections 909.20.4.1 through 909.20.4.4 shall apply to ventilation of smokeproof enclosures by mechanical means.

909.20.4.1 Vestibule doors. The door assembly from the building into the vestibule shall be a fire door assembly complying with Section 715.4.3. The door assembly from the vestibule to the stairway shall not have less than a 20-minute fire protection rating and meet the requirements for a smoke door assembly in accordance with Section 715.4.3. The door shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 105.

909.20.4.2 Vestibule ventilation. The vestibule shall be supplied with not less than one air change per minute and the exhaust shall not be less than 150 percent of supply. Supply air shall enter and exhaust air shall discharge from the vestibule through separate, tightly constructed ducts used only for that purpose. Supply air shall enter the vestibule within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor level. The top of the exhaust register shall be located at the top of the smoke trap but not more than 6 inches (152 mm) down from the top of the trap, and shall be entirely within the smoke trap area. Doors in the open position shall not obstruct duct openings. Duct openings with controlling dampers are permitted where necessary to meet the design requirements, but dampers are not otherwise required.

909.20.4.2.1 Engineered ventilation system. Where a specially engineered system is used, the system shall exhaust a quantity of air

equal to not less than 90 air changes per hour from any vestibule in the emergency operation mode and shall be sized to handle three vestibules simultaneously. Smoke detectors shall be located at the floor-side entrance to each vestibule and shall activate the system for the affected vestibule. Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.10.

909.20.4.3 Smoke trap. The vestibule ceiling shall be at least 20 inches (508 mm) higher than the door opening into the vestibule to serve as a smoke and heat trap and to provide an upward-moving air column. The height shall not be decreased unless approved and justified by design and test.

909.20.4.4 Stair shaft air movement system. The stair shaft shall be provided with a dampered relief opening and supplied with sufficient air to maintain a minimum positive pressure of 0.10 inch of water (25 Pa) in the shaft relative to the vestibule with all doors closed.

909.20.5 Stair pressurization alternative. Where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the vestibule is not required, provided that interior exit Exit stairways are shall be pressurized to a minimum of 0.15 inch of water (37 Pa) and a maximum of 0.35 inch of water (87 Pa) in the shaft relative to the building

measured with all stairway doors closed under maximum anticipated stack pressures. The pressure differential shall be measured between the smokeproof enclosure and the adjacent area. In residential buildings, the pressure differential is permitted to be measured between the smokeproof enclosure and the dwelling units.

Exception: The pressure differential is permitted to be measured

relative to outdoor atmosphere on floors other than the following:

1. the fire floor,

2. the two floors immediately below the fire floor, and

3. the floor immediately above the fire floor.

909.20.5.1 Supply Air. Air for stairway pressurization shall be supplied at intervals sufficient to maintain the required pressure throughout the shaft.

Note: The performance goal for Section 909.20.5.1 is compliance with minimum and maximum pressures at all levels of the shaft, and to ensure upward flow of air and smoke.

909.20.5.2 Air intake. Supply air shall be taken directly from an outside, uncontaminated source at least 20 feet (6096 mm) from any air exhaust system or outlet. Air intakes shall be located at the exterior of the building. The intake shall be continuous to the exterior of the building. Two smoke detectors shall be located in

the duct in accordance with NFPA 72 arranged to automatically shut down the fan system only when both smoke detectors activate. The detectors shall be located upstream of the fan and shall be connected to the fire alarm as a supervisory signal.

909.20.5.3 Dampered relief opening. The exit enclosure shall be equipped with a barometric dampered relief opening at the top, and a motorized damper as required by the Washington State Energy Code with Seattle Amendments. The motorized damper shall be of the normally open type (open with the power off). Activation of the damper shall be initiated by the building fire alarm system and by actuation of the automatic sprinkler system.

The pressurization system shall be capable of maintaining the pressure required by Section 909.20.5 while 2,500 cubic feet per minute of air is being discharged through the relief opening.

Supply ducts between the exterior of the building and the exit enclosure shall be enclosed in construction at least equivalent to that of the exit enclosure.

909.20.6 Ventilating Pressurization equipment. The activation of ventilating pressurization equipment required by the alternatives in Sections 909.20.4 and 909.20.5 shall be activated by a fire alarm signal originating anywhere in the building. smoke detectors installed at each floor level at an approved location at the entrance to the smokeproof enclosure. When the closing device for the stair shaft and vestibule doors is activated by smoke detection or power failure, the mechanical equipment shall activate and operate at the required performance levels. Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.10.

909.20.6.1 Ventilation Pressurization systems. Smokeproof enclosure ventilation pressurization systems shall be independent of other building ventilation systems.

Exception: Ventilation systems other than smokeproof enclosure supply air systems are permitted to be used to exhaust air from adjacent space when necessary to maintain pressure relationships. Ventilation systems used to achieve smokeproof enclosure pressurization are not required to comply with Section 909.

The equipment and ductwork shall comply with one of the following:

1. Equipment and ductwork shall be located exterior to the building and directly connected to the smokeproof enclosure or connected to the smokeproof enclosure by ductwork enclosed by 2-hour fire barriers.

2. Equipment and ductwork shall be located within the smokeproof enclosure with intake or exhaust directly from and to the outside or through ductwork enclosed by 2-hour fire barriers.

3. Equipment and ductwork shall be located within the building if separated from the remainder of the building, including other mechanical equipment, by 2-hour fire barriers.

Interpretation I909.20: Dampers other than motorized dampers required by the Washington State Energy Code with Seattle Amendments are not permitted in smokeproof enclosure system air supply unless approved by the building official.

909.20.6.2 Standby Emergency power. Mechanical vestibule and stair shaft ventilation pressurization systems and automatic fire detection systems shall be powered by an approved standby emergency power system conforming to Section 403.10.1 403.11 and Chapter 27.

909.20.6.3 Acceptance and testing. Before the mechanical equipment is approved, the system shall be tested in the presence of the building official to confirm that the system is operating in compliance with these requirements. Mechanical stair shaft pressurization systems shall comply with Sections 909.18 through 909.19.

909.21 Pressurization for low-rise buildings. Where stairway shaft pressurization is provided in accordance with exception 4 of Section 1019.2 or with item 9 of Section 509.2, the pressurization system shall comply with the following:

1. Shafts shall be pressurized to a minimum positive pressure of 0.15 inch of water column relative to the main occupied area on each floor, and a maximum pressure that complies with Section 1008.1.2.

2 The shaft pressurization shall be activated by a fire alarm originating anywhere in the building. Smoke detectors shall be installed within 5 feet of doors exiting into stairways that are smokeproof enclosures, or are pressurized stairways.

3. Pressurization equipment and its duct work located within the building shall be separated from other portions of the building by construction equal to that required for the shaft.

4. Supply air shall be taken directly from an outside, uncontaminated source at least 20 feet (6096 mm) from any air exhaust system or outlet. Air ducts shall be continuous to the exterior of the building. Two smoke detectors shall be located in the duct in accordance with NFPA 72 arranged to automatically shut down the fan system only when both smoke detectors activate. The detectors shall be located upstream of the fan and shall be connected to the fire alarm as a supervisory signal.

5. A legally required standby source of power shall be provided for the pressurization system according to Seattle Electrical Code Section 701.11. A connection ahead of the service disconnecting means shall be permitted as the sole source of power to the pressurization system.

6. Other measures to prevent loss of pressurization shall be provided in the design and construction of shafts, such as doors and door closers, quality of workmanship and caulking of penetrations and joints.

***

SECTION 911

FIRE COMMAND CENTER

[F] 911.1 Features. Where required by other sections of this code, a fire command center for fire department operations shall be provided. The location and accessibility of the fire command center shall be approved by the fire department. The fire command center shall be separated from the remainder of the building by not less than a 1hour fire barrier constructed in accordance with Section 706 or horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both. The room shall be a minimum of 96 square feet (9 m2) with a minimum dimension of 8 feet (2438 mm). A layout of the fire command center and all features required by the section to be contained therein shall be submitted for approval prior to installation. The fire command center shall comply with NFPA 72 and shall contain the following features:

1. The emergency voice/alarm communication system unit.

2. The fire department communications unit.

3. Fire detection and alarm system annunciator unit.

4. Annunciator unit visually indicating the location of the elevators and whether they are operational.

5. Status indicators and controls for air-handling systems.

6. The fire-fighter's control panel required by Section 909.16 for smoke control systems installed in the building.

7. Controls for unlocking stairway doors simultaneously.

8. Sprinkler valve and water-flow detector display panels.

9. Emergency and standby power status indicators.

10. A telephone for fire department use with controlled access to the public telephone system.

11. Fire pump status indicators.

12. Schematic building plans indicating the typical floor plan and detailing the building core, means of egress, fire protection systems, fire-fighting equipment and fire department access.

13. Worktable.

14. Generator supervision devices, manual start and load transfer capabilities and procedures features.

15. Public address system, where specifically required by other sections of this code.

16. On site water tank fill valve control switch.

SECTION 912

FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS

***

[P] 912.5 Backflow protection. The potable water supply to automatic sprinkler and standpipe systems shall be protected against backflow as required by the International Uniform Plumbing Code.

Section 11. The following sections of Chapter 10 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

CHAPTER 10

MEANS OF EGRESS

***

SECTION 1002

DEFINITIONS

1002.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein.

***

EXIT PLACARD. A non-illuminated sign or a sign painted on a wall indicating the direction of egress.

EXIT SIGN. An internally-illuminated sign indicating the direction of egress.

***

SECTION 1003

GENERAL MEANS OF EGRESS

***

1003.2 Ceiling height. The means of egress shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet 6 inches (2286 mm).

Exceptions:

1. Sloped ceilings Ceilings in accordance with Section 1208.2.

2. Ceilings of dwelling units and sleeping units within residential occupancies in accordance with Section 1208.2. Parking garages in accordance with Section 406.

3. Allowable projections in accordance with Section 1003.3.

4. Stair headroom in accordance with Section 1009.2.

5. Door height in accordance with Section 1008.1.1.

***

SECTION 1004

OCCUPANT LOAD

***

1004.1 Design occupant load. In determining means of egress requirements, the number of occupants for whom means of egress facilities shall be provided shall be determined in accordance with this section. Where occupants from accessory areas egress through a primary space, the calculated occupant load for the primary space shall include the total occupant load of the primary space plus the number of occupants egressing through it from the accessory area.

1004.1.1 Areas without fixed seating. The number of occupants shall be computed at the rate of one occupant per unit of area as prescribed in Table 1004.1.1. For areas without fixed seating, the occupant load shall not be less than that number determined by dividing the floor area under consideration by the occupant per unit of area factor assigned to the occupancy as set forth in Table 1004.1.1. Where an intended use is not listed in Table 1004.1.1, the building official shall establish a use based on a listed use that most nearly resembles the intended use.

Exception: Where approved by the building official, the actual number of occupants for whom each occupied space, floor or building is designed, although less than those determined by calculation, shall be permitted to be used in the determination of the design occupant load.

TABLE 1004.1.1

MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA ALLOWANCES PER OCCUPANT

FUNCTION OF SPACE FLOOR AREA IN SQ. FT. PER OCCUPANT

Accessory storage areas, mechanical 300 gross equipment room1

Agricultural building 300 gross

Aircraft hangars 500 gross

Airport terminal 20 gross Baggage claim 300 gross Baggage handling 100 gross Concourse 15 gross Waiting areas

Assembly 11 gross Gaming floors (keno, slots, etc.)

Assembly with fixed seats See Section 1004.7

Assembly without fixed seats 7 net Concentrated (chairs only-not fixed) 5 net Standing space 15 net Unconcentrated (tables and chairs)

Bowling centers, allow 5 persons for each 7 net lane including 15 feet of runway, and for additional areas

Business areas without sprinkler protection 100 gross with sprinkler protection 130 gross

Commercial laboratories 100 gross

Courtrooms-other than fixed seating areas 40 net

Day care 35 net

Dormitories 50 gross

Educational 20 net Classroom area 50 net Shops, laboratories and other vocational room areas

Exercise rooms 50 gross

H-5 Fabrication and manufacturing areas 200 gross

Industrial areas 100 gross

Institutional areas 240 gross Inpatient treatment areas 100 gross Outpatient areas 120 gross Sleeping areas

Kitchens, commercial 200 gross

Library 50 net Reading rooms 100 gross Stack area

Locker rooms 50 gross

Mercantile 60 gross Areas on other floors 30 gross Basement and grade floor areas 300 gross Storage, stock, shipping areas

Parking garages 200 gross

Residential 200 gross

Skating rinks, swimming pools 50 gross Rink and pool 15 gross Decks

Stages and platforms 15 net

Warehouses 500 gross

For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.

1. For electrical equipment areas, see also Sections 110.26, 110.32 and 110-33 of the Seattle Electrical Code.

***

SECTION 1006

MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION

***

1006.2 Illumination level. Illumination shall be provided at every point in Tthe means of egress. The illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot-candle (11 lux) at the walking surface level. Luminaires shall be installed whenever exit signs are required as specified in Section 1011.

Exception: For auditoriums, theaters, concert or opera halls and similar assembly occupancies, the illumination at the walking surface level is permitted to be reduced during performances to not less than 0.2 foot-candle (2.15 lux), provided that the required illumination is automatically restored upon activation of a premises' fire alarm system where such system is provided.

Code Alternate CA1006.2: Compliance with the following paragraphs will be deemed to satisfy the requirement for means of egress illumination at every point in the means of egress. Means of egress illumination systems that comply with this Code Alternate shall also comply with Section 1006.3.

1. Location and Fixture Placement. Means of egress illumination shall be located in stairways, corridors, halls, passenger elevator cars, lobbies, rooms with an occupant load of 100 or more, and other areas required to provide safe egress from the premises and immediately outside of the building exit when required by the

building official. Fixtures shall be installed to not less than the following schedule: 1.1 Interior and exterior stairways and landings and outside building exit At least one per landing 1.2 Corridors and halls and designated means of egress paths in parking garages At least one for each 40 lineal feet

1.3 Lobbies, vestibules, foyers, elevator cars and other similar areas as required At least one for each 250 square feet 1.4 Warehouses See Item 2 below. These fixtures are permitted to be included in the watts per square foot calculation for means of egress illumination. 2. Amount of Illumination. Where means of egress illumination is required, illumination shall be provided at the rate of 0.1 watt of fluorescent illumination per square foot of area. Installations using incandescent lamps shall have a minimum wattage of at least 3 times the fluorescent requirements. Use of other light sources is subject to the approval of the building official. Exceptions:

1. In warehouses, the allowable minimum illumination is permitted to be 0.1 watt per square foot (0.03 watts for fluorescent) provided fixtures are placed either: 1.1 Where means of egress pathways are not designated, fixtures shall be placed to cover an area not larger than 1,600 square feet, or 1.2 Where means of egress pathways are designated, fixtures shall be placed at least one for every 40 lineal feet. 2. In theaters, auditoriums or other places of assembly where motion pictures or other projections are made by means of directed light, the minimum allowable illumination is permitted to be reduced to 0.05 watts per square foot of floor area (0.02 watts for fluorescent). The higher level of required illumination shall be automatically restored upon activation of a premises fire alarm system where such system is provided. 3. In Groups B, F-1, M and S-1 occupancies, when approved by the building official, the minimum allowable illumination is permitted to be reduced to 0.05 watts per square foot (0.02 watts for fluorescent) of floor area. 4. In Group B occupancies and open parking garages, when approved by the building official, the illumination is permitted to be eliminated when within 50 feet of a window wall or open side and where light is not totally obscured. Means of egress illumination fixtures shall be spaced and designed to give adequate distribution of light for safe egress and so that the failure of any individual lighting element, such as the burning out of a light bulb, will not leave any space in total darkness. Illumination from battery operated fixtures shall provide the same level of illumination required for hard-wired fixtures.

1006.3 Illumination emergency power supply. The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical supply.

In the event of power supply failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate the following areas:

1. Aisles and unenclosed egress stairways in rooms and spaces that require two or more means of egress.

2. Corridors, exit enclosures and exit passageways in buildings required to have two or more exits.

3. Exterior egress components at other than the level of exit

discharge until exit discharge is accomplished for buildings required to have two or more exits.

4. Interior exit discharge elements, as permitted in Section 1024.1, in buildings required to have two or more exits.

5. Exterior landings, as required by Section 1008.1.5, for exit discharge doorways in buildings required to have two or more exits.

The emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or an on-site generator. The installation of the emergency power system shall be in accordance with Section 2702.

***

SECTION 1007

ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS

***

1007.2 Continuity and components. Each required accessible means of egress shall be continuous to a public way and shall consist of one or more of the following components:

1. Accessible routes complying with Section 1104.

2. Stairways within vertical exit enclosures complying with Sections 1007.3 and 1020.

3. Exterior exit stairways complying with Sections 1007.3 and 1023.

4. Elevators complying with Section 1007.4.

Interpretation I1007.2a: An exit passageway is not required on the level of exit discharge to connect the elevator with the exterior exit door.

5. Platform lifts complying with Section 1007.5.

6. Horizontal exits complying with Section 1022.

7. Ramps complying with Section 1010.

8. Areas of refuge complying with Section 1007.6.

Exceptions:

1. Where the exit discharge is not accessible, an exterior area for assisted rescue must be provided in accordance with Section 1007.8.

2. Where the exit stairway is open to the exterior, the accessible means of egress shall include either an area of refuge in accordance with Section 1007.6 or an exterior area for assisted rescue in accordance with Section 1007.8.

1007.2.1 Elevators required. In buildings where a required accessible floor is four or more stories above or below a level of exit discharge, at least one required accessible means of egress shall be an elevator complying with Section 1007.4.

Interpretation I1007.2b: The level of exit discharge is counted when determining whether an accessible floor is four stories above or below a level of exit discharge.

Exceptions:

1. In buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the elevator shall not be required on floors provided with a horizontal exit and located at or above the level of exit discharge.

2. In buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the elevator shall not be required on floors provided with a ramp conforming to the provisions of Section 1010.

Interpretation I1007.2c: In exception 2, the ramp shall be part of an accessible means of egress.

***

1007.4 Elevators. In order to be considered part of an accessible means of egress, an elevator shall comply with the emergency operation and signaling device requirements of Section 2.27 of ASME A17.1. Standby Legally required standby power shall be provided in accordance with Sections 2702 and 3003 the Seattle Electrical Code. The elevator shall be accessed from either an area of refuge complying with Section 1007.6 or a horizontal exit.

Exception: Elevators are not required to be accessed from an area of refuge or horizontal exit in open parking garages.

***

SECTION 1008

DOORS, GATES AND TURNSTILES

1008.1 Doors. Means of egress doors shall meet the requirements of this section. Doors serving a means of egress system shall meet the requirements of this section and Section 1018.2. Doors provided for egress purposes in numbers greater than required by this code shall meet the requirements of this section. See Section 3201 for doors swinging over public property.

Means of egress doors shall be readily distinguishable from the adjacent construction and finishes such that the doors are easily recognizable as doors. Mirrors or similar reflecting materials shall not be used on means of egress doors. Means of egress doors shall not be concealed by curtains, drapes, decorations or similar materials.

***

1008.1.2 Door swing. Egress doors shall be side-hinged or pivoted swinging.

Exceptions:

1. Private garages, office areas, factory and storage areas with an occupant load of 10 or less.

2. Group I-3 occupancies used as a place of detention.

3. Critical or intensive care patient rooms within suites of health care facilities.

4. Doors within or serving a single dwelling unit in Groups R-2 and R-3.

5. In other than Group H occupancies, revolving doors complying with Section 1008.1.3.1.

6. In other than Group H occupancies, horizontal sliding doors complying with Section 1008.1.3.3 are permitted in a means of egress.

7. Power-operated doors in accordance with Section 1008.1.3.2.

8. Doors serving a bathroom within an individual sleeping unit in

Group R-1.

[W] 9. In other than Group H occupancies, manually-operated horizontal sliding doors are permitted in a means of egress from occupied spaces with an occupant load of 10 or less.

Doors shall swing in the direction of egress travel where serving an occupant load of 50 or more persons or a Group H occupancy.

The opening force for interior side-swinging doors without closers shall not exceed a 5-pound (22 N) force. For other side-swinging, sliding and folding doors, the door latch shall release when subjected to a 15-pound (67 N) force. The door shall be set in motion when subjected to a 30-pound (133 N) force. The door shall swing to a full-open position when subjected to a 15-pound (67 N) force. Forces shall be applied to the latch side.

***

1008.1.3.4 Access-controlled egress doors. The entrance doors in a means of egress in buildings with an occupancy in Group A, B, E, M, R-1 or R-2 and entrance doors to tenant spaces in occupancies in

Groups A, B, E, M, R-1 and R-2 are permitted to be equipped with an approved entrance and egress access control system which shall be installed in accordance with all of the following criteria:

1. A sensor shall be provided on the egress side arranged to detect an occupant approaching the doors. The doors shall be arranged to unlock by a signal from or loss of power to the sensor.

2. Loss of power to that part of the access control system which locks the doors shall automatically unlock the doors.

3. The doors shall be arranged to unlock from a manual unlocking device located 40 inches to 48 inches (1016 mm to 1219 mm) vertically above the floor and within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the secured doors. Ready access shall be provided to the manual unlocking device and the device shall be clearly identified by a sign that reads "PUSH TO EXIT." When operated, the manual unlocking device shall result in direct interruption of power to the lock-independent of the access control system electronics-and the doors shall remain unlocked for a minimum of 30 seconds.

4. Activation of the building fire alarm system, if provided, shall automatically unlock the doors, and the doors shall remain unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset.

5. Activation of the building automatic sprinkler or fire detection system, if provided, shall automatically unlock the doors. The doors shall remain unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset.

6. Entrance doors in buildings with an occupancy in Group A, B, E or M shall not be secured from the egress side during periods that the building is open to the general public.

7. The access control system shall be listed or shall be comprised of approved components.

Note: Components bearing a "recognized component" mark from an approved agency shall be approved.

***

1008.1.4 Floor elevation. There shall be a floor or landing on each side of a door. Such floor or landing shall be at the same elevation on each side of the door. Landings shall be level except for exterior landings, which are permitted to have a slope not to exceed 0.25 unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope).

Exceptions:

1. Doors serving individual dwelling units in Groups R-2 and R-3 where the following apply:

1.1. A door is permitted to open at the top step of an interior flight of stairs, provided the door does not swing over the top step.

1.2. Screen doors and storm doors are permitted to swing over stairs or landings.

2. Exterior doors as provided for in Section 1003.5, Exception 1, and Section 1018.2, which are not on an accessible route.

3. In Group R-3 occupancies not required to be Accessible units, Type A units or Type B units, the landing at an exterior doorway shall not be more than 7.75 inches (197 mm) below the top of the threshold, provided the door, other than an exterior storm or screen door, does not swing over the landing.

4. Variations in elevation due to differences in finish materials, but not more than 0.5 inch (12.7 mm).

5. Exterior decks, patios or balconies that are part of Type B dwelling units, have impervious surfaces and that are not more than 4 inches (102 mm) below the finished floor level of the adjacent interior space of the dwelling unit.

1008.1.5 Landings at doors. Landings shall have a width not less than the width of the stairway or the door, whichever is greater. Doors in the fully open position shall not reduce a required dimension by more than 7 inches (178 mm). When a landing serves an occupant load of 50 or more, doors in any position shall not reduce the landing to less than one-half its required width. When doors open over landings, doors in any position shall not reduce the landing length to less than 12 inches (305 mm). Landings shall have a length measured in the direction of travel of not less than 44 inches (1118 mm).

Exception: Landing length in the direction of travel in Groups R-3 and U and within individual units of Group R-2 need not exceed 36 inches (914 mm).

Interpretation I1008.1.5: Landing length, width and slope shall be measured as specified in Section 1009.4 and 1009.5.1. See Figures 1008.1.5(1), 1008.1.5(2) and 1008.1.5(3) for illustrations of the requirements of this section.

***

1008.1.8 Door operations. Except as specifically permitted by this section egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort.

1008.1.8.1 Hardware. Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate.

1008.1.8.2 Hardware height. Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices shall be installed 34 inches (864 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1219 mm) maximum above the finished floor. Locks used only for security purposes and not used for normal operation are permitted at any height.

Exception: Access doors or gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas and hot tubs shall be permitted to have operable parts of the release of latch on self-latching devices at 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the finished floor or ground, provided the self-latching devices are not also self-locking devices operated by means of a key, electronic opener or integral combination lock.

1008.1.8.3 Locks and latches. Locks and latches shall be permitted to prevent operation of doors where any of the following exists:

1. Places of detention or restraint as approved by the building official.

2. In buildings in occupancy Group A having an occupant load of 300 or less, Groups B, F, M and S, and in places of religious worship, the main exterior door or doors are permitted to be equipped with key-operated locking devices from the egress side provided:

2.1. The locking device is readily distinguishable as locked,

2.2. A readily visible durable sign is posted on the egress side on or adjacent to the door stating: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED DURING BUSINESS HOURS. The sign shall be in letters 1 inch (25 mm) high on a contrasting background,

2.3. The use of the key-operated locking device is revokable by the building official for due cause.

3. Where egress doors are used in pairs, approved automatic flush bolts shall be permitted to be used, provided that the door leaf having the automatic flush bolts has no doorknob or surface-mounted hardware on the egress side of the door.

4. Doors from individual dwelling or sleeping units of Group R occupancies having an occupant load of 10 or less are permitted to be equipped with a night latch, dead bolt or security chain, provided such devices are openable from the inside without the use of a key or tool.

5. Doors from elevator lobbies providing access to exits are permitted to be locked during or after business hours where items 5.1 through 5.5 are satisfied.

5.1. The lobby doors shall unlock automatically upon fire alarm.

5.2. The lobby doors shall unlock automatically upon power loss.

5.3. The alarm system shall include smoke detection in the elevator lobby and at least two detectors on the tenant side within 15 feet of the door;

5.4. Access through the tenant portion of the building to both exits shall be unobstructed; and

5.5. The building shall have an automatic sprinkler system throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

1008.1.8.4 Bolt locks. Manually operated flush bolts or surface bolts are not permitted on required means of egress doors.

Exceptions:

1. On doors not required for egress in individual dwelling units or sleeping units.

2. Where a pair of doors serves a storage or equipment room, manually operated edgeor surface-mounted bolts or self-latching flush bolts are permitted on the inactive leaf.

1008.1.8.5 Unlatching. The unlatching of any door or leaf shall not require more than one operation.

Exceptions:

1. Places of detention or restraint.

2. Where manually operated bolt locks are permitted by Section 1008.1.8.4.

3. Doors with automatic flush bolts as permitted by Section 1008.1.8.3, Exception 3.

4. Doors from individual dwelling units and sleeping units of Group R occupancies as permitted by Section 1008.1.8.3, Exception 4.

1008.1.8.6 Delayed egress locks. Approved, listed, delayed egress locks shall be permitted to be installed on doors serving any occupancy except Group A, E and H occupancies in buildings that are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or an approved automatic smoke or heat detection system installed in accordance with Section 907, provided that the doors unlock in accordance with Items 1 through 6 below. Delayed egress locks are permitted in libraries in both Group A and E occupancies in locations other than at main exit doors, and in Group E day care occupancies. A building occupant shall not be required to pass through more than one door equipped with a delayed egress lock before entering an exit.

1. The doors unlock upon actuation of the automatic sprinkler system or automatic fire detection system.

2. The doors unlock upon loss of power controlling the lock or lock mechanism.

3. The door locks shall have the capability of being unlocked by a signal from the fire command center.

4. The initiation of an irreversible process which will release the latch in not more than 15 seconds when a force of not more than 15 pounds (67 N) is applied for 1 second to the release device. Initiation of the irreversible process shall activate an audible signal in the vicinity of the door. Once the door lock has been released by the application of force to the releasing device, relocking shall be by manual means only.

Exception: Where approved, a delay of not more than 30 seconds is permitted.

5. A sign shall be provided on the door located above and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the release device reading: PUSH UNTIL ALARM SOUNDS. DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 15 [30] SECONDS.

6. Emergency lighting shall be provided at the door.

1008.1.8.7 Stairway doors. Interior stairway means of egress doors shall be openable from both sides without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort.

Exceptions:

1. Stairway discharge doors shall be openable from the egress side and shall only be locked from the opposite side.

2. This section shall not apply to doors arranged in accordance with Section 403.12.

3. In stairways serving not more than four stories, doors are permitted to be locked from the side opposite the egress side, provided they are openable from the egress side and capable of being unlocked simultaneously without unlatching upon a signal from the fire command center, if present, or a signal by emergency personnel from a single location inside the main entrance to the building.

***

SECTION 1009

STAIRWAYS

1009.1 Stairway width. The width of stairways shall be determined as specified in Section 1005.1, but such width shall not be less than 44 inches (1118 mm). See Section 1007.3 for accessible means of egress stairways.

Exceptions:

1. Stairways serving an occupant load of less than 50 shall have a width of not less than 36 inches (914 mm).

2. Spiral stairways as provided for in Section 1009.8.

3. Aisle stairs complying with Section 1025.

4. Where an incline platform lift or stairway chairlift is installed on stairways serving occupancies in Group R-3, or within dwelling units in occupancies in Group R-2, a clear passage width not less than 20 inches (508 mm) shall be provided. If the seat and platform can be folded when not in use, the distance shall be measured from the folded position.

5. Stairways that are neither part of a required means of egress nor an accessible route.

***

1009.3 Stair treads and risers. Stair riser heights shall be 7 inches (178 mm) maximum and 4 inches (102 mm) minimum. Stair tread depths shall be 11 inches (279 mm) minimum. The riser height shall be measured vertically between the leading edges of adjacent treads. The tread depth shall be measured horizontally between the vertical planes of the foremost projection of adjacent treads and at a right angle to the tread's leading edge. Winder treads shall have a minimum tread depth of 11 inches (279 mm) measured at a right angle to the tread's leading edge at a point 12 inches (305 mm) from the side where the treads are narrower and a minimum tread depth of 10 inches (254 mm).

Exceptions:

1. Alternating tread devices in accordance with Section 1009.9.

2. Spiral stairways in accordance with Section 1009.8.

3. Aisle stairs in assembly seating areas where the stair pitch or slope is set, for sightline reasons, by the slope of the adjacent seating area in accordance with Section 1025.11.2.

4. In Group R-3 occupancies; within dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies; and in Group U occupancies that are accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy or accessory to individual dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies; the maximum riser height shall be 7.75 inches (197 mm); the minimum tread depth shall be 10 inches (254 mm); the minimum winder tread depth at the walk line shall be 10 inches (254 mm); and the minimum winder tread depth shall be 6 inches (152 mm). A nosing not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) but not more than 1.25 inches (32 mm) shall be provided on stairways with solid risers where the tread depth is less than 11 inches (279 mm).

5. See the Section 3403.4 3407.8.4 for the replacement of existing stairways.

1009.3.1 Winder treads. Winder treads are not permitted in means of egress stairways except within a dwelling unit.

Exceptions:

1. Curved stairways in accordance with Section 1009.7.

2. Spiral stairways in accordance with Section 1009.8.

1009.3.2 Dimensional uniformity. Stair treads and risers shall be of uniform size and shape. The tolerance between the largest and smallest riser height or between the largest and smallest tread depth shall not exceed 0.375 inch (9.5 mm) in any flight of stairs. The greatest winder tread depth at the 12-inch (305 mm) walk line within any flight of stairs shall not exceed the smallest by more than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm) measured at a right angle to the tread's leading edge.

Exceptions:

1. Nonuniform riser dimensions of aisle stairs complying with Section 1025.11.2.

2. Consistently shaped winders, complying with Section 1009.3, differing from rectangular treads in the same stairway flight.

Where the bottom or top riser adjoins a sloping public way, walkway or driveway having an established grade and serving as a landing, the bottom or top riser is permitted to be reduced along the slope. to less than 4 inches (102 mm) in height, with the variation in height of the bottom or top riser not to exceed one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8-percent slope) of stairway width. The nosings or leading edges of treads at such nonuniform height risers shall have a distinctive marking stripe, different from any other nosing marking provided on the stair flight. The distinctive marking stripe shall be visible in descent of the stair and shall have a slipresistant surface. Marking stripes shall have a width of at least 1 inch (25 mm) but not more than 2 inches (51 mm).

1009.3.3 Profile. The radius of curvature at the leading edge of the tread shall be not greater than 0.5 inch (12.7 mm). Beveling of nosings shall not exceed 0.5 inch (12.7 mm). Risers shall be solid and vertical or sloped from the underside of the leading edge of the tread above at an angle not more than 30 degrees (0.52 rad) from the vertical. The leading edge (nosings) of treads shall project not more than 1.25 inches (32 mm) beyond the tread below and all projections of the leading edges shall be of uniform size, including the leading edge of the floor at the top of a flight.

Exceptions:

1. Solid risers are not required for stairways that are not required to comply with Section 1007.3, provided that the opening between treads does not permit the passage of a sphere with a diameter of 4 inches (102 mm).

2. Solid risers are not required for occupancies in Group I-3.

***

1009.6 Vertical rise. A flight of stairs shall not have a vertical rise greater than 12 feet (3658 mm) between floor levels or landings.

Exceptions:

1. Aisle stairs complying with Section 1025.

2. Stairways that are not part of a required means of egress.

***

1009.11 Stairway to roof. In buildings located four or more stories in height above grade plane, at least one stairway shall extend to the roof surface through a penthouse complying with Section 1509.2. , unless the roof has a slope steeper than four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33-percent slope). In buildings without an occupied roof, access to the roof from the top story shall be permitted to be by an alternating tread device.

Exceptions:

1. A stairway to the roof is not required in Group R-3 occupancies.

2. Penthouses are not required for roofs with a slope steeper than four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33 percent slope).

3. A stairway to the roof is not required in residential buildings that do not contain a stairway shared by more than one unit.

1009.11.1 Roof access. Where a stairway is provided to a roof, access to the roof shall be provided through a penthouse complying with Section 1509.2. the top floor of any building four or more stories in height and a penthouse is not required, an approved ladder and roof hatch openable to the exterior shall be provided at the highest point of the stair shaft. The roof hatch shall be not less than 11 square feet (1.1 m2) in area and shall have a minimum dimension of 2 feet, 6 inches (762 mm). See Section 403 for provisions for high-rise buildings.

Exception: A roof hatch need not be provided for stairways that extend to the roof with an opening onto that roof.

Exception: In buildings without an occupied roof, access to the roof shall be permitted to be a roof hatch or trap door not less than 16 square feet (1.5 m2) in area and having a minimum dimension of 2 feet (610 mm).

1009.11.2 Protection at roof hatch openings. Where the roof hatch opening providing the required access is located within 10 feet (3049 mm) of the roof edge, such roof access or roof edge shall be protected by guards installed in accordance with the provisions of Section 1013.

[W] 1009.12 Ladders. Stairs or ladders within individual dwelling units used for access to areas of 200 square feet (18.6 m2) or less which do not contain the primary bathroom or kitchen are exempt from the requirements of Section 1009.

***

SECTION 1011

EXIT SIGNS

1011.1 Where required. Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in a corridor is more than 100 feet (30 480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. Either exit signs or exit placards shall be located at any other location determined by the building official to be necessary to clearly indicate the direction of egress.

Exceptions:

1. Exit signs are not required in rooms or areas that require only one exit or exit access other than in buildings designed with a single exit stairway according to Section 1019.2 exception 4.

2. Main exterior exit doors or gates that are obviously and clearly identifiable as exits need not have exit signs where approved by the building official.

3. Exit signs are not required in occupancies in Group U and individual sleeping units or dwelling units in Group R-1, R-2 or R-3.

4. Exit signs are not required in sleeping areas in occupancies in Group I-3.

5. In occupancies in Groups A-4 and A-5, exit signs are not required on the seating side of vomitories or openings into seating areas where exit signs are provided in the concourse that are readily apparent from the vomitories. Egress lighting is provided to identify each vomitory or opening within the seating area in an emergency.

6. Exit signs are not required on exterior stairways serving exterior exit balconies.

Interpretation I1011.1: Exit placards are permitted to be used to identify exits in occupancies where exit signs are not required.

***

1011.5 Externally illuminated exit signs. Externally illuminated exit signs shall comply with Sections 1011.5.1 through 1011.5.3.

1011.5.1 Graphics. Every exit sign, exit placard and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible green letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide, except the letter "I," and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs and placards larger than the minimum established in this section shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height.

The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the means of exit sign illumination is or is not energized. If a chevron directional indicator is provided as part of the exit sign or placard, the construction shall be such that the direction of the chevron directional indicator cannot be readily changed.

Exception: Existing exit signs or placards with letters at least 5 inches (127 mm) in height are permitted to be reused.

1011.5.2 Exit sign illumination. The face of an exit sign illuminated from an external source shall have an intensity of not less than 5 foot-candles (54 lux).

1011.5.3 Power source. Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or an on-site generator. The installation of the emergency power system shall be in accordance with Section

2702.

Exception: Approved exit sign illumination means that provide continuous illumination independent of external power sources for a duration of not less than 90 minutes, in case of primary power loss, are not required to be connected to an emergency electrical system.

1011.6 Not-an-exit warnings. Placards reading "NOT AN EXIT" shall be installed at all doorways, passageways or stairways which are not exits, exit accesses or exit discharges, and which may be mistaken for an exit. A sign indicating the use of the doorway, passageway or stairway, such as "TO BASEMENT", "STORE ROOM", "LINEN CLOSET", is permitted in lieu of the "NOT AN EXIT" sign.

SECTION 1012

HANDRAILS

***

1012.4 Continuity. Handrail-gripping surfaces shall be continuous, without interruption by newel posts or other obstructions.

Exceptions:

1. Handrails within dwelling units are permitted to be interrupted by a newel post at a stair or ramp landing.

2. Within a dwelling unit, the use of a volute, turnout or starting easing is allowed on the lowest tread.

3. Handrail brackets or balusters attached to the bottom surface of the handrail that do not project horizontally beyond the sides of the handrail within 1.5 inches (38 mm) of the bottom of the handrail shall not be considered obstructions. For each 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) of additional handrail perimeter dimension above 4 inches (102 mm), the vertical clearance dimension of 1.5 inches (38 mm) shall be permitted to be reduced by 0.125 inch (3 mm).

4. Handrails on stairways that are not part of a required means of egress need not be continuous.

1012.5 Handrail extensions. Handrails shall return to a wall, guard or the walking surface or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight or ramp run. At stairways where handrails are not continuous between flights, the handrails shall extend horizontally at least 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the top riser and continue to slope for the depth of one tread beyond the bottom riser. At ramps where handrails are not continuous between runs, the handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the top and bottom of ramp runs.

Exceptions:

1. Handrails within a dwelling unit that is not required to be accessible need extend only from the top riser to the bottom riser.

2. Aisle handrails in Group A occupancies in accordance with Section 1025.13.

3. Handrail extensions are not required on handrails on stairways that are not part of a required means of egress.

***

SECTION 1014

EXIT ACCESS

***

1014.2 Egress through intervening spaces. Egress through intervening spaces shall comply with this section.

1. Egress from a room or space shall not pass through adjoining or intervening rooms or areas, except where such adjoining rooms or areas are accessory to the area served, are not a high-hazard occupancy and provide a discernible path of egress travel to an exit.

Exception: Means of egress are not prohibited through adjoining or intervening rooms or spaces in a Group H, S or F occupancy when the adjoining or intervening rooms or spaces are the same or a lesser hazard occupancy group.

2. Egress shall not pass through kitchens, storage rooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes.

Exceptions:

1. Means of egress are not prohibited through a kitchen area serving adjoining rooms constituting part of the same dwelling unit or sleeping unit.

2. Means of egress are not prohibited through stockrooms in Group M occupancies when all of the following are met:

2.1. The stock is of the same hazard classification as that found in the main retail area;

2.2. Not more than 50 percent of the exit access is through the stockroom;

2.3. The stockroom is not subject to locking from the egress side; and

2.4. There is a demarcated, minimum 44-inch-wide (1118 mm) aisle defined by full or partial height fixed walls or similar construction that will maintain the required width and lead directly from the retail area to the exit without obstructions.

3. An exit access shall not pass through a room that can be locked to prevent egress.

4. Means of egress from dwelling units or sleeping areas shall not lead through other sleeping areas, toilet rooms or bathrooms.

5. Unless approved by the building official, where two or more exits are required, exit travel shall not pass through an exit enclosure as the only way to reach another exit.

1014.2.1 Multiple tenants. Where more than one tenant occupies any one floor of a building or structure, each tenant space, dwelling unit and sleeping unit shall be provided with access to the required exits without passing through adjacent tenant spaces, dwelling units and sleeping units.

Exception: Means of egress shall not be prohibited through adjoining tenant space where such rooms or spaces occupy less than 10 percent of the area of the tenant space through which they pass; are the same or similar occupancy group; a discernable path of egress travel to an exit is provided; and the means of egress into the adjoining space is not subject to locking from the egress side. A required means of egress serving the larger tenant space shall not pass through the smaller tenant space or spaces.

[W] 1014.2.2 Group I-2. Habitable rooms or suites in Group I-2 occupancies shall have an exit access door leading directly to a corridor.

Exceptions: 1. Rooms with exit doors opening directly to the outside at ground level.

2. Patient sleeping rooms are permitted to have one intervening room if the intervening room is not used as an exit access for more than eight patient beds.

3. Special nursing suites are permitted to have one intervening room where the arrangement allows for direct and constant visual supervision by nursing personnel.

4. For rooms other than patient sleeping rooms located within a suite, exit access travel from within the suite shall be permitted through one intervening room where the travel distance to the exit access door is not greater than 100 feet (30,480 mm).

5. For rooms other than patient sleeping rooms located within

a suite, exit access travel from within the suite shall be permitted through two intervening rooms where the travel distance to the exit access door is not greater than 50 feet (15,240 mm).

Suites of sleeping rooms shall not exceed 5,000 square feet (465 m2). Suites of rooms other than patient sleeping rooms shall not exceed 10,000 square feet (929 m2). Any patient sleeping room, or any suite that includes patient sleeping rooms, of more than 1,000 square feet (93m2) shall have at least two exit access doors remotely located from each other. Any room or suite of rooms other than

patient sleeping rooms of more than 2,500 square feet (232 m2) shall have at least two access doors remotely located from each other. The travel distance between any point in a Group I-2 Occupancy and an exit access door in the room shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm). The travel distance between any point in a suite of sleeping rooms and an exit access door of that suite shall not exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm).

1014.2.3 Suites in patient sleeping areas. Patient sleeping areas in Group I-2 occupancies shall be permitted to be divided into suites with one intervening room if one of the following conditions is met:

1. The intervening room within the suite is not used as an exit access for more than eight patient beds.

2. The arrangement of the suite allows for direct and constant visual supervision by nursing personnel.

1014.2.3.1 Area. Suites of sleeping rooms shall not exceed 5,000 square feet (465 m2).

1014.2.3.2 Exit access. Any patient sleeping room, or any suite that includes patient sleeping rooms, of more than 1,000 square feet (93m2) shall have at least two exit access doors remotely located from each other.

1014.2.3.3 Travel distance. The travel distance between any point in a suite of sleeping rooms and an exit access door of that suite shall not exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm).

1014.2.4 Suites in areas other than patient sleeping areas. Areas other than patient sleeping areas in Group I-2 occupancies shall be permitted to be divided into suites.

1014.2.4.1 Area. Suites of rooms, other than patient sleeping rooms, shall not exceed 10,000 square feet (929 m2).

1014.2.4.2 Exit access. Any room or suite of rooms, other than patient sleeping rooms, of more than 2,500 square feet (232 m2) shall have at least two exit access doors remotely located from each other.

1014.2.4.3 One intervening room. For rooms other than patient sleeping rooms, suites of rooms are permitted to have one intervening room if the travel distance within the suite to the exit access door is not greater than 100 feet (30 480 mm).

1014.2.4.4 Two intervening rooms. For rooms other than patient sleeping rooms located within a suite, exit access travel from within the suite shall be permitted through two intervening rooms where the travel distance to the exit access door is not greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm).

1014.2.5 Travel distance. The travel distance between any point in a Group I-2 occupancy patient sleeping room and an exit access door in that room shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm).

1014.2.6 Separation. Suites in Group I-2 occupancies shall be

separated from other portions of the building by a smoke partition complying with Section 710.

1014.3 Common path of egress travel. In occupancies other than Groups H-1, H-2 and H-3, the common path of egress travel shall not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). In Group H-1, H-2 and H-3 occupancies, the common path of egress travel shall not exceed 25 feet (7620 mm). For common path of egress travel in Group A occupancies having fixed seating, see Section 1025.8.

Exceptions:

1. The length of a common path of egress travel in Group B, F and S occupancies shall not be more than 100 feet (30 480 mm), provided that the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

2. Where a tenant space in Group B, S and U occupancies has an occupant load of not more than 30, the length of a common path of egress travel shall not be more than 100 feet (30 480 mm).

3. The length of a common path of egress travel in a Group I-3 occupancy shall not be more than 100 feet (30 480 mm).

4. The length of a common path of egress travel in a Group R-2 or R-3 occupancy shall not be more than 125 feet (38 100 mm), provided that the building is protected throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

***

1014.5 Egress balconies. Balconies used for egress purposes shall conform to the same requirements as corridors for width, headroom, dead ends and projections.

1014.5.1 Wall separation. Exterior egress balconies shall be separated from the interior of the building by walls and opening protectives as required for corridors.

Exceptions:

1. Separation is not required where the exterior egress balcony is served by at least two stairs and a dead-end travel

condition does not require travel past an unprotected opening to reach a stair.

2. Separation is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.

1014.5.2 Openness. The long side of an egress balcony shall be at least 50 percent open, and the open area above the guards shall be so distributed as to minimize the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.

SECTION 1015

EXIT AND EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS

[W] 1015.1 Exit or exit access doorways required from spaces. Two exits or exit access doorways from any space shall be provided where one of the following conditions exists:

1. The occupant load of the space exceeds one of the values in Table 1015.1.

Exception: One means of egress is permitted within and from dwelling units with a maximum occupant load of 20 where the dwelling unit is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

2. The common path of egress travel exceeds one of the limitations of Section 1014.3.

3. Where required by Sections 1015.3, 1015.4, and 1015.5, 1015.6, or 1015.6.1.

Exception: Group I-2 occupancies shall comply with Section 1014.2.2.

Note: See Section 1008.1.8.3 for conditions in which exit access doors from elevator lobbies are permitted to be locked.

TABLE 1015.1

SPACES WITH ONE MEANS OF EGRESS

OCCUPANCY MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD

A, B, E^a, F, M, U 49

H-1, H-2, H-3 3

H-4, H-5, I-1, I-3, I-4, R 10

S 29

a. Day care maximum occupant load is 10.

[W] 1015.1.1 Three or more exits or exit access doorways. Access to three or more Three exits or exit access doorways shall be provided from a floor area where required by Section 1019.1 any space with an occupant load of 501-1,000. Four exits or exit access doorways shall be provided from any space with an occupant load greater than 1,000.

1015.2 Exit or exit access doorway arrangement. Required exits shall be located in a manner that makes their availability obvious. Exits shall be unobstructed at all times. Exit and exit access doorways shall be arranged in accordance with Sections 1015.2.1 and 1015.2.2.

1015.2.1 Two exits or exit access doorways. Where two exits or exit access doorways are required from any portion of the exit access, the exit doors or exit access doorways shall be placed a distance apart

equal to not less than one-half of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area to be served measured in a straight line between exit doors or exit access doorways.

Interlocking or scissor stairs and stairways that share a wall with other exit enclosures shall be counted as one exit stairway.

Exceptions:

1. Where exit enclosures are provided as a portion of the required exit and are interconnected by a 1-hour fire-resistance-rated corridor conforming to the requirements of Section 1017, the required exit separation shall be measured along the shortest direct line of travel within the corridor.

Interpretation I1015.2: Exception 1 applies only where corridors have a one-hour fire-resistance-rating even where Section 1017 would allow non-rated corridors.

2. Where a building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the separation distance of the exit doors or exit access doorways shall not be less than one-third of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the area served.

3. Where it is not practical to separate exits by one-half the diagonal dimension, exits from retail and office tenant spaces in Group B and M occupancies and within dwelling units shall be as far apart as reasonably practicable as determined by the building official.

1015.2.2 Three or more exits or exit access doorways. Where access to three or more exits is required, at least two exit doors or exit access doorways shall be arranged in accordance with the provisions of Section 1015.2.1.

***

SECTION 1016

EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE

1016.1 Travel distance limitations. Exits shall be so located on each story such that the maximum length of exit access travel, measured from the most remote point within a story to the entrance to an exit along the natural and unobstructed path of egress travel, shall not exceed the distances given in Table 1016.1.

Where the path of exit access includes unenclosed stairways or ramps within the exit access or includes unenclosed exit ramps or stairways as permitted in Section 1020.1, the distance of travel on such means of egress components shall also be included in the travel distance measurement. The measurement along stairways shall be made on a plane parallel and tangent to the stair tread nosings in the

center of the stairway.

Exceptions:

1. Travel distance in open parking garages is permitted to be measured to the closest riser of open stairs.

2. In outdoor facilities with open exit access components and open exterior stairs or ramps, travel distance is permitted to be measured to the closest riser of a stair or the closest slope of the ramp.

3. Where an exit stair is permitted to be unenclosed in accordance with Exception 8 or 9 of Section 1020.1, the travel distance shall be measured from the most remote point within a building to an exit discharge.

TABLE 1016.1

EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCEa

OCCUPANCY WITHOUT WITH SPRINKLER

SPRINKLER SYSTEM SYSTEM (feet) (feet)

A, E, F-1, I-1, M, 200 250^b R, S-1

B 200 300^c

F-2, S-2, U 300 400^c

H-1 Not Permitted 75^c

H-2 Not Permitted 100^c

H-3 Not Permitted 150^c

H-4 Not Permitted 175^c

H-5 Not Permitted 200^c

I-2, I-3, I-4 150 200^c

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. See the following sections for modifications to exit access travel distance requirements:

Section 402: For the distance limitation in malls.

Section 404: For the distance limitation through an atrium space. Section 1016.2 For increased limitations in Groups F-1 and S-1. Section 1025.7: For increased limitation in assembly seating.

Section 1025.7: For increased limitation for assembly open-air seating. Section 1019.2: For buildings with one exit.

Chapter 31: For the limitation in temporary structures.

b. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system

in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. See Section 903 for occupancies where automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2 are permitted.

c. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

Note: Additional exit enclosures or corridors constructed as smoke barriers may be required for standpipe hose connections. See Section 905.4

***

SECTION 1017

CORRIDORS

1017.1 Construction. Corridors shall be fire-resistance rated in accordance with Table 1017.1. The corridor walls required to be fireresistance rated shall comply with Section 708 for fire partitions.

Exceptions:

1. A fire-resistance rating is not required for corridors in an occupancy in Group E where each room that is used for instruction has at least one door directly to the exterior and rooms for assembly purposes have at least one-half of the required means of egress doors opening directly to the exterior. Exterior doors specified in this exception are required to be at ground level.

2. A fire-resistance rating is not required for corridors contained within a dwelling or sleeping unit in an occupancy in Group R.

3. A fire-resistance rating is not required for corridors in open parking garages.

4. A fire-resistance rating is not required for corridors in an occupancy in Group B which is a space requiring only a single means of egress complying with Section 1015.1.

[W] 5. In Group R-2 boarding homes and residential treatment facilities licensed by Washington state, rest areas constructed as required for corridors shall be allowed to be open to the corridor provided:

5.1 The area does not exceed 150 square feet (13.9 m2), excluding the corridor width;

5.2 The floor is separated into at least two compartments complying with Section 407.4;

5.3 Combustible furnishings located within the rest area shall be in accordance with International Fire Code Section 805;

5.4 Emergency means of egress lighting is provided as required by Section 1006 to illuminate the area.

6. In office areas located in buildings of Types IA or IB construction, corridor walls need not be of fire-resistance-rated construction where the corridor side of the corridor walls is finished with materials having a maximum Class B rating as defined in Chapter 8. This exception does not apply to outpatient clinics and medical offices.

7. The occupant load of Group B conference rooms, lunch rooms without grease-producing cooking and other assembly rooms with an occupant load of less than 50 in each room need not be considered when determining whether corridor construction is required, provided such rooms are accessory to an office tenant located in a building of Type IA or IB construction. This provision is permitted to be used in other construction types when the floor on which the assembly room is located is equipped with an automatic sprinkler system.

TABLE 1017.1

CORRIDOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING

REQUIRED FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

REQUIRED FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (hours)

OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD Without sprinkler With sprinkler SERVED BY CORRIDOR system system^c

H-1, H-2, All Not Permitted 1 H-3

H-4, H-5 Greater than 30 Not Permitted 1

A, B, E, F, Greater than 30 1 0 M, S, U

R (Greater than 10)) Not Permitted ((0.5)) All 1

I-2^a, I-4 All Not Permitted 0

I-1, I-3 All Not Permitted 1b

a. For requirements for occupancies in Group I-2, see Section 407.3.

b. For a reduction in the fire-resistance rating for occupancies in Group I-3, see Section 408.7.

c. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 where allowed.

***

1017.3 Dead ends. Where more than one exit or exit access doorway is required, the exit access shall be arranged such that there are no dead ends in corridors more than 20 feet (6096 mm) in length. 25 feet 7620 mm) in length.

Exceptions:

1. In occupancies in Group I-3 of Occupancy Condition 2, 3 or 4 (see Section 308.4), the dead end in a corridor shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm).

2. In occupancies in Groups B and F where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the length of dead-end corridors shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm).

3. A dead-end corridor shall not be limited in length where the

length of the dead-end corridor is less than 2.5 times the least width of the dead-end corridor.

4. Dead ends are permitted to be 75 feet (22 860 mm) in length in

areas containing Group B offices in buildings of Types IA and IB construction, where the cumulative occupant load does not exceed 50 for all areas for which the dead end serves as the only means of egress.

1017.4 Air movement in corridors. Corridors shall not serve as supply, return, exhaust, relief or ventilation air ducts or plenums except as allowed by Mechanical Code Section 601.2.

Exceptions:

1. Use of a corridor as a source of makeup air for exhaust systems in rooms that open directly onto such corridors, including toilet rooms, bathrooms, dressing rooms, smoking lounges and janitor closets, shall be permitted, provided that each such corridor is directly supplied with outdoor air at a rate greater than the rate of makeup air taken from the corridor.

2. Where located within a dwelling unit, the use of corridors for conveying return air shall not be prohibited.

3. Where located within tenant spaces of 1,000 square feet (93 m2) or less in area, utilization of corridors for conveying return air is permitted.

1017.4.1 Corridor ceiling. Use of the space between the corridor ceiling and the floor or roof structure above as a return air plenum is permitted for one or more of the following conditions:

1. The corridor is not required to be of fire-resistance-rated construction;

2. The corridor is separated from the plenum by fire-resistancerated construction;

3. The air-handling system serving the corridor is shut down upon activation of the air-handling unit smoke detectors required by the International Mechanical Code.

4. The air-handling system serving the corridor is shut down upon detection of sprinkler waterflow where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system; or

5. The space between the corridor ceiling and the floor or roof structure above the corridor is used as a component of an approved engineered smoke control system.

***

[W] 1017.6 Subdivision of building spaces Smoke barriers. Smoke barriers complying with Section 709 shall be installed on floors other than the level of exit discharge of a Group R-2 boarding home or residential treatment facility licensed by Washington state, where a fire-resistance rated corridor is required by Table 1017.1. The smoke barrier shall subdivide the floor into at least two compartments complying with Section 407.4.

SECTION 1018

EXITS

***

1018.2 Exterior exit doors. Buildings or structures used for human occupancy shall have at least one exterior door that meets the requirements of Section 1008.1.1 and Section 1008.1.2.

1018.2.1 Detailed requirements. Exterior exit doors shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 1008.1.

1018.2.2 Arrangement. Exterior exit doors shall lead directly to the exit discharge or the public way.

SECTION 1019

NUMBER OF EXITS AND CONTINUITY

[W] 1019.1 Minimum number of exitsExits from stories. All rooms and spaces within each story shall be provided with and have access to the minimum number of approved independent exits required by as specified in Table 1019.1 based on the occupant load of the story, except as modified in Section 1015.1 or 1019.2. For the purposes of this chapter, occupied roofs shall be provided with exits as required for stories. The required number of exits from any story, including basements, or individual space shall be maintained until arrival at grade or the public way.

Exceptions:

1. Occupied roofs with an occupant load of 10 or less are permitted to have one exit.

2. Access to only one exit or exit-access doorway is permitted for floors below the first story above grade plane where:

2.1 The area of the floor does not exceed 900 square feet (83.61 m2);

2.2 Travel distance is less than 50 feet (15 240 mm); and

2.3 The floor contains only storage rooms, laundry rooms, and maintenance offices.

3. Spaces meeting the requirements of Section 1015 for a single exit are permitted to be provided with one exit where the exit for the space discharges directly to the public way or an exit court.

[W] 4. One means of egress is permitted within and from dwelling

units with a maximum occupant load of 20 where the dwelling unit is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

TABLE 1019.1

MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS FOR OCCUPANT LOAD

OCCUPANT LOAD MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS (persons per story) (per story)

1-500 2

501-1,000 3

More than 1,000 4

1019.1.1 Parking structures. Parking structures shall not have less than two exits from each parking tier, except that only one exit is required where vehicles are mechanically parked. Vehicle ramps shall not be considered as required exits unless pedestrian facilities are provided.

1019.1.2 Helistops. The means of egress from helistops shall comply with the provisions of this chapter, provided that landing areas located on buildings or structures shall have two or more exits. For landing platforms or roof areas less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) long, or less than 2,000 square feet (186 m2) in area, the second means of egress is permitted to be a fire escape or ladder leading to the floor below.

1019.2 Buildings with one exit. Only one exit shall be required in buildings as described specified below:

1. Buildings described in meeting the limitations of Table 1019.2, provided that the building has not more than one level below the first story above grade plane.

2. Buildings of Group R-3 occupancy.

3. Single-level buildings with the occupied spaces at the level of exit discharge provided that the story or each space complies with Section 1015.1 as a space with one means of egress exit or exit access doorway.

4. Not more than 5 stories of Group R-2 occupancy in buildings not over 6 stories are permitted to be served by a single exit under the following conditions:

4.1. There shall be no more than four dwelling units on any floor.

4.2. The building shall be of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction and shall also be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Residentialtype sprinkler heads shall be used in all habitable spaces in each dwelling unit.

4.3. There shall be no more than two single exit stairway conditions on the same property.

4.4. An exterior stairway or exit enclosure shall be provided. The exit enclosure, including any related exit passageway, shall be pressurized in accordance with Section 909.21. Doors in the exit enclosure shall swing into the exit enclosure regardless of the occupant load served, provided that doors from the exit enclosure to the building exterior are permitted to swing in the direction of exit travel.

4.5. A corridor shall separate each dwelling unit entry/exit door from the door to an exit enclosure, including any related exit passageway, on each floor. Dwelling unit doors shall not open directly into an enclosed stairway. Dwelling unit doors are permitted to open directly into an exterior stairway.

4.6. There shall be no more than 20 feet (6096 mm) of travel to the exit stairway from the entry/exit door of any dwelling unit.

4.7. Travel distance measured in accordance with Section 1016.1 shall not exceed 125 feet.

4.8 The exit shall not terminate in an exit court where the court depth exceeds the court width unless it is possible to exit in either direction to the public way.

4.9. Elevators shall be pressurized in accordance with Section 707.14.2 or shall open into elevator lobbies. Elevator lobbies shall be separated from the remainder of the building and from the exit stairway with fire partitions. Doors shall be automatic closing actuated by smoke detector. Where approved by the building official, natural ventilation is permitted to be substituted for pressurization where the ventilation would prevent the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.

4.10. Other occupancies are permitted in the same building provided they comply with all the requirements of this code. Other occupancies shall not communicate with the Group R occupancy portion of the building or with the single-exit stairway.

Exception: Parking garages accessory to the Group R occupancy are permitted to communicate with the exit stairway.

4.11. The exit serving the Group R occupancy shall not discharge through any other occupancy, including an accessory parking garage.

4.12. There shall be no openings within 10 feet (3048 mm) of unprotected openings into the stairway other than required exit doors having a one-hour fire-resistance rating.

TABLE 1019.2

BUILDINGS WITH ONE EXIT

OCCUPANCY MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF MAXIMUM OCCUPANTS BUILDING ABOVE (OR DWELLING UNITS) PER FLOOR GRADE PLANE AND TRAVEL DISTANCE

A, B^d, E^e, F, 1 Story 49 occupants and 75 feet M, U travel distance

H-2, H-3 1 Story 3 occupants and 25 feet travel distance

H-4, H-5, I, R 1 Story 10 occupants and 75 feet travel distance

S ^a 1 Story 29 occupants and 100 feet travel distance

B^b, F, M, S^a 2 Stories 30 occupants and 75 feet travel distance

R-2 2 Stories^c 4 dwelling units and 50 feet travel distance

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. For the required number of exits for open parking structures, see Section 1019.1.1.

b. For the required number of exits for air traffic control towers, see Section 412.1.

c. Buildings classified as Group R-2 equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and provided with emergency escape and rescue openings in accordance with Section 1026 shall have a maximum height of three stories above grade plane.

d. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 with an occupancy in Group B shall have a maximum travel distance of 100 feet.

e. Day care maximum occupant load is 10.

***

SECTION 1020

VERTICAL EXIT ENCLOSURES

1020.1 Enclosures required. Interior exit stairways and interior exit ramps shall be enclosed with fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 706 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both. Exit enclosures shall have a fireresistance rating of not less than 2 hours where connecting more than four stories or more and not less than 1 hour where connecting less than four stories and less. The number of stories connected by the exit enclosure shall include any basements but not any mezzanines. An exit enclosure shall not be used for any purpose other than means of egress, circulation and access.

Exceptions:

1. In all occupancies, other than Group H and I occupancies, a stairway is not required to be enclosed when the stairway serves an occupant load of less than 10 and the stairway complies with either Item 1.1 or 1.2. In all cases, the maximum number of connecting open stories shall not exceed two.

1.1. The stairway is open to not more than one story above the story at the level of exit discharge; or

1.2. The stairway is open to not more than one story below the story at the level of exit discharge.

2. Exits in buildings of Group A-5 where all portions of the means of egress are essentially open to the outside need not be enclosed.

3. Stairways serving and contained within a single residential dwelling unit or sleeping unit in Group R-1, R-2 or R-3 occupancies are not required to be enclosed.

4. Stairways that are not a required means of egress element are not required to be enclosed where such stairways comply with Section 707.2.

5. Stairways in open parking structures that serve only the parking structure are not required to be enclosed.

6. Stairways in Group I-3 occupancies, as provided for in Section 408.3.6, are not required to be enclosed.

7. Means of egress stairways as required by Section 410.5.3 are not required to be enclosed.

8. In other than Group H and I occupancies, a maximum of 50 percent of egress stairways serving one adjacent floor are not required to be enclosed, provided at least two means of egress are provided from both floors served by the unenclosed stairways. Any two such interconnected floors shall not be open to other floors. Unenclosed exit stairways shall be remotely located as required in Section 1015.2.

9. In other than Group H and I occupancies, interior egress stairways serving only the first and second stories of a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 are not required to be enclosed, provided at least two means of egress are provided from both floors served by the unenclosed stairways. Such interconnected stories shall not be open to other stories. Unenclosed exit stairways shall be remotely located as required in Section 1015.2.

1020.1.1 Openings and penetrations. Exit enclosure opening protectives shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 715.

Except as permitted in Section 402.4.6, openings in exit enclosures other than unprotected exterior openings shall be limited to those necessary for exit access to the enclosure from normally occupied spaces and for egress from the enclosure.

Where interior exit enclosures are extended to the exterior of a building by an exit passageway, the door assembly from the exit enclosure to the exit passageway shall be protected by a fire door assembly conforming to the requirements in Section 715.4. Fire door assemblies in exit enclosures shall comply with Section 715.4.4.

Elevators shall not open into an exit enclosure.

Interpretation I1020.1: Accessory rooms such as restrooms, storage closets, laundry rooms, electrical, communication closets and similar spaces shall not open into an exit enclosure.

1020.1.2 Penetrations. Penetrations into and openings through an exit enclosure are prohibited except for required exit doors, equipment and ductwork necessary for independent pressurization, sprinkler piping, standpipes, electrical raceway for fire department communication systems and sprinkler monitoring, and electrical raceway serving the exit enclosure and terminating at a steel box not exceeding 16 square inches (0.010 m2). Piping used exclusively for the drainage of rainfall runoff from roof areas is permitted to penetrate exit enclosures, provided the roof is not used for a helistop or heliport. Such penetrations shall be protected in accordance with Section 712. Unfired unit heaters required for freeze protection of fire protection equipment are permitted to penetrate one membrane. The conduit serving the heater is permitted to penetrate both membranes. There shall be no penetrations or communication openings, whether protected or not, between adjacent exit enclosures.

1020.1.3 Ventilation. Equipment and ductwork for exit enclosure ventilation as permitted by Section 1020.1.2 shall comply with one of the following items:

1. Such equipment and ductwork shall be located exterior to the building and shall be directly connected to the exit enclosure by ductwork enclosed in construction as required for shafts.

2. Where such equipment and ductwork is located within the exit enclosure, the intake air shall be taken directly from the outdoors and the exhaust air shall be discharged directly to the outdoors, or such air shall be conveyed through ducts enclosed in construction as required for shafts.

3. Where located within the building, such equipment and ductwork shall be separated from the remainder of the building, including other mechanical equipment, with construction as required for shafts.

In each case, openings into the fire-resistance-rated construction shall be limited to those needed for maintenance and operation and

shall be protected by opening protectives in accordance with Section 715 for shaft enclosures.

Exit enclosure ventilation systems shall be independent of other building ventilation systems.

1020.1.4 Exit enclosure exterior walls. Exterior walls of an exit enclosure shall comply with the requirements of Section 704 for exterior walls. Where nonrated walls or unprotected openings enclose the exterior of the stairway and the walls or openings are exposed by other parts of the building at an angle of less than 180 degrees (3.14 rad), the building exterior walls within 10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally of a nonrated wall or unprotected opening shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings within such exterior walls shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour. This construction shall extend vertically from the ground to a point 10 feet (3048 mm) above the topmost landing of the stairway or to the roof line,

whichever is lower.

1020.1.5 Discharge identification barrier. A stairway in an exit enclosure shall not continue below the level of exit discharge unless an approved barrier is provided at the level of exit discharge to prevent persons from unintentionally continuing into levels below. Directional exit signs shall be provided as specified in Section 1011.

1020.1.6 Stairway floor number signs. A sign shall be provided at each floor landing in interior exit enclosures connecting more than three stories designating the floor level, the terminus of the top and bottom of the stair enclosure and the identification of the stair. The signage shall also state the story of, and the direction to the exit discharge, and the availability of whether there is roof access from the stairway for the fire department, and whether the roof access is accessed by roof hatch. The sign shall be located 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor landing in a position that is readily visible when the doors are in the open and closed positions.

1020.1.7 Smokeproof enclosures. In buildings required to comply with Section 403 or 405, each of the exits of a building that serves

stories where the floor surface is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access or more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the level of exit discharge serving such floor levels shall be a smokeproof enclosure or pressurized stairway in accordance with Section 909.20.

1020.1.7.1 Enclosure exit. A smokeproof enclosure or pressurized stairway shall exit into a public way or into an exit passageway, yard or open space having direct access to a public way. The exit passageway shall be without other openings and shall be separated from the remainder of the building by 2-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.

Exceptions:

1. Openings in the exit passageway serving a smokeproof enclosure are permitted where the exit passageway is protected and pressurized in the same manner as the smokeproof enclosure, and openings are protected as required for access from other floors.

2. Openings in the exit passageway serving a pressurized stairway are permitted where the exit passageway is protected and pressurized in the same manner as the pressurized stairway.

3. A smokeproof enclosure or pressurized stairway shall be permitted to egress through areas on the level of discharge or vestibules as permitted by Section 1024.

1020.1.7.2 Enclosure access. Access to the stairway within a smokeproof enclosure shall be by way of a vestibule or an open exterior balcony.

Exception: Access is not required by way of a vestibule or exterior balcony for stairways using the pressurization alternative complying with Section 909.20.5.

1020.1.8 Equipment in exit enclosures. Equipment is prohibited in exit enclosures except for equipment necessary for independent pressurization, lighting of the exit enclosure, sprinkler piping, standpipes, electrical equipment for fire department communication and sprinkler monitoring, and unit heaters required to protect fire protection equipment from freezing.

SECTION 1021

EXIT PASSAGEWAYS

1021.1 Exit passageway. Exit passageways serving as an exit component in a means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section. An exit passageway shall not be used for any purpose other than as a means of egress, circulation and access.

***

1021.4 Openings and penetrations. Exit passageway opening protectives shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 715.

Except as permitted in Section 402.4.6, openings in exit passageways other than unexposed exterior openings shall be limited to those necessary for exit access to the exit passageway from normally occupied spaces and for egress from the exit passageway.

Where interior exit enclosures are extended to the exterior of a building by an exit passageway, the door assembly from the exit enclosure to the exit passageway shall be protected by a fire door conforming to the requirements in Section 715.4. Fire door assemblies in exit passageways shall comply with Section 715.4.4.

Elevators shall not open into an exit passageway.

Interpretation I1021.4: Accessory rooms such as restrooms, storage closets, laundry rooms, electrical, communication closets and similar spaces shall not open into exit passageways.

Code Alternate CA1021.4: An elevator is permitted to open into an exit passageway when the following conditions are met:

1. A lobby shall separate the elevator from the exit passageway. This is allowed at only one location in the building. The lobby is required whether the elevator hoistway is pressurized or not.

2. The separation shall be constructed as a fire barrier having a fire-resistive rating and opening protectives as for the exit passageway. The door between the lobby and the exit passageway shall also comply with Section 715.4.3. The door shall have listed gaskets

installed at head, jambs and meeting edges. This only applies to the walls common with the exit passageway.

3. The lobby shall have a minimum depth of 36 inches. (Note that areas of refuge may require a larger dimension).

4. An elevator lobby constructed as a smoke partition shall be provided at every floor below the level of the exit passageway served by the elevator. Hoistway pressurization is permitted to be used in lieu of the lobbies on floors below the level of the exit passageway.

5. A door as required by Section 1020.1.1 between a vertical exit enclosure and the exit passageway shall be provided.

6. An automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 shall be provided throughout the floor on which the exit passageway is located.

This alternate does not apply to vertical exit enclosures. 1021.5 Penetrations. Penetrations into and openings through an exit passageway are prohibited except for required exit doors, equipment and ductwork necessary for independent pressurization, sprinkler piping, standpipes, electrical raceway for fire department communication and electrical raceway serving the exit passageway and terminating at a steel box not exceeding 16 square inches (0.010 m2). Such penetrations shall be protected in accordance with Section 712. There shall be no penetrations or communicating openings, whether protected or not, between adjacent exit passageways.

Exception: Unfired unit heaters allowed by Section 1020.1.8 to be installed in exit enclosures are permitted to penetrate one membrane. The conduit serving the heater is permitted to penetrate both membranes.

***

SECTION 1023

EXTERIOR EXIT RAMPS AND STAIRWAYS

***

1023.3 Open side. Exterior exit ramps and stairways serving as an element of a required means of egress shall be at least 50 percent open on at least one side. An open side shall have a minimum of 35 28 square feet 3.3 2.6 m2) of aggregate open area adjacent to each floor level. and the level of each intermediate landing. The required open area shall be located not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) above the adjacent floor or landing level. The open area shall be distributed to prevent accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.

***

SECTION 1024

EXIT DISCHARGE

1024.1 General. Exits shall discharge directly to the exterior of the building. The exit discharge shall be at grade or shall provide direct access to grade. The exit discharge shall not reenter a building except into an exit or as otherwise approved by the

building official.

Exceptions:

1. A maximum of 50 percent of the number and capacity of the exit enclosures is permitted to egress through areas on the level of discharge provided all of the following are met:

1.1. Such exit enclosures egress to a free and unobstructed way to the exterior of the building, which way is readily visible and identifiable from the point of termination of the exit enclosure.

1.2. The entire area of the level of discharge is separated from areas below by construction conforming to the fire-resistance rating for the exit enclosure. Parking garage ramps are permitted to penetrate the floor of the level of discharge.

1.3. The egress path from the exit enclosure on the level of discharge is protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system. All portions of the level of discharge with access to the egress path shall either be protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, or separated from the egress path in accordance with the requirements for the enclosure of exits.

2. A maximum of 50 percent of the number and capacity of the exit enclosures is permitted to egress through a vestibule provided all of the following are met:

2.1. The entire area of the vestibule is separated from areas below by construction conforming to the fire-resistance rating for the exit enclosure.

2.2. The depth from the exterior of the building is not greater than 10 feet (3048 mm) and the length is not greater than 30 feet (9144 mm).

2.3. The area is separated from the remainder of the level of exit discharge by construction providing protection at least the equivalent of approved wired glass in steel frames.

2.4. The area is used only for means of egress and exits directly to the outside.

3. Stairways in open parking garages complying with Section 1020.1, Exception 5, are permitted to egress through the open parking garage at the level of exit discharge.

***

1024.5 Egress courts. Egress courts serving as a portion of the exit discharge in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of Section 1024.

1024.5.1 Width. The width of egress courts shall be determined as specified in Section 1005.1, but such width shall not be less than 44 inches (1118 mm), except as specified herein. Egress courts serving Group R-3 and U occupancies shall not be less than 36 inches (914 mm)

in width.

The required width of egress courts shall be unobstructed to a height of 7 feet (2134 mm).

Exception: Doors, when fully opened, and handrails shall not reduce the required width by more than 7 inches (178 mm). Doors in any position shall not reduce the required width by more than one-half. Other nonstructural projections such as trim and similar decorative features are permitted to project into the required width 1.5 inches (38 mm) from each side.

Where an egress court exceeds the minimum required width and the width of such egress court is then reduced along the path of exit travel, the reduction in width shall be gradual. The transition in width shall be affected by a guard not less than 36 inches (914 mm) in height and shall not create an angle of more than 30 degrees (0.52 rad) with respect to the axis of the egress court along the path of egress travel. In no case shall the width of the egress court be less than the required minimum.

1024.5.2 Construction and openings. Where an egress court serving a building or portion thereof is less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in width, the egress court walls shall have not less than 1-hour fireresistance-rated construction for a distance of 10 feet (3048 mm)

above the floor of the court. Openings within such walls shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour.

Exceptions:

1. Egress courts serving an occupant load of less than 10.

2. Egress courts serving Group R-3.

3. In buildings other than those which have a single means of egress under Section 1019.2 exception 4, opening protection need not be provided where it is possible to exit in two directions from the court.

***

SECTION 1025

ASSEMBLY

***

1025.13 Handrails. Ramped aisles having a slope exceeding one unit vertical in 15 units horizontal (6.7-percent slope) and aisle stairs shall be provided with handrails located either at the side or within the aisle width.

Exceptions:

1. Handrails are not required for ramped aisles having a gradient no greater than one unit vertical in eight units horizontal (12.5percent slope) and seating on both sides.

2. Handrails are not required if, at the side of the aisle, there is a guard that complies with the graspability requirements of handrails.

1025.13.1 Discontinuous handrails. Where there is seating on both sides of the aisle, the handrails shall be discontinuous with gaps or breaks at intervals not exceeding five rows to facilitate access to seating and to permit crossing from one side of the aisle to the other. These gaps or breaks shall have a clear width of at least 22 inches (559 mm) and not greater than 36 inches (914 mm), measured horizontally, and the handrail shall have rounded terminations or bends.

1025.13.2 Intermediate handrails. Where handrails are provided in the middle of aisle stairs, there shall be an additional intermediate handrail located approximately 12 inches (305 mm) below the main handrail.

***

Section 12. The following sections of Chapter 11 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

CHAPTER 11

ACCESSIBILITY

SECTION 1101

GENERAL

1101.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the design and construction of facilities for accessibility to physically disabled persons.

1101.2 Design. Buildings and facilities shall be designed and constructed to be accessible in accordance with this code and ICC A117.1, except those portions of ICC A117.1 amended by this section.

1101.2.1 (ICC A117.1 Section 403) Landings for walking surfaces. The maximum rise for any run is 30 inches (762 mm). Landings shall be provided at the top and bottom of any run. Landings shall be level and have a minimum dimension measured in the direction of travel of not less than 60 inches (1525 mm).

1101.2.2 (ICC A117.1 Section 403.5) Clear width of accessible route. Clear width of an accessible route shall comply with ICC A117.1 Table 403.5. For exterior routes of travel, the minimum clear width is 44 inches (1118 mm).

1101.2.3 (ICC A117.1 Section 404.2.8) Door-opening force. Fire doors shall have the minimum opening force allowable by the building official. The force for pushing or pulling open doors other than fire doors shall be as follows:

1. Interior hinged door: 5.0 pounds (22.2 N) maximum

2. Sliding or folding doors: 5.0 pounds (22.2 N) maximum

3. Exterior hinged, sliding or folding door: 10 pounds (44.4 N)

Exception: Interior or exterior automatic doors complying with Section 404.3 of ICC/ANSI A117.1.

These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door in a closed position.

1101.2.4 (ICC A117.1 Section 407.4.6.2.2) Arrangement of elevator car buttons. This section is not adopted.

1101.2.5 (ICC A117.1 Sections 603.4) Coat hooks and shelves. Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in Section 308. Shelves shall be installed so the top of the shelf is 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 42 inches maximum above the floor.

1101.2.6 (ICC A117.1 604.11) Coat hooks and shelves. Coat hooks provided within toilet compartments shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in Section 308. Shelves shall be installed so the top of the shelf is 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 42 inches (1067 mm) maximum above the floor.

1101.2.7 (ICC ANSI A117.1 606.7) Operable parts. Operable parts on drying equipment, towel or cleansing product dispensers, and disposal fixtures shall comply with Table 606.7, except the maximum reach height shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) for reach depths less than 6 inches (152 mm).

1101.2.8 (ICC A117.1 Section 604.6) Flush controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with Section 309, except the maximum height above the floor shall be 44 inches (1118 mm). Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet.

Exception: In ambulatory accessible compartments complying with Section 604.9, flush controls are permitted to be located on either side of the water closet.

1101.2.9 (ICC A117.1 Section 703.6.3.1) International Symbol of Accessibility. Where the International Symbol of Accessibility is required, it shall be proportioned complying with ICC A117.1 Figure 703.6.3.1. All interior and exterior signs depicting the International Symbol of Accessibility shall be white on a blue background.

1101.2.10 (ICC A117.1 Section 404.3.5) Control switches. Manually operated control switches shall comply with Section 309, except they shall be placed 32 inches (815 mm) minimum and 40 inches (1015 mm) maximum above the floor. The clear floor space adjacent to the control switch shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing and centered on the control switch.

SECTION 1102

DEFINITIONS

1102.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in the code, have the following meanings:

***

CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEPHONE. A telephone with a dedicated line such as a house phone, courtesy phone or phone that must be used to gain entrance to a facility.

***

MAILBOXES. Receptacles for the receipt of documents, packages or other deliverable matter. Mailboxes include, but are not limited to, post office boxes and receptacles provided by commercial mailreceiving agencies, apartment houses and schools.

***

TRANSIENT LODGING. A building, facility or portion thereof, excluding inpatient medical care facilities and long-term care facilities, that contains one or more dwelling units or sleeping units. Examples of transient lodging include, but are not limited to, resorts, group homes, hotels, motels, dormitories, homeless shelters, halfway houses and social service lodging.

***

SECTION 1103

SCOPING REQUIREMENTS

***

1103.2 General exceptions. Sites, buildings, structures, facilities, elements and spaces shall be exempt from this chapter to the extent specified in this section.

1103.2.1 Specific requirements. Accessibility is not required in

buildings and facilities, or portions thereof, to the extent permitted by Sections 1104 through 1110 1114.

1103.2.2 Existing buildings. Existing buildings shall comply with Section 3409 3407.

***

SECTION 1104

ACCESSIBLE ROUTE

***

1104.7 Raised platforms. In banquet rooms or spaces where a head table or speaker's lectern is located on a raised platform, an accessible route shall be provided to the platform.

SECTION 1105

ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES

1105.1 Public entrances. In addition to accessible entrances required by Sections 1105.1.1 through 1105.1.6, at least 60 percent of all public entrances shall be accessible. All exterior exits that are located adjacent to accessible areas and within 6 inches (152 mm) of grade shall be accessible.

Exceptions:

1. An accessible entrance is not required to areas not required to be accessible.

2. Loading and service entrances that are not the only entrance to a tenant space.

***

SECTION 1106

PARKING AND PASSENGER LOADING FACILITIES

***

1106.3 Hospital outpatient Group I-1 and I-2 outpatient facilities. For Group I-1 and I-2 occupancies providing outpatient medical care facilities, 10 Ten percent, but not less than one, of patient and visitor parking spaces provided accessory to such occupancies to serve Group I-1 and I-2 outpatient facilities shall be accessible.

1106.4 Rehabilitation facilities and outpatient physical therapy facilities. Twenty percent, but not less than one, of the portion of patient and visitor parking spaces serving rehabilitation facilities specializing in treating conditions that affect mobility and outpatient physical therapy facilities shall be accessible.

***

1106.6 Location. Accessible parking spaces shall be located on the shortest accessible route of travel from adjacent parking to an accessible building entrance. In parking facilities that do not serve a particular building, accessible parking spaces shall be located on the shortest route to an accessible pedestrian entrance to the parking facility. Where buildings have multiple accessible entrances with adjacent parking, accessible parking spaces shall be dispersed and located near the accessible entrances. Wherever practical, the accessible route shall not cross lanes of vehicular traffic. Where crossing traffic lanes is necessary, the route shall be designated and marked as a crosswalk.

Exceptions:

1. In multilevel parking structures, van-accessible parking spaces are permitted on one level.

2. Accessible parking spaces shall be permitted to be located in different parking facilities if substantially equivalent or greater

accessibility is provided in terms of distance from an accessible entrance or entrances, parking fee and user convenience.

***

SECTION 1107

DWELLING UNITS, AND SLEEPING UNITS AND TRANSIENT LODGING FACILITIES

***

1107.6 Group R. Accessible units, Type A units and Type B units shall be provided in Group R occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107.6.1 through 1107.6.4 1107.6.3. Accessible and Type A units shall be apportioned among efficiency dwelling units, single bedroom units and multiple bedroom units, in proportion to the numbers of such units in the building.

1107.6.1 Group R-1. Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in Group R-1 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107.6.1.1 and 1107.6.1.2.

1107.6.1.1 Accessible units. In Group R-1 occupancies, Accessible dwelling units and sleeping units shall be provided in accordance with Table 1107.6.1.1. All facilities on a site shall be considered to determine the total number of Accessible units. Accessible units shall be dispersed among the various classes of units. Roll-in showers provided in Accessible units shall include a permanently mounted folding shower seat.

1107.6.1.2 Type B units. In structures with four or more dwelling or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, every dwelling and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7.

1107.6.2 Group R-2. Accessible units, Type A units and Type B units shall be provided in Group R-2 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107.6.2.1 and 1107.6.2.2.

1107.6.2.1 Apartment houses, monasteries and convents. Type A units and Type B units shall be provided in apartment houses, monasteries and convents in accordance with Sections 1107.6.2.1.1 and 1107.6.2.1.2.

1107.6.2.1.1 Type A units. In Group R-2 occupancies containing more than 20 10 dwelling units or sleeping units, at least 2 5 percent but not less than one of the units shall be a Type A unit. All units on a site shall be considered to determine the total number of units and the required number of Type A units. Type A units shall be dispersed among the various classes of units.

Exceptions:

1. The number of Type A units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7.

2. Existing structures on a site shall not contribute to the total number of units on a site.

1107.6.2.1.2 Type B units. Where there are four or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence in a single structure, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7.

1107.6.2.2 Group R-2 other than apartment houses, monasteries and convents. In Group R-2 occupancies, other than apartment houses, monasteries and convents, Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1107.6.2.2.1 and 1107.6.2.2.2. Accessible units shall be dispersed among the various classes of units.

1107.6.2.2.1 Accessible units. Accessible dwelling units and sleeping units shall be provided in accordance with Table 1107.6.1.1.

1107.6.2.2.2 Type B units. Where there are four or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence in a single structure, every dwelling unit and every sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7.

1107.6.3 Group R-3. In Group R-3 occupancies where there are four or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence in a single structure, every dwelling and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7.

1107.6.4 Group R-4. Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in Group R-4 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107.6.4.1 and 1107.6.4.2.

1107.6.4.1 Accessible units. At least one of the dwelling or sleeping units shall be an Accessible unit.

1107.6.4.2 Type B units. In structures with four or more dwelling or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, every dwelling and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107.7.

***

1107.8 Transient lodging facilities. Transient lodging facilities shall be provided with accessible features in accordance with Sections 1107.8.1 and 1107.8.2. Group I-3 occupancies shall be provided with accessible features in accordance with Sections 1107.8.2 and 1107.8.3.

1107.8.1 Accessible beds. In rooms or spaces having more than 25 beds, five percent of the beds shall have a clear floor space complying with ICC A117.1.

1107.8.1.1 Sleeping areas. A clear floor space complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided on both sides of the accessible bed. The clear floor space shall be positioned for parallel approach to the side of the bed.

Exception: This requirement shall not apply where a single clear floor space complying with ICC A117.1 positioned for parallel approach is provided between two beds.

1107.8.2 Communication features. Communication features complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1107.8.2.1 through 1107.8.2.4.

1107.8.2.1 Transient lodging. In transient lodging facilities, sleeping units with accessible communication features shall be provided in accordance with Table 1107.8.2.1. Units required to comply with Table 1107.8.2.1 shall be dispersed among the various classes of units.

1107.8.2.2 Group I-3. In Group I-3 occupancies at least 2 percent, but no fewer than one of the total number of general holding cells and general housing cells equipped with audible emergency alarm systems and permanently installed telephones within the cell, shall comply with Section 1107.8.2.4.

1107.8.2.3 Dwelling units and sleeping units. Where dwelling units and sleeping units are altered or added, the requirements of Section 1107.8.2 shall apply only to the units being altered or added until the number of units with accessible communication features complies with the minimum number required for new construction.

1107.8.2.4 Notification devices. Visual notification devices shall be provided to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door knock or bell. Notification devices shall not be connected to visual alarm signal appliances. Permanently installed telephones shall have volume controls and an electrical outlet complying with ICC A117.1 located within 48 inches (1219 mm) of the telephone to facilitate the use of a TTY.

1107.8.3 Partitions. Solid partitions or security glazing that separates visitors from detainees in Group I-3 occupancies shall provide a method to facilitate voice communication. Such methods are permitted to include, but are not limited to, grilles, slats, talkthrough baffles, intercoms or telephone handset devices. The method of communication shall be accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs and individuals who have difficulty bending or stooping. Hand-operable communication devices, if provided, shall comply with Section 1111.3.

TABLE 1107.8.2.1

DWELLING OR SLEEPING UNITS WITH ACCESSIBLE COMMUNICATION FEATURES

TOTAL NUMBER OF DWELLING OR MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF DWELLING OR SLEEPING UNITS PROVIDED SLEEPING UNITS WITH ACCESSIBLE COMMUNICATION FEATURES

1 1

2 to 25 2

26 to 50 4

51 to 75 7

76 to 100 9

101 to 150 12

151 to 200 14

201 to 300 17

301 to 400 20

401 to 500 22

501 to 1,000 5% of total

1,001 and over 50 plus 3 for each 100 over 1,000

***

SECTION 1109

OTHER FEATURES AND FACILITIES

1109.1 General. Accessible building features and facilities shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1109.2 through 1109.14 1109.19.

Exception: Type A and Type B dwelling and sleeping units shall comply

with ICC A117.1.

***

1109.2.3 Portable toilets and bathing rooms. Where multiple single-user portable toilet or bathing units are clustered at a single location, at least 5 percent, but not less than one toilet unit or bathing unit at each cluster, shall comply with ICC A117.1. Signs containing the International Symbol of Accessibility and complying with ICC A117.1 shall identify accessible portable toilets and bathing units.

Exception: Portable toilet units provided for use exclusively by construction personnel on a construction site.

***

1109.6 Elevators. Passenger elevators on an accessible route shall be accessible and comply with Section 3001.3 ICC A117.1. Elevators required to be accessible shall be designed and constructed to comply with Chapter 296-96 of the Washington Administrative Code.

***

1109.9 Detectable warnings. Passenger transit platform edges bordering a drop-off and not protected by platform screens or guards shall have a detectable warning. Curb ramps shall have detectable warnings.

Exception: Detectable warnings are not required at bus stops.

***

1109.13.1 Operable window. Where operable windows are provided in rooms that are required to be accessible in accordance with Sections 1107.5.1.1, 1107.5.2.1, 1107.5.3.1, 1107.5.4, 1107.6.1.1, and 1107.6.2.2.1 and 1107.6.4.1, at least one window in each room shall be accessible and each required operable window shall be accessible.

Exception: Accessible windows are not required in bathrooms or kitchens.

1109.14 Recreational and sports facilities. Recreational and sports facilities shall be provided with accessible features in accordance with Sections 1109.14.1 through 1109.14.4.

1109.14.1 Facilities serving a single building. In Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies where recreational facilities are provided serving a single building containing Type A units or Type B units, 25 percent, but not less than one, of each type of recreational facility shall be accessible. Every recreational facility of each type on a site shall be considered to determine the total number of each type that is required to be accessible.

1109.14.2 Facilities serving multiple buildings. In Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies on a single site where multiple buildings containing Type A units or Type B units are served by recreational facilities, 25 percent, but not less than one, of each type of recreational facility serving each building shall be accessible. The total number of each type of recreational facility that is required to be accessible shall

be determined by considering every recreational facility of each type serving each building on the site.

1109.14.3 Other occupancies. All recreational and sports facilities not falling within the purview of Section 1109.14.1 or 1109.14.2 shall be accessible as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines.

***

1109.15 Laundry equipment. Where provided in spaces required to be accessible, washing machines and clothes dryers shall comply with this section.

1109.15.1 Washing machines. Where three or fewer washing machines are provided, at least one shall comply with ICC A117.1. Where more than three washing machines are provided, at least two shall comply with ICC A117.1.

1109.15.2 Clothes dryers. Where three or fewer clothes dryers are provided, at least one shall comply with ICC A117.1. Where more than three clothes dryers are provided, at least two shall comply with ICC A117.1.

1109.16 Depositories, vending machines, change machines and similar equipment. Where provided, at least one of each type of depository, vending machine, change machine and similar equipment shall comply with ICC A117.1.

Exception: Drive-up-only depositories are not required to comply with this section.

1109.17 Mailboxes. Where mailboxes are provided in an interior location, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of each type shall comply with ICC A117.1. In residential and institutional facilities, where mailboxes are provided for each dwelling unit or sleeping unit, mailboxes complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided for each unit required to be an Accessible unit.

1109.18 Automatic teller machines and fare machines. Where automatic teller machines or self-service fare vending, collection or adjustment machines are provided, at least one machine of each type at each location where such machines are provided shall be accessible. Where bins are provided for envelopes, wastepaper or other purposes, at least one of each type shall be accessible.

1109.19 Two-way communication systems. Where two-way communication systems are provided to gain admittance to a building or facility or to restricted areas within a building or facility, the system shall comply with ICC A117.1.

SECTION 1110

SIGNAGE

1110.1 Signs. Required accessible elements shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility at the following locations:

1. Accessible parking spaces required by Section 1106.1 except where the total number of parking spaces provided is four or less.

2. Accessible passenger loading zones.

3. Accessible areas of refuge required by Section 1007.6.

4. Accessible rooms where multiple single-user toilet or bathing rooms are clustered at a single location.

5. Accessible entrances where not all entrances are accessible.

6. Accessible check-out aisles where not all aisles are accessible. The sign, where provided, shall be above the check-out aisle in the same location as the check-out aisle number or type of check-out identification.

7. Unisex toilet and bathing rooms.

8. Accessible dressing, fitting and locker rooms where not all such rooms are accessible.

9. Required accessible portable toilets and bathing facilities.

***

1110.3 Other signs. Signage indicating special accessibility provisions shall be provided as shown:

1. Each assembly area required to comply with Section 1108.2.6 shall provide a sign notifying patrons of the availability of assistive listening systems.

Exception: Where ticket offices or windows are provided, signs are not required at each assembly area provided that signs are displayed at each ticket office or window informing patrons of the availability of assistive listening systems.

2. At each door to an egress stairway, exit passageway and exit discharge, signage shall be provided in accordance with Section 1011.3.

3. At areas of refuge, signage shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1007.6.3 through 1007.6.5.

4. At areas for assisted rescue, signage shall be provided in accordance with Section 1007.8.3.

5. At bus stops and terminals, signage shall be provided in accordance with Section 1112.4.

6. At fixed facilities and stations, signage shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1113.2.2 through 1113.2.2.3.

7. At airports, terminal information systems shall be provided in accordance with Section 1114.3.

1110.4 Designations. Interior and exterior signs identifying permanent rooms and spaces shall be tactile. Where pictograms are provided as designations of interior rooms and spaces, the pictograms shall have tactile text descriptors. Signs required to provide tactile characters and pictograms shall comply with ICC A117.1.

Exceptions:

1. Exterior signs that are not located at the door to the space they serve are not required to comply.

2. Building directories, menus, seat and row designations in assembly areas, occupant names, building addresses and company names and logos are not required to comply.

3. Signs in parking facilities are not required to comply.

4. Temporary (seven days or less) signs are not required to comply.

5. In detention and correctional facilities, signs not located in public areas are not required to comply.

1110.5 Directional and informational signs. Signs that provide direction to, or information about, permanent interior spaces of the site and facilities shall contain visual characters complying with ICC A117.1.

Exception: Building directories, personnel names, company or occupant names and logos, menus and temporary (seven days or less) signs are not required to comply with ICC A117.1.

SECTION 1111

TELEPHONES

1111.1 General. Where coin-operated public pay telephones, coinless public pay telephones, public closed-circuit telephones, courtesy phones or other types of public telephones are provided, accessible public telephones shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1111.2 through 1111.5 for each type of public telephone provided. For purposes of this section, a bank of telephones shall be considered two or more adjacent telephones.

1111.2 Wheelchair-accessible telephones. Where public telephones are provided, wheelchair-accessible telephones complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided in accordance with Table 1111.2.

Exception: Drive-up-only public telephones are not required to be accessible.

TABLE 1111.2

WHEELCHAIR-ACCESSIBLE TELEPHONES

NUMBER OF TELEPHONES PROVIDED MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF ON A FLOOR, LEVEL OR EXTERIOR WHEELCHAIR-ACCESSIBLE TELEPHONES SITE

1 or more single unit 1 per floor, level and exterior site

1 bank 1 per floor, level and exterior site

2 or more banks 1 per bank

1111.3 Volume controls. All public telephones provided shall have volume control complying with ICC A117.1.

1111.4 TTYs. TTYs complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1111.4.1 through 1111.4.9.

1111.4.1 Bank requirement. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided at a bank of telephones, at least one public TTY shall be provided at that bank.

Exception: TTYs are not required at banks of telephones located within 200 feet (60 960 mm) of, and on the same floor as, a bank containing a public TTY.

1111.4.2 Floor requirement. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided on a floor of a privately owned building, at least one public TTY shall be provided on that floor. Where at least one public pay telephone is provided on a floor of a publicly owned building, at least one public TTY shall be provided on that floor.

1111.4.3 Building requirement. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided in a privately owned building, at least one public TTY shall be provided in the building. Where at least one public pay telephone is provided in a publicly owned building, at least one public TTY shall be provided in the building.

1111.4.4 Site requirement. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided on a site, at least one public TTY shall be provided on the site.

1111.4.5 Rest stops, emergency road stops, and service plazas. Where a public pay telephone is provided at a public rest stop, emergency road stop or service plaza, at least one public TTY shall be provided.

1111.4.6 Hospitals. Where a public pay telephone is provided in or adjacent to a hospital emergency room, hospital recovery room or hospital waiting room, at least one public TTY shall be provided at each such location.

1111.4.7 Transportation facilities. Transportation facilities shall be provided with TTYs in accordance with Sections 1113.2.5 and 1114.2 in addition to the TTYs required by Sections 1111.4.1 through 1111.4.4.

1111.4.8 Detention and correctional facilities. In detention and correctional facilities, where a public pay telephone is provided in a secured area used only by detainees or inmates and security personnel, then at least one TTY shall be provided in at least one secured area.

1111.4.9 Signs. Public TTYs shall be identified by the International Symbol of TTY complying with ICC A117.1. Directional signs indicating the location of the nearest public TTY shall be provided at banks of public pay telephones not containing a public TTY. Additionally, where signs provide direction to public pay telephones, they shall also provide direction to public TTYs. Such signs shall comply with ICC A117.1 and shall include the International Symbol of TTY.

1111.5 Shelves for portable TTYs. Where a bank of telephones in the interior of a building consists of three or more public pay telephones, at least one public pay telephone at the bank shall be provided with a shelf and an electrical outlet in accordance with ICC A117.1.

Exceptions:

1. In secured areas of detention and correctional facilities, if shelves and outlets are prohibited for purposes of security or safety shelves and outlets for TTYs are not required to be provided.

2. The shelf and electrical outlet shall not be required at a bank of telephones with a TTY.

SECTION 1112

BUS STOPS

1112.1 General. Bus stops shall comply with Sections 1112.2 through 1112.5.

1112.2 Bus boarding and alighting areas. Bus boarding and alighting areas shall comply with Sections 1112.2.1 through 1112.2.4.

1112.2.1 Surface. Bus boarding and alighting areas shall have a firm, stable surface.

1112.2.2 Dimensions. Bus boarding and alighting areas shall have a clear length of 96 inches (2440 mm) minimum, measured perpendicular to the curb or vehicle roadway edge, and a clear width of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum, measured parallel to the vehicle roadway.

1112.2.3 Connection. Bus boarding and alighting areas shall be connected to streets, sidewalks or pedestrian paths by an accessible route complying with Section 1104.

1112.2.4 Slope. Parallel to the roadway, the slope of the bus boarding and alighting area shall be the same as the roadway, to the maximum extent practicable. For water drainage, a maximum slope of 1:48 perpendicular to the roadway is allowed.

1112.3 Bus shelters. Where provided, new or replaced bus shelters shall provide a minimum clear floor or ground space complying with ICC A117.1, Section 305, entirely within the shelter. Such shelters shall be connected by an accessible route to the boarding area required by Section 1112.2.

1112.4 Signs. New bus route identification signs shall have finish and contrast complying with ICC A117.1. Additionally, to the maximum extent practicable, new bus route identification signs shall provide visual characters complying with ICC A117.1.

Exception: Bus schedules, timetables and maps that are posted at the bus stop or bus bay are not required to meet this requirement.

1112.5 Bus stop siting. Bus stop sites shall be chosen such that, to the maximum extent practicable, the areas where lifts or ramps are to

be deployed comply with Sections 1112.2 and 1112.3.

SECTION 1113

TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES AND STATIONS

1113.1 General. Fixed transportation facilities and stations shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 1113.2.

1113.2 New construction. New stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity rail, high speed rail and other fixed guideway systems shall comply with Sections 1113.2.1 through 1113.2.8.

1113.2.1 Station entrances. Where different entrances to a station serve different transportation fixed routes or groups of fixed routes, at least one entrance serving each group or route shall comply with Section 1104 and ICC A117.1.

1113.2.2 Signs. Signage in fixed transportation facilities and stations shall comply with Sections 1113.2.2.1 through 1113.2.2.3.

1113.2.2.1 Tactile signs. Where signs are provided at entrances to stations identifying the station or the entrance, or both, at least one sign at each entrance shall be tactile. A minimum of one tactile sign identifying the specific station shall be provided on each platform or boarding area. Such signs shall be placed in uniform

locations at entrances and on platforms or boarding areas within the transit system to the maximum extent practicable. Tactile signs shall comply with ICC A117.1.

Exceptions:

1. Where the station has no defined entrance but signs are provided, the tactile signs shall be placed in a central location.

2. Signs are not required to be tactile where audible signs are remotely transmitted to hand-held receivers, or are user or proximity actuated.

1113.2.2.2 Identification signs. Stations covered by this section shall have identification signs containing visual characters complying with ICC A117.1. Signs shall be clearly visible and within the sightlines of a standing or sitting passenger from within the train on both sides when not obstructed by another train.

1113.2.2.3 Informational signs. Lists of stations, routes and destinations served by the station which are located on boarding areas, platforms or mezzanines shall provide visual characters complying with ICC A117.1 Signs covered by this provision shall, to the maximum extent practicable, be placed in uniform locations within the transit system.

1113.2.3 Fare machines. Self-service fare vending, collection and adjustment machines shall comply with ICC A117.1, Section 707. Where self-service fare vending, collection or adjustment machines are provided for the use of the general public, at least one accessible machine of each type provided shall be provided at each accessible point of entry and exit.

1113.2.4 Rail-to-platform height. Station platforms shall be positioned to coordinate with vehicles in accordance with the applicable provisions of 36 CFR, Part 1192. Low-level platforms shall be 8 inches (250 mm) minimum above top of rail.

Exception: Where vehicles are boarded from sidewalks or street level, low-level platforms shall be permitted to be less than 8 inches (250 mm).

1113.2.5 TTYs. Where a public pay telephone is provided in a transit facility (as defined by the Department of Transportation) at least one public TTY complying with ICC A117.1, Section 704.4, shall be provided in the station. In addition, where one or more public pay telephones serve a particular entrance to a transportation facility, at least one TTY telephone complying with ICC A117.1, Section 704.4, shall be provided to serve that entrance.

1113.2.6 Track crossings. Where a circulation path serving boarding platforms crosses tracks, an accessible route complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided.

Exception: Openings for wheel flanges shall be permitted to be 21/2 inches (64 mm) maximum.

1113.2.7 Public address systems. Where public address systems convey audible information to the public, the same or equivalent information shall be provided in a visual format.

1113.2.8 Clocks. Where clocks are provided for use by the general public, the clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible. Hands, numerals and digits shall contrast with the background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. Where clocks are mounted overhead, numerals and digits shall comply with ICC A117.1, Section 703.2.

SECTION 1114

AIRPORTS

1114.1 New construction. New construction of airports shall comply with Sections 1114.2 through 1114.4.

1114.2 TTYs. Where public pay telephones are provided, at least one TTY shall be provided in compliance with ICC A117.1, Section 704.4. Additionally, if four or more public pay telephones are located in a main terminal outside the security areas, a concourse within the security areas or a baggage claim area in a terminal, at least one public TTY complying with ICC A117.1, Section 704.4, shall also be provided in each such location.

1114.3 Terminal information systems. Where terminal information systems convey audible information to the public, the same or equivalent information shall be provided in a visual format.

1114.4 Clocks. Where clocks are provided for use by the general public, the clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are

clearly visible. Hands, numerals and digits shall contrast with their background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. Where clocks are mounted overhead, numerals and digits shall comply with ICC A117.1, Section 703.2.

Section 13. The following sections of Chapter 12 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 1203

VENTILATION

1203.1 General. Buildings shall be provided with natural ventilation in accordance with Section 1203.4, or mechanical ventilation in accordance Section 401.2 of with the International Mechanical Code.

***

1203.3 Under-floor ventilation. The space between the bottom of the floor joists and the earth under any building except spaces occupied by a basement or cellar shall be provided with ventilation openings through foundation walls or exterior walls. Such openings shall be placed so as to provide cross ventilation of the under-floor space.

1203.3.1 Openings for under-floor ventilation. The minimum net area of ventilation openings shall not be less than 1 square foot for each 150 square feet (0.67 m2 for each 100 m2) of crawl-space area. Ventilation openings shall be covered for their height and width with any of the following materials, provided that the least dimension of the covering shall not exceed 1/4 inch (6 mm):

1. Perforated sheet metal plates not less than 0.070 inch (1.8 mm) thick.

2. Expanded sheet metal plates not less than 0.047 inch (1.2 mm) thick.

3. Cast-iron grilles or gratings.

4. Extruded load-bearing vents.

5. Hardware cloth of 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire or heavier.

6. Corrosion-resistant wire mesh, with the least dimension not exceeding 1/8 inch (3.2 mm).

1203.3.2 Exceptions. The following are exceptions to Sections 1203.3 and 1203.3.1:

1. Where warranted by climatic conditions, ventilation openings to the outdoors are not required if ventilation openings to the interior

are provided.

2. The total area of ventilation openings is permitted to be reduced to 1/1,500 of the under-floor area where the ground surface is treated with an approved vapor retarder material and the required openings are placed so as to provide cross ventilation of the space. The installation of operable louvers shall not be prohibited.

3. Ventilation openings are not required where continuously operated

mechanical ventilation is provided at a rate of 1.0 cubic foot per minute (cfm) for each 50 square feet (1.02 L/s for each 10 m2) of crawl-space floor area and the ground surface is covered with an approved vapor retarder.

4. Ventilation openings are not required when the ground surface is covered with an approved vapor retarder, the perimeter walls are insulated and the space is conditioned in accordance with the International Energy Conservation Code Washington State Energy Code with Seattle Amendments.

5. For buildings in flood hazard areas as established in Section 1612.3, the openings for under-floor ventilation shall be deemed as meeting the flood opening requirements of ASCE 24 provided that the ventilation openings are designed and installed in accordance with ASCE 24.

1203.4 Natural ventilation. For other than Group R occupancies, Natural natural ventilation of an occupied space shall be through windows, doors, louvers or other openings to the outdoors. The operating mechanism for such openings shall be provided with ready access so that the openings are readily controllable by the building occupants. All Group R occupancies shall comply with the International Mechanical Code.

***

SECTION 1204

TEMPERATURE CONTROL

1204.1 Equipment and systems. Interior spaces intended for human occupancy shall be provided with active or passive space-heating systems capable of maintaining a minimum an average indoor temperature of 68 degrees F (20 degrees C) at a point 3 feet (914 mm) above the floor on the design heating day when the outside temperature is 24?F.

Exceptions:

1. Interior spaces where the primary purpose is not associated with human comfort.

[W] 2. Group R-1 occupancies not more than 500 square feet (139 m2).

See the Washington State Energy Code with Seattle Amendments and International Mechanical Code for further requirements for heating systems.

[W] 1204.2 Use of solid-fuel-burning devices.

1204.2.1 Definitions. For the purposes of this section only, the following definitions apply.

DESIGNATED AREAS. Those areas designated by a county to be an urban growth area in Chapter 36.70A RCW and those areas designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as being in nonattainment for particulate matter.

SUBSTANTIALLY REMODELED. Any alteration or restoration of a building exceeding 60 percent of the appraised value of such building within a 12-month period. For the purpose of this section, the appraised value is the estimated cost to replace the building and structure in kind, based on current replacement costs.

1204.2.2 Primary heating source. Primary heating sources in all new and substantially remodeled buildings in designated areas shall not be dependent upon wood stoves.

1204.2.3 Solid fuel burning devices. No used solid fuel burning device shall be installed in new or existing buildings unless such device is United States Environmental Protection Agency certified or a pellet stove either certified or exempt from certification by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

Exception: Antique wood cook stoves and heaters manufactured prior to 1940.

SECTION 1205

LIGHTING

***

1205.4 Stairway illumination. Stairways within dwelling units and exterior stairways serving a dwelling unit shall have an illumination level on tread runs of not less than 1 foot-candle (11 lux). Stairs in other occupancies shall be governed by Chapter 10.

1205.4.1 Controls. The control for activation of the required stairway lighting shall be in accordance with the ICC Seattle Electrical Code and Washington State Energy Code with Seattle Amendments.

***

SECTION 1206

YARDS OR COURTS

***

1206.3.3 Court drainage. The bottom of every court shall be properly graded and drained to a public sewer or other approved disposal system complying with the International Uniform Plumbing Code.

SECTION 1207

SOUND TRANSMISSION

***

1207.2 Air-borne sound. Walls, partitions and floor/ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units from each other or from public or service areas shall have a sound transmission class (STC) of not less than 50 (45 if field tested) for air-borne noise when tested in accordance with ASTM E 90. Penetrations or openings in construction assemblies for piping; electrical devices; recessed cabinets; bathtubs; soffits; or heating, ventilating or exhaust ducts shall be sealed, lined, insulated or otherwise treated to maintain the required ratings. This requirement shall not apply to dwelling unit entrance doors; however, such doors shall be tight fitting to the frame and sill.

Exception: Dwelling unit or guest room entrance doors from interior corridors and interconnecting doors between separate units shall have perimeter seals and such door assemblies shall have a sound transmission class (STC) rating of not less than 28.

1207.3 Structure-borne sound. Floor/ceiling assemblies between dwelling units or between a dwelling unit and a public or service area within the structure shall have an impact insulation class (IIC) rating of not less than 50 (45 if field tested) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 492.

Exception: Floor assemblies in the bathrooms of Group R-1 occupancies are not required to meet the impact insulation class of 50 where structural concrete floor systems are used.

Joints in the perimeter of the separating wall or floor-ceiling assemblies shall be acoustically sealed with a permanent resilient material approved for the purpose. The separating wall or floorceiling assembly shall extend completely to and be sealed to another separating assembly or an exterior wall, roof or floor assembly.

Conduits, ducts, pipes and vents within the wall or floor-ceiling assemblies causing vibration shall be reasonably isolated from the building construction at points of support by means of resilient sleeves, mounts or underlayments. All other openings through which such conduits, ducts, pipes or vents pass shall have the excess opening fully sealed with insulative and permanently resilient materials approved for the purpose.

Electrical outlet boxes shall not be placed back-to-back and shall be offset by not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from outlets in the opposite wall surface. The back and sides of boxes shall be sealed with one-eighth-inch resilient sealant and backed by a minimum of 2inch (51 mm) thick material fiber insulation or approved equivalent.

Metal ventilating and conditioned air ducts which pass between dwelling units shall be fabricated and installed to maintain required sound transmission ratings.

1207.4 Tested assemblies. Fieldor laboratory-tested wall or floor-ceiling designs having an STC or IIC of 50 or more are permitted to be used without additional field testing when, in the opinion of the building official, the tested design has not been compromised by flanking paths. The building official is permitted to require tests when evidence of compromised separations is noted.

1207.5 Field testing and certification. Field testing, when permitted to determine airborne sound transmission or impact sound insulation class, shall be done in accordance with ASTM E 336 or ASTM E 492 under the supervision of an acoustical professional who is experienced in the field of acoustical testing and engineering and who shall forward certified test results to the building official that minimum sound insulation requirements stated above have been met.

1207.6 Mechanical equipment spaces. Spaces or shafts containing air conditioning, refrigeration or ventilating equipment, elevator machinery, or other mechanical equipment shall be separated both vertically and horizontally from adjoining dwelling units or guest rooms by construction designed to provide a minimum STC rating of 50.

1207.7 Sound transmission control systems. Generic systems as listed in GA 600-00 shall be accepted where a laboratory test indicates that the requirements of Section 1207 are met by the system.

Note: Design and materials for sound transmission control shall not impair the fire-resistive integrity of separating walls or floorceiling assemblies required to be of fire-resistive construction.

SECTION 1208

INTERIOR SPACE DIMENSIONS

***

1208.2 Minimum ceiling heights. Occupiable spaces, habitable spaces and corridors shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet 6 inches (2286 mm). Bathrooms, toilet rooms, kitchens, storage rooms and laundry rooms shall be permitted to have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm).

Exceptions:

1. In oneand two-family dwellings dwelling units, beams or girders spaced not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center and projecting not more than 6 inches (152 mm) below the required ceiling height.

Interpretation I1208.2: Ducts and architectural features such as soffits and coved ceilings are permitted to project not more than 6 inches (153 mm) below the required ceiling height allowed for beams and girders.

2. If any room in a building has a sloped ceiling, the prescribed ceiling height for the room is required in one-half the area thereof. Any portion of the room measuring less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the finished floor to the ceiling shall not be included in any computation of the minimum area thereof.

3. Mezzanines constructed in accordance with Section 505.1.

4. Group R occupancies are permitted to have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm).

Notwithstanding the exceptions to Section 1208.2, protuding objects in circulation routes in spaces required to be accessible shall comply with Chapter 11 and ANSI A117.1 Section 307.

1208.2.1 Furred ceiling. Any room with a furred ceiling shall be required to have the minimum ceiling height in two-thirds of the area thereof, but in no case shall the height of the furred ceiling be less than 7 feet (2134 mm).

***

1208.4 Efficiency dwelling units. An efficiency living unit shall conform to the requirements of the code except as modified herein:

1. The unit shall have a living room of not less than 220 square feet (20.4 m2) of floor area. An additional 100 square feet (9.3 m2) of floor area shall be provided for each occupant of such unit in excess of two.

Interpretation I1208.4: The required square footage shall not include built-in equipment that extends from floor to ceiling such as wardrobes, cabinets, kitchen units or fixtures.

2. The unit shall be provided with a separate closet.

3. The unit shall be provided with a kitchen sink, cooking appliance and refrigeration facilities, each having a clear working space of not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in front. Light and ventilation conforming to this code shall be provided.

4. The unit shall be provided with a separate bathroom containing a water closet, lavatory and bathtub or shower.

***

SECTION 1210

SURROUNDING MATERIALS

***

[W] 1210.5 Toilet rooms. Toilet rooms shall not open directly into a room used for the preparation of food for service to the public. See Section 2902.2.1.1.

Section 14. The following section of Chapter 13 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, is amended as follows:

SECTION 1301

GENERAL

1301.1 Scope. This chapter governs the design and construction of buildings for energy efficiency.

1301.1.1 Criteria. Buildings shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the International Energy Conservation Code Washington State Energy Code with Seattle Amendments.

***

Section 15. The following sections of Chapter 14 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 1403

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

***

1403.2 Weather protection. Exterior walls shall provide the building with a weather-resistant exterior wall envelope. The exterior wall envelope shall include flashing, as described in Section 1405.3. The exterior wall envelope shall be designed and constructed in such a manner as to prevent the accumulation of water within the wall assembly by providing a water-resistive barrier behind the exterior veneer, as described in Section 1404.2, and a means for draining water that enters the assembly to the exterior. Protection against condensation in the exterior wall assembly shall be provided in accordance with the International Energy Conservation Code Washington State Energy Code with Seattle Amendments.

Exceptions:

1. A weather-resistant exterior wall envelope shall not be required over concrete or masonry walls designed in accordance with Chapters 19 and 21, respectively.

2. Compliance with the requirements for a means of drainage, and the requirements of Sections 1404.2 and 1405.3, shall not be required for an exterior wall envelope that has been demonstrated through testing to resist wind-driven rain, including joints, penetrations and intersections with dissimilar materials, in accordance with ASTM E 331 under the following conditions:

2.1. Exterior wall envelope test assemblies shall include at least one opening, one control joint, one wall/eave interface and one wall sill. All tested openings and penetrations shall be representative of the intended end-use configuration.

2.2. Exterior wall envelope test assemblies shall be at least 4 feet by 8 feet (1219 mm by 2438 mm) in size.

2.3. Exterior wall envelope assemblies shall be tested at a minimum differential pressure of 6.24 pounds per square foot (psf) (0.297 kN/m2).

2.4. Exterior wall envelope assemblies shall be subjected to a minimum test exposure duration of 2 hours.

The exterior wall envelope design shall be considered to resist wind-driven rain where the results of testing indicate that water did not penetrate control joints in the exterior wall envelope, joints at the perimeter of openings or intersections of terminations with dissimilar materials.

***

SECTION 1405

INSTALLATION OF WALL COVERINGS

***

[W] 1405.5.2 Seismic requirements. Anchored masonry veneer located in Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F shall conform to the requirements of Section 6.2.2.10, except Section 6.2.2.10.3.2 of ACI 530/ ASCE5/ TMS 402. Anchored masonry veneer located in Seismic Design Category D shall conform to the requirements for Seismic Design Category E or F.

***

1405.10.4 Grounding. Grounding of metal veneers on buildings shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 27 of this code or the ICC Seattle Electrical Code.

***

Section 16. The following sections of Chapter 15 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 1503

WEATHER PROTECTION

***

[P] 1503.4 Roof drainage. Design and installation of roof drainage systems shall comply with the International Uniform Plumbing Code.

1503.4.1 Gutters. Gutters and leaders placed on the outside of buildings, other than Group R-3, private garages and buildings of Type V construction, shall be of noncombustible material or a minimum of Schedule 40 plastic pipe.

***

SECTION 1505

FIRE CLASSIFICATION

1505.1 General. Roof assemblies shall be divided into the classes defined below. Class A, B and C roof assemblies and roof coverings required to be listed by this section shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 108 or UL 790. In addition, fire-retardant-treated wood roof coverings shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 2898. The minimum roof coverings installed on buildings shall comply with Table 1505.1 based on the type of construction of the building.

Exception: Skylights and sloped glazing that comply with Chapter 24 or Section 2610.

TABLE 1505.1^a,^b

MINIMUM ROOF COVERING CLASSIFICATION

FOR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

IA IB IIA IIB IIIA IIIB IV VA VB

B B B C^c B C^c B B C^c

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2.

a. Unless otherwise required in accordance with the International Wildland-Urban Interface Code or due to the location of the building within a fire district in accordance with Appendix D.

b. Nonclassified roof coverings shall be permitted on buildings of Group R-3 and Group U occupancies, where there is a minimum fireseparation distance of 6 feet measured from the leading edge of the roof.

c. Buildings that are not more than two stories in height and having not more than 6,000 square feet of projected roof area and where there is a minimum 10-foot fire-separation distance from the leading edge of the roof to a lot line on all sides of the building, except for street fronts or public ways, shall be permitted to have roofs of

No. 1 cedar or redwood shakes and No. 1 shingles.

***

Section. 17. The following sections of Chapter 16 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 1602

DEFINITIONS AND NOTATIONS

1602.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this chapter, have the meanings shown herein.

***

[W] BALCONY, EXTERIOR. An exterior floor projecting from and supported by a structure without additional independent supports.

***

[W] DECK. An exterior floor supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjacent structure, and/or posts, piers or other independent supports.

***

SECTION 1603

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

1603.1 General. Construction documents shall show the size, section and relative locations of structural members with floor levels, column centers and offsets dimensioned. The design loads and other information pertinent to the structural design required by Sections 1603.1.1 through 1603.1.8 shall be indicated on the construction documents.

Exception: Construction documents for buildings constructed in accordance with the conventional light-frame construction provisions of Section 2308 shall indicate the following structural design information:

1. Floor and roof live loads.

2. Ground snow load,Pg.

3. Basic wind speed (3-second gust), miles per hour (mph) (km/hr) and wind exposure.

4. Seismic design category and site class.

5. Flood design data, if located in flood hazard areas established in Section 1612.3.

1603.1.1 Floor live load. The uniformly distributed, concentrated and impact floor live load used in the design shall be indicated for floor areas. Use of live load reduction in accordance with Section 1607.9 shall be indicated for each type of live load used in the design.

1603.1.2 Roof live load. The roof live load used in the design shall be indicated for roof areas (Section 1607.11).

1603.1.3 Roof snow load. The ground snow load, Pg, shall be indicated. In areas where the ground snow load, Pg, exceeds 10 pounds per square foot (psf) (0.479 kN/m2), the following additional information shall also be provided, regardless of whether snow loads govern the design of the roof:

1. Flat-roof snow load, Pf.

2. Snow exposure factor, Ce.

3. Snow load importance factor, I.

4. Thermal factor, Ct.

***

1603.3 Live loads posted. Where the live loads for which each floor or portion thereof of a commercial or industrial building is or has been designed to exceed 50 125 psf (2.40 kN/m2) and for all warehouse and storage areas, such design live loads shall be conspicuously posted by the owner in that part of each story in which they apply, using durable signs. It shall be unlawful to remove or deface such notices.

***

SECTION 1605

LOAD COMBINATIONS

1605.1 General. Buildings and other structures and portions thereof shall be designed to resist the load combinations specified in Section 1605.2 or 1605.3 and Chapters 18 through 23, and the special seismic load combinations of Section 1605.4 where required by Section 12.3.3.3 or 12.10.2.1 of ASCE 7. Applicable loads shall be considered, including both earthquake and wind, in accordance with the specified load combinations. Each load combination shall also be investigated with one or more of the variable loads set to zero.

Interpretation I1605: The lateral pressure on basement and retaining walls due to earthquake motions, as required in Section 1802.2.7, is permitted to be considered as an earthquake load E for the purposes of use in load combinations.

* * *

SECTION 1607

LIVE LOADS

* * *

TABLE 1607.1

MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS AND MINIMUM CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADS^g

OCCUPANCY OR USE UNIFORM CONCENTRATED (psf) (lbs.)

1. Apartments (see residential) -

2. Access floor systems 50 2,000 Office use 100 2,000 Computer use

3. Armories and drill rooms 150 -

4. Assembly areas and theaters 60 Fixed seats (fastened to floor) 50 Follow spot, projections and 100 control rooms 100 Lobbies 125 Movable seats Stages and platforms

[W] 5. ((Balconies 100 On oneand two-family residences 60 only, and not exceeding 100 sq ft))Reserved

6. Bowling alleys 75 -

7. Catwalks 40 300

8. Dance halls and ballrooms 100 -

[W] 9. Decks and balconies Same as occupancy served^h

10. Dining rooms and restaurants 100 -

11. Dwellings (see residential) -

12. Canopies^g and Cornices 60 -

13. Corridors, except as 100 otherwise indicated

14. Elevator machine room grating 300 (on area of 4 in2)

15. Finish light floor late 200 construction (on area of 1 in2)

16. Fire escapes 100 On single-family dwellings only 40

17. Garages (passenger vehicles 40 Note a only) See Section 1607.6 Trucks and buses

18. Grandstands (see stadium and arena bleachers)

19. Gymnasiums, main floors and 100 Balconies

20. Handrails, guards and grab See Section 1607.7 bars

21. Hospitals 80 1,000 Corridors above first floor 60 1,000 Operating rooms, laboratories 40 1,000 Patient rooms

22. Hotels (see residential) -

23. Libraries 80 1,000 Corridors above first floor

Reading rooms 60 1,000

Stack rooms 150^b 1,000

24. Manufacturing 250 3,000 Heavy Light 125 2,000

((25. Marquees 75 -

26. Office buildings 80 2,000 Corridors above first floor

File and computer rooms shall be designed for heavier loads based on anticipated occupancy 100 2,000 Lobbies and first-floor corridors

Offices 50 2,000

27. Penal institutions 40 Cell blocks

Corridors 100

[W] 28. Residential Oneand two-family dwellings

Uninhabitable attics without 10 storageⁱ

Uninhabitable attics with limited 20 storage^{i, j, k}

Habitable attics and sleeping 30 areas

All other areas ((except 40 balconies and decks))

Hotels and multiple-family dwellings

Private rooms and corridors 40 serving them

Public rooms and corridors 100 serving them

29. Reviewing stands, grandstands Note c and Bleachers

30. Roofs 300 All roof surfaces subject to maintenance workers 5 Awnings and canopies Fabric construction supported by a lightweight rigid skeleton nonreduceable structure

All other construction 20

Ordinary flat, pitched, and 20 curved roofs

Primary roof members, exposed to 2,000 a work floor Single panel point of lower chord of roof trusses or any point along primary structural members supporting roofs: Over manufacturing, storage warehouses, and repair garages

All other occupancies 300

Roofs used for other special Note 1 Note 1 purposes

Roofs used for promenade purposes 60

Roofs used for roof gardens or 100

assembly purposes

31. Schools 40 1,000 Classrooms 80 1,000 Corridors above first floor 100 1,000 First-floor corridors

32. Scuttles, skylight ribs and 200 accessible Ceilings

33. Sidewalks, vehicular 250^d 8,000^e driveways and yards, subject to trucking

34. Skating rinks 100 -

35. Stadiums and arenas 100^c Bleachers 60^c Fixed seats (fastened to floor)

36. Stairs and exits 40 Note f Oneand two-family dwellings 100 All other

37. Storage warehouses (shall be 250 designed 125 for heavier loads if required for anticipated storage) Heavy Light

38. Stores 100 1,000 Retail 75 1,000 First floor 125 1,000 Upper floors Wholesale, all floors

39. Vehicle barriers See Section 1607.7.3

40. Walkways and elevated 60 platforms (other than exitways)

41. Yards and terraces, 100 pedestrians

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 mm2, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kN/m2, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16 kg/m3

a. Floors in garages or portions of buildings used for the storage of motor vehicles shall be designed for the uniformly distributed live loads of Table 1607.1 or the following concentrated loads: (1) for garages restricted to vehicles accommodating not more than nine passengers, 3,000 pounds acting on an area of 4.5 inches by 4.5 inches; (2) for mechanical parking structures without slab or deck which are used for storing passenger vehicles only, 2,250 pounds per wheel.

b. The loading applies to stack room floors that support nonmobile, double-faced library bookstacks, subject to the following limitations:

1. The nominal bookstack unit height shall not exceed 90 inches;

2. The nominal shelf depth shall not exceed 12 inches for each face; and

3. Parallel rows of double-faced bookstacks shall be separated by aisles not less than 36 inches wide.

c. Design in accordance with the ICC Standard on Bleachers, Folding and Telescopic Seating and Grandstands.

d. Other uniform loads in accordance with an approved method which contains provisions for truck loadings shall also be considered where appropriate.

e. The concentrated wheel load shall be applied on an area of 20 square inches.

f. Minimum concentrated load on stair treads (on area of 4 square inches) is 300 pounds.

g. Where snow loads occur that are in excess of the design conditions, the structure shall be designed to support the loads due to the increased loads caused by drift buildup or a greater snow design determined by the building official (see Section 1608). For special-purpose roofs, see Section 1607.11.2.2.

This loading condition need only be considered for canopies that meet all of the following conditions.

The upper surface is sloped less than 30 degrees from horizontal; and

The canopy is located adjacent to a right of way or assembly area; and

The canopy is located less than 10 feet above the ground at all points, or less than 10 feet below an adjacent roof, or less than 10 feet from operable openings above or adjacent to the level of the canopy.

For other canopies, roof loads as specified in this Chapter shall be applied. Canopy is defined in Section 3105.2.

h. See Section 1604.8.3 for decks attached to exterior walls.

i. Attics without storage are those where the maximum clear height between the joist and rafter is less than 42 inches, or where there are not two or more adjacent trusses with the same web configuration capable of containing a rectangle 42 inches high by 2 feet wide, or greater, located within the plane of the truss. For attics without storage, this live load need not be assumed to act concurrently with any other live load requirements.

j. For attics with limited storage and constructed with trusses, this live load need only be applied to those portions of the bottom chord where there are two or more adjacent trusses with the same web configuration capable of containing a rectangle 42 inches high by 2 feet wide or greater, located within the plane of the truss. The

rectangle shall fit between the top of the bottom chord and the bottom of any other truss member, provided that each of the following criteria is met:

i. The attic area is accessible by a pull-down stairway or framed opening in accordance with Section 1209.2, and

ii. The truss shall have a bottom chord pitch less than 2:12.

iii. Bottom chords of trusses shall be designed for the greater of actual imposed dead load or 10 psf, uniformly distributed over the entire span.

k. Attic spaces served by a fixed stair shall be designed to support the minimum live load specified for habitable attics and sleeping rooms.

l. Roofs used for other special purposes shall be designed for appropriate loads as approved by the building official.

***

1607.11 Roof loads. The structural supports of roofs and marquees canopies shall be designed to resist wind and, where applicable, snow and earthquake loads, in addition to the dead load of construction and the appropriate live loads as prescribed in this section, or as set forth in Table 1607.1. The live loads acting on a sloping surface shall be assumed to act vertically on the

horizontal projection of that surface.

1607.11.1 Distribution of roof loads. Where uniform roof live loads are reduced to less than 20 psf (0.96 kN/m2) in accordance with Section 1607.11.2.1 and are involved in the design of structural members arranged so as to create continuity, the minimum applied loads shall be the full dead loads on all spans in combination with the roof live loads on adjacent spans or on alternate spans, whichever produces the greatest effect. See Section 1607.11.2 for minimum roof live loads and Section 7.5 of ASCE 7 for partial snow loading.

1607.11.2 Reduction in roof live loads. The minimum uniformly distributed roof live loads, Lo, in Table 1607.1 are permitted to be reduced according to the following provisions.

1607.11.2.1 Flat, pitched and curved roofs. Ordinary flat, pitched and curved roofs are permitted to be designed for a reduced roof live load as specified in the following equation or other controlling combinations of loads in Section 1605, whichever produces the greater load. In structures where special scaffolding is used as a work surface for workers and materials during maintenance and repair operations, a lower roof load than specified in the following equation shall not be used unless approved by the building official. Greenhouses shall be designed for a minimum roof live load of 12 psf (0.58 kN/m2).

Lr = Lo R1R2 (Equation 16-27)

where: 12 <= Lr <= 20

For SI: Lr = Lo R1R2

where: 0.58 <= Lr <= 0.96

Lr = Reduced live load per square foot (m2) of horizontal projection in pounds per square foot (kN/m2).

The reduction factors R1 and R2 shall be determined as follows:

R1 = 1 for At <= 200 square feet

(18.58 m2) (Equation 16-28)

R1 = 1.2 0.001At for 200 square

feet < At < 600 square feet (Equation 16-29)

For SI: 1.2 0.011At for 18.58 square meters < At < 55.74 square meters

R1 = 0.6 for At > 600 square feet

(55.74 m2) (Equation 16-30)

where:

At = Tributary area (span length multiplied by effective width) in square feet (m2) supported by any structural member, and

R2 = 1 for F <= 4 (Equation 16-31)

R2 = 1.2 0.05 F for 4 < F < 12 (Equation 16-32)

R2 = 0.6 for F > 12 (Equation 16-33)

where:

F = For a sloped roof, the number of inches of rise per foot (for SI: F = 0.12 x slope, with slope expressed as a percentage), or for an arch or dome, the rise-to-span ratio multiplied by 32.

1607.11.2.2 Special-purpose roofs. Roofs used for promenade purposes, roof gardens, assembly purposes or other special purposes shall be designed for a minimum live load as required in Table 1607.1. Such roof live loads are permitted to be reduced in accordance with 1607.9 for other than roofs used for assembly purposes.

1607.11.2.3 Landscaped roofs. Where roofs are to be landscaped, the uniform design live load in the landscaped area shall be 20 psf (0.958 kN/m2). The weight of the landscaping materials shall be considered as dead load and shall be computed on the basis of saturation of the soil.

1607.11.2.4 Awnings and canopies. Awnings and canopies shall be designed for uniform live loads as required in Table 1607.1 as well as for snow loads and wind loads as specified in Sections 1608 and 1609.

***

SECTION 1608

SNOW LOADS

1608.1 General. Design snow loads shall be determined in accordance

with Chapter 7 of ASCE 7, but the design roof load shall not be less than that determined by Section 1607. Roofs shall be designed to 25 psf.

***

SECTION 1609

WIND LOADS

1609.1 Applications. Buildings, structures and parts thereof shall be designed to withstand the minimum wind loads prescribed herein. Decreases in wind loads shall not be made for the effect of shielding by other structures.

1609.1.1 Determination of wind loads. Wind loads on every building or structure shall be determined in accordance with Chapter 6 of ASCE 7. The type of opening protection required, the basic wind speed and the exposure category for a site is permitted to be determined in accordance with Section 1609 or ASCE 7.Wind shall be assumed to come from any horizontal direction and wind pressures shall be assumed to act normal to the surface considered.

Exceptions:

1. Subject to the limitations of Section 1609.1.1.1, the provisions of SBCCI SSTD 10 shall be permitted for applicable Group R-2 and R-3 buildings.

2. Subject to the limitations of Section 1609.1.1.1, residential structures using the provisions of the AF&PA WFCM.

3. Designs using NAAMM FP 1001.

4. Designs using TIA/EIA-222 for antenna-supporting structures and antennas.

5. Designs using SEAW RSM-03 Structural Engineers Association of Washington Rapid Solution Methodology, Handbook for Wind Design.

***

SECTION 1613

EARTHQUAKE LOADS

1613.1 Scope. Every structure, and portion thereof, including nonstructural components that are permanently attached to structures and their supports and attachments, shall be designed and constructed to resist the effects of earthquake motions in accordance with ASCE 7, excluding Chapter 14 and Appendix 11A. The seismic design category for a structure is permitted to be determined in accordance with Section 1613 or ASCE 7.

Exceptions:

1. Detached oneand two-family dwellings, assigned to Seismic Design Category A, B or C, or located where the mapped short-period spectral response acceleration, SS, is less than 0.4 g.

2. The seismic-force-resisting system of wood-frame buildings that conform to the provisions of Section 2308 are not required to be analyzed as specified in this section.

3. Agricultural storage structures intended only for incidental human occupancy.

4. Structures that require special consideration of their response characteristics and environment that are not addressed by this code or ASCE 7 and for which other regulations provide seismic criteria, such as vehicular bridges, electrical transmission towers, hydraulic structures, buried utility lines and their appurtenances and nuclear reactors.

1613.1.1 Predesign Conference. At least 60 days prior to application, the applicant shall arrange a predesign conference with the structural engineer of record and the building official to review the proposed building structural system when it is not defined in

Table 12.2-1 in ASCE 7 or when an alternate procedure is used under the provisions in Section 104.14 or 104.15. The purpose of the meeting is to obtain conceptual approval from the building official of the proposed structural system and to allow for design based upon the latest state of the art.

***

1613.7 Modification of ASCE 7. ASCE 7-05 including Supplement #1 is modified according to this section.

1613.7.1 The following equations found in Section 12.8 and Section 15.4 expressing limitations for the seismic response coefficient CS are defined as follows:

Equation 12.8-5 CS = 0.044S_DSI >= 0.01

Equation 15.4-1 CS = 0.044S_DSI >= 0.03

Equation 15.4-3 CS = 0.044S_DSI >= 0.01

Section 18. The following sections of Chapter 17 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 1702

DEFINITIONS

1702.1 General. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein.

***

[W] SMALL BUSINESS. Any business entity (including a sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership or other legal entity) which is owned and operated independently from all other businesses, which has the purpose of making a profit, and which has fifty or fewer employees, or which has a million dollars or less per year in gross sales, of window and door products.

***

SECTION 1703

APPROVALS

1703.1 Approved agency. Whenever tests or certification of any material or fabricated assembly are required by this code, the tests or certification shall be made by an agency approved by the building official to conduct the tests or provide the certification. The building official is authorized to establish rules and regulations setting forth conditions and provisions for approval of agencies and for the conduct of any agency so approved. An approved agency shall provide all information as necessary for the building official to determine that the agency meets the applicable requirements. The building official is authorized to suspend or revoke approval of an agency upon evidence of failure of the agency to properly conduct any test, certify any material, or to perform any inspection in a manner required by this code pursuant to Section 1703.9.

1703.1.1 Independent. An approved agency shall be objective and competent. The agency shall also disclose possible conflicts of interest so that objectivity can be confirmed.

1703.1.2 Equipment. An approved agency shall have adequate equipment to perform required tests. The equipment shall be periodically calibrated.

1703.1.3 Personnel. An approved agency shall employ experienced personnel educated in conducting, supervising and evaluating tests and/or inspections. Unless otherwise approved by the building official, all special inspectors shall be registered with the Washington Association of Building Officials. A registered civil or structural engineer or registered architect is permitted to serve as a special inspector when approved by the building official.

1703.1.4 Approval of tests and inspections. Special inspectors and inspection and testing agencies shall not conduct any inspections or tests until the building official has authorized the inspection or test in writing. The special inspectors or inspection/testing agency approved by the building official shall not be changed without obtaining prior approval of the registered design professional in responsible charge or the owner, and the building official.

1703.2 Written approval. Any material, appliance, equipment, system or method of construction meeting the requirements of this code shall be approved in writing after satisfactory completion of the required tests and submission of required test reports.

1703.3 Approved record. For any material, appliance, equipment, system or method of construction that has been approved, a record of such approval, including the conditions and limitations of the approval, shall be kept on file in the building official's office and shall be open to public inspection at appropriate times.

1703.4 Performance. Specific information consisting of test reports conducted by an approved testing agency in accordance with standards referenced in Chapter 35, or other such information as necessary, shall be provided for the building official to determine that the material meets the applicable code requirements.

1703.4.1 Research and investigation. Sufficient If approved by the building official, sufficient technical data shall be submitted to the building official to substantiate the proposed use of any material or assembly. If it is determined that the evidence submitted is satisfactory proof of performance for the use intended, the building official shall approve the use of the material or assembly subject to the requirements of this code. The costs, reports and investigations required under these provisions shall be paid by the permit applicant.

1703.4.2 Research reports. Supporting data, where necessary to assist in the approval of materials or assemblies not specifically provided for in this code, shall consist of valid research reports from approved sources.

***

1703.8 Preconstruction conference. For projects requiring special inspection, the owner or the owner's agent shall arrange a conference with the project contractor, the design team, the special inspection agency and the building official prior to commencing work on any portion of construction requiring special inspection. The purpose of the conference is to identify and clarify the special inspection requirements of the project.

1703.9 Revocation of registration or approval to inspect. The building official is authorized to revoke, suspend or refuse to renew registration or approval of inspection agencies, special inspectors and non-registered special inspectors, including inspectors registered by the Washington Association of Building Officials. This may be done upon evidence submitted to the building official of incompetence, of willful or negligent failure to observe or report violations of the Seattle Building Code or of any other failure to perform properly and effectively the duties required by this code or other duties assumed by an inspection agency or non-registered special inspector.

The inspection agency or special inspector shall be notified in writing of the building official's decision to revoke, suspend or refuse to renew the Certificate or approval to perform inspections.

The notice shall be served in the manner set forth in RCW 4.28.080 for service of a summons or sent by first class mail. For purposes of this section, service is complete at the time of personal service, or if mailed, three days after the date of mailing. When the last day of the period so computed is a Saturday, Sunday or City holiday, the period runs until five p.m. on the next business day.

The agency or inspector may request in writing a review before the building official to reconsider the decision. The request shall be filed with the building official by five o'clock of the fifteenth working day following service of the notice. The review shall be held no later than 15 working days from receipt of a written request. After the review, the building official shall issue a final decision in writing, sustaining, modifying or withdrawing the initial decision.

1703.9.1 Review by the building official for revocation of registration.

1703.9.1.1 Any person aggrieved by a notice of revocation may obtain a review by making a request in writing to the building official within 3 business days of the date of service of the notice of revocation.

The review shall occur within 5 business days after receipt by the building official of the request for review.

Any person aggrieved by or interested in the notice of revocation may submit additional information to the building official for consideration as part of the review at any time prior to the review.

1703.9.1.2 The review will be made by a representative of the building official who will review all additional information received and may also request a site visit. After the review, the building official may:

1. Sustain the notice of revocation and set or modify the date the revocation will take effect;

2. Withdraw the notice of revocation;

3. Modify the notice of revocation and set or modify the date the revocation will take effect; or

4. Continue the review to a date certain for receipt of additional information.

1703.9.1.3 The building official shall issue an order of the building official containing the decision within 10 days after the review and shall cause the same to be sent by first class mail to the person or persons requesting the review, any other person on whom the notice of revocation was served, and any other person who requested a copy before issuance of the order of the building official. The order of the building official is the final order of the City and the City

and all parties shall be bound by the order.

SECTION 1704

SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

1704.1 General. Where application is made for construction as described in this section, the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspections during construction on the types of work listed under Section 1704. The building official may require additional special inspectors if the building official determines they are needed due to the magnitude or complexity of the job.

The special inspector shall be a qualified person who shall demonstrate competence, to the satisfaction of the building official, for inspection of the particular type of construction or operation requiring special inspection. Unless otherwise approved by the building official, all special inspectors shall be registered with the Washington Association of Building Officials. These inspections are in addition to the inspections specified in Section 109 108.

Exceptions:

1. Special inspections are not required for work of a minor nature or as warranted by conditions in the jurisdiction as approved by the building official.

2. Special inspections are not required for building components unless the design involves the practice of professional engineering or architecture as defined by applicable state statutes and regulations governing the professional registration and certification of engineers or architects.

3. Unless otherwise required by the building official, special inspections are not required for occupancies in Group R-3 as applicable in Section 101.2 and occupancies in Group U that are accessory to a residential occupancy including, but not limited to, those listed in Section 312.1.

1704.1.1 Statement of special inspections. The permit applicant shall submit a statement of special inspections prepared by the registered design professional in responsible charge in accordance with Section 106.1 106.5 as a condition for permit issuance. This statement shall be in accordance with Section 1705.

Exceptions:

1. A statement of special inspections is not required for structures designed and constructed in accordance with the conventional construction provisions of Section 2308.

2. The statement of special inspections is permitted to be prepared by a qualified person approved by the building official for construction not designed by a registered design professional.

1704.1.2 Registration of special inspectors.

1704.1.2.1. Application for registration. Criteria for registration of special inspectors shall be established by the building official by rule.

1704.1.2.2 Issuance of certificate of registration. If the building official is satisfied that the applicant is qualified, a Certificate of Registration or a Limited Certificate of Registration shall be issued that specifies the types of inspection the applicant has been authorized to perform. Valid registration from the Washington Association of Building Officials is permitted to substitute for registration by the building official.

1704.1.2.3 Renewal of special inspector's registration. A Certificate of Registration or Limited Certificate of Registration is valid for the period of time to be determined by the building official by rule. Upon application for renewal of a Certificate of Registration, the building official is permitted to re-examine the applicant to ascertain his/her fitness to perform the inspection of the type or types for which the application was made.

1704.1.2.4 Revocation. Special inspectors' certifications are subject to revocation according to Section 1703.9.

1704.1.3 Report requirements. Special inspectors shall keep records of inspections. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the building official, and to the registered design professional in responsible charge. Reports shall indicate that work inspected was done in conformance to approved construction documents. Discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the contractor for correction. If the discrepancies are not corrected, the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the building official and to the registered design professional in responsible charge prior to the completion of that phase of the work. A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted at a point in time agreed upon by the permit applicant and the building official prior to the start of work.

1704.1.3.1 Daily reports. The registered special inspector shall immediately report all irregularities, substitution of materials and violations to the contractor for correction, then if uncorrected, to the registered design professional in responsible charge and to the building official.

At the conclusion of each inspection, the registered special inspector shall submit a report to the registered design professional in responsible charge and owner relative to the portion of the work inspected, stating whether the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of his/her knowledge, in conformance with the approved plans and specifications and the applicable workmanship provisions of this code and related standards. The report shall be signed by the registered special inspector. One copy of the report shall be submitted to the building official by the approved inspection or testing agency no later than one week from the date of the inspection and shall be filed in the records of the agency's office. One copy of the report shall be left at the job site by the special inspector. The special inspector shall also provide, as directed by the building official or by the registered design professional in responsible charge or owner, such other information as is required during his/her assigned employment.

1704.1.3.2. Final report. The inspection/testing agency shall submit

a final signed report listing the scope of required inspection and stating whether all work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the agency's knowledge, inspected and reported as specified on permit documents.

1704.1.4 Notification. The owner, or an authorized agent, is responsible for notifying the special inspector when construction activity is scheduled that requires special inspection. If the owner designates another person to notify the special inspector, the owner retains the responsibility to assure that the special inspections are conducted and required reports submitted to the building official.

The approved testing agency shall notify the building official and the registered design professional in responsible charge or owner of the commencement of inspection of a job and shall specify the type of inspection for which the special inspector has been engaged. This notification shall be made prior to commencement of inspection.

The approved testing agency shall notify the building official prior to commencement of each day's inspection thereafter.

The building official is permitted to require that every request for special inspection be filed at least one working day before the special inspection is desired. The request shall be made in writing or by telephone at the option of the building official.

1704.1.5 Access to work. It is the duty of the person requesting any special inspections required by this code to provide access to and means for proper inspection of the work.

1704.1.6 Posting special inspection record. The building official is permitted to require that work requiring special inspection not be commenced until the permit holder or the permit holder's agent posts an inspection log in a conspicuous place on the premises. The record shall be posted in a position which allows the special inspector to conveniently enter his/her identification, the date and type of inspection performed. This record shall be maintained there by the permit holder until final approval has been granted by the building official.

1704.1.7 Responsibilities of special inspectors.

1704.1.7.1 General. The special inspector is responsible for conducting all special inspections for which the special inspector was employed and notified and for carrying out the duties of a special inspector as specified in this Section.

1704.1.7.2 Specific duties. Registered special inspectors are regularly authorized deputies of the building official and are subject to all duties imposed by the building official, in addition to the following:

1. The registered special inspector shall be present during the execution of all assigned work. The registered special inspector shall report to the job sufficiently in advance of construction to become familiar with the plans and to inspect all materials to be used or concealed within the work.. The special inspector shall inspect the construction, erection, placing, or other use of materials; and shall observe whether there is compliance with the approved design as to all of the foregoing. During the execution of all assigned work, the registered special inspector shall not undertake or engage in any other task or occupation that interferes with the proper performance of the inspection duties.

2. The registered special inspector shall not approve the placing of foundation concrete or pile caps prior to the approval of the soil condition or pile driving reports by the engineer who performed the special inspection for the pile installation.

3. The registered special inspector shall be employed only by an approved inspection or testing agency.

4. The registered special inspector shall not inspect work performed, or material supplied, by any contractor, subcontractor, or material vendor with whom the inspector is employed.

5. If any registered special inspector is negligent in the performance of the inspector's duties, the building official is permitted to stop the work.

1704.2 Inspection of fabricators. Where fabrication of structural load-bearing members and assemblies is being performed on the premises of a fabricator's shop, special inspection of the fabricated items shall be required by this section and as required elsewhere in

this code.

1704.2.1 Fabrication and implementation procedures. The special inspector shall verify that the fabricator maintains detailed fabrication and quality control procedures that provide a basis for inspection control of the workmanship and the fabricator's ability to conform to approved construction documents and referenced standards. The special inspector shall review the procedures for completeness and adequacy relative to the code requirements for the fabricator's scope of work.

Exception: Special inspections as required by Section 1704.2 shall not be required where the fabricator is approved in accordance with Section 1704.2.2.

1704.2.2 Fabricator approval. Special inspections required by this code are not required where the work is done on the premises of a fabricator registered and approved according to the provisions of this Chapter to perform such work without special inspection. Approval shall be based upon review of the fabricator's written procedural and quality control manuals and periodic auditing of fabrication practices by an approved special inspection agency. At completion of fabrication, the approved fabricator shall submit a certificate of compliance to the building official stating that the work was performed in accordance with the approved construction documents.

1704.2.2.1 Application for registration. Application for registration as an approved fabricator shall be made to the building official by plants engaged in the manufacture of:

1. Prestressed or precast concrete structural products, and premixed concrete.

2. Unit masonry products.

3. Engineered wood products.

4. Prefabricated or assembly-line produced metal products.

5. Other prefabricated products as the building official designates.

1704.2.2.2 Requirements for registration. The building official is authorized to examine manufacturing plants that submit applications for registration and shall issue certificates of registration if the plants have complied with the following requirements:

1. Develop and submit a detailed fabrication procedural manual reflecting key quality control procedures that will provide a basis for inspection control of the fabricating process.

2. Have the fabricator's quality control capabilities, operation of equipment, and personnel as outlined in the fabrication procedural manual verified by an approved inspection or quality control agency.

3. Agree to have periodic plant inspections conducted by an approved inspection or quality control agency to monitor the effectiveness of the quality control program and to allow unannounced audits of the

plant by the building official.

4. Agree to require the inspection or quality control agency to notify the building official in writing of any changes to the procedural manual.

5. Agree to submit a Certificate of Compliance if required by the building official that work was performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications to the building official and to the registered design professional in responsible charge.

6. Pay a registration fee determined by the building official in accordance with provisions of the Fee Subtitle.

1704.2.2.3 Review by the building official for denial of registration of fabricators.

1704.2.2.3.1 The fabricator may request in writing a review before the building official to reconsider the decision to deny registration. The request shall be filed in writing with the building official.

The review shall occur no later than 15 working days from receipt of the written request. After the review, the building official shall issue a final decision in writing, sustaining, modifying or withdrawing the initial decision.

1704.2.2.3.2 The review will be made by a representative of the building official who will review all additional information received and may also request a site visit. After the review, the building official may:

1. Sustain the decision;

2. Modify the decision; or

3. Continue the review to a date certain for receipt of additional information.

1704.2.2.3.3 The building official shall issue a decision within 10 days after the review and shall send it by first class mail to the person or persons requesting the review and any other person who requested a copy.

1704.2.2.4 Renewal of registration. Registration of approved fabricators is valid for one year from the date of issuance and is subject to renewal annually. Registration may be renewed upon application, contingent on compliance with quality control procedures during the past year and payment of a fee in accordance with provisions of the Fee Subtitle. The building official is authorized to revoke registration for cause.

1704.2.2.5 Fees. Fees for examination and registration of special inspectors are determined by the building official in accordance with the Fee Subtitle.

1704.3 Steel construction. The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be as required by Section 1704.3 and Table 1704.3.

Exceptions:

1. Special inspection of the steel fabrication process shall not be required where the fabricator does not perform any welding, thermal cutting or heating operation of any kind as part of the fabrication process. In such cases, the fabricator shall be required to submit a detailed procedure for material control that demonstrates the fabricator's ability to maintain suitable records and procedures such that, at any time during the fabrication process, the material specification, grade and mill test reports for the main stresscarrying elements are capable of being determined.

2. The special inspector need not be continuously present during welding of the following items, provided the materials, welding procedures and qualifications of welders are verified prior to the start of the work; periodic inspections are made of the work in progress; and a visual inspection of all welds is made prior to completion or prior to shipment of shop welding.

2.1. Single-pass fillet welds not exceeding 5/16 inch (7.9 mm) in size.

2.2. Floor and roof deck welding.

2.3. Welded studs when used for structural diaphragm.

2.4. Welded sheet steel for cold-formed steel framing members such as studs and joists.

2.5. Welding of stairs and railing systems.

3. Welding done in an approved fabricator's shop, e.g. AISCcertified or equivalent.

1704.3.1 Welding. Welding inspection shall be in compliance with AWS D1.1 and AWS D 1.8/D1.8M. For cold-formed steel framing , welding inspection shall be in compliance with AWS D1.3. The basis for welding inspector qualification shall be AWS D1.1.

1704.3.2 Details. The special inspector shall perform an inspection of the steel frame to verify compliance with the details shown on the approved construction documents, such as bracing, stiffening, member locations and proper application of joint details at each connection.

1704.3.3 High-strength bolts. Installation of high-strength bolts shall be periodically inspected in accordance with AISC specifications.

TABLE 1704.3

REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION

VERIFICATION AND CONTINUOUS PERIODIC REFERENCED IBC INSPECTION STANDARD^a REFERENCE

1. Material verification of high-strength bolts, nuts and washers:

a. Identification X Applicable ASTM markings to conform to material ASTM standards specified specifications; in the approved AISC 360, Section construction documents. A3.3

b. Manufacturer's X certificate of compliance required.

2. Inspection of high-strength bolting:

a. Bearing-type X AISC 360, Section 1704.3.3 connections. M2.5

b. Slip-critical X X connections.

3. Material verification of structural steel:

a. Identification ASTM A 6 or ASTM A 1708.4 markings to conform to 568 ASTM standards specified in the approved construction documents.

b. Manufacturers' ASTM A 6 or ASTM A certified mill test 568 reports.

4. Material verification of weld filler materials:

a. Identification AISC 360, Section markings to conform to A3.5 AWS specification in the approved construction documents.

b. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance required.

5. Inspection of welding: a. Structural steel:

1) Complete and partial X AWS D1.1 1704.3.1 penetration groove welds.

2) Multipass fillet X welds.

3) Single-pass fillet X welds > 5/16

4) Single-pass fillet X welds <_ 5/16'

5) Floor and roof deck X AWS D1.3 welds.

b. Reinforcing steel: AWS D1.4 ACI 318: 3.5.2

1) Verification of X weldability of reinforcing steel other than ASTM A 706.

2) Reinforcing X steel-resisting flexural and axial forces in intermediate and special moment frames, and boundary elements of special reinforced concrete shear walls and shear reinforcement.

3) Shear reinforcement. X -

4) Other reinforcing X steel.

c. Cold-formed steel X AWS D1.3 1704.3.1 framing & 1707.4

d. Seismic force X AWS D1.8 1704.3.1 resisting systems

6. Inspection of steel X 1704.3.2 frame joint details for compliance with approved construction documents: a. Details such as bracing and stiffening. b. Member locations. c. Application of joint details at each connection.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Where applicable, see also Section 1707.1, Special inspection for seismic resistance.

1704.3.3.1 General. While the work is in progress, the special inspector shall determine that the requirements for bolts, nuts, washers and paint; bolted parts and installation and tightening in such standards are met. For bolts requiring pretensioning, the special inspector shall observe the preinstallation testing and calibration procedures when such procedures are required by the installation method or by project plans or specifications; determine that all plies of connected materials have been drawn together and properly snugged and monitor the installation of bolts to verify that the selected procedure for installation is properly used to tighten bolts. For joints required to be tightened only to the snug-tight condition, the special inspector need only verify that the connected materials have been drawn together and properly snugged.

1704.3.3.2 Periodic monitoring. Monitoring of bolt installation for pretensioning is permitted to be performed on a periodic basis when using the turn-of-nut method with matchmarking techniques, the direct tension indicator method or the alternate design fastener (twist-off bolt) method. Joints designated as snug tight need be inspected only on a periodic basis.

1704.3.3.3 Continuous monitoring. Monitoring of bolt installation for pretensioning using the calibrated wrench method or the turn-of-nut method without matchmarking shall be performed on a continuous basis.

1704.4 Concrete construction. The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be as required by this section and Table 1704.4.

Exception: Special inspections shall not be required for:

1. Isolated spread concrete footings of buildings three stories or less in height that are fully supported on earth or rock.

2. Continuous concrete footings supporting walls of buildings three stories or less in height that are fully supported on earth or rock where:

2.1. The footings support walls of light-frame construction;

2.2. The footings are designed in accordance with Table 1805.4.2; or

2.3. The structural design of the footing is based on a specified compressive strength, f'c, no greater than 2,500 pounds per square inch (psi) (17.2 MPa), regardless of the compressive strength specified in the construction documents or used in the footing construction.

3. Nonstructural concrete slabs supported directly on the ground, including prestressed slabs on grade, where the effective prestress in the concrete is less than 150 psi (1.03 MPa).

4. Concrete foundation walls constructed in accordance with Table 1805.5(5).

5. Concrete patios, driveways and sidewalks, on grade.

TABLE 1704.4

REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION

VERIFICATION AND CONTINUOUS PERIODIC REFERENCED IBC REFERENCE INSPECTION STANDARD^a

1. Inspection of X ACI 318: 3.5, 1913.4 reinforcing steel, 7.1-7.7 including prestressing tendons, and placement.

2. Inspection of _ AWS D1.4 reinforcing steel ACI 318: 3.5.2 welding in accordance with Table 1704.3, Item 5b.

3. Inspect bolts to X 1911.5 be installed in concrete prior to and during placement of concrete where allowable loads have been increased.

4. Verifying use of X ACI 318: Ch. 1904.2.2, required design mix. 4, 5.2-5.4 1913.2, 1913.3

5. At the time fresh X ASTM C 172 1913.10 concrete is sampled ASTM C 31 to fabricate ACI 318: 5.6, specimens for 5.8 strength tests, perform slump and air content tests, and determine the temperature of the concrete.

6. Inspection of X ACI 318: 5.9, 1913.6, concrete and 5.10 1913.7, 1913.8 shotcrete placement for proper application techniques.

7. Inspection for X ACI 318: 1913.9 maintenance of 5.11-5.13 specified curing temperature and techniques.

8. Inspection of X _ ACI 318: 18.20 _ prestressed concrete: X ACI 318: a. Application of 18.18.4 prestressing forces. b. Grouting of bonded prestressing tendons in the seismic-force-resistin g system.

9. Erection of X ACI 318: Ch. precast concrete 16 members.

10.Verification of X ACI 318: 6.2 in-situ concrete strength, prior to stressing of tendons in posttensioned concrete and prior to removal of shores and forms from beams and structural slabs.

11.Inspect formwork X ACI 318: 6.1.1 for general conformity to approved plans for size andshape, location and dimensions of the concrete member being formed.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Where applicable, see also Section 1707.1, Special inspection for seismic resistance.

1704.4.1 Materials. In the absence of sufficient data or documentation providing evidence of conformance to quality standards for materials in Chapter 3 of ACI 318, the building official shall require testing of materials in accordance with the appropriate standards and criteria for the material in Chapter 3 of ACI 318. Weldability of reinforcement, except that which conforms to ASTM A 706, shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of Section 3.5.2 of ACI 318.

1704.4.2 Inspection during concrete mixing. Special inspections are required during mixing of concrete under one of the following circumstances:

1. Concrete mixes prepared in a batch plant that is not certified by the City of Seattle;

2. All structural lightweight concrete mixes;

3. Concrete mixes with f'c greater than 6,000 psi;

4. Concrete mixes containing alternative materials addressed in Section 1704.4.1; or

5. Other unusual circumstances as determined by the building official.

Exception: Inspection during the mixing of concrete is not required if the proportions of ingredients are established in accordance with Table 1905.2 or if a mix has been granted continuous approval by the building official.

***

1704.10 Sprayed fire-resistant materials. Special inspections for sprayed fire-resistant materials applied to structural elements and decks shall be in accordance with Sections 1704.10.1 through 1704.10.5. Special inspections shall be based on the fire-resistance design as designated in the approved construction documents.

1704.10.1 Structural member surface conditions. The surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the approved fire-resistance design and the approved manufacturer's written instructions. The prepared surface of structural members to be sprayed shall be inspected before the application of the sprayed fire-resistant material.

1704.10.2 Application. The substrate shall have a minimum ambient temperature before and after application as specified in the approved manufacturer's written instructions. The area for application shall be ventilated during and after application as required by the approved manufacturer's written instructions.

1704.10.3 Thickness. The average thickness of the sprayed fireresistant materials applied to structural elements shall not be less than the thickness required by the approved fire-resistant design. Individually measured thickness, which exceeds the thickness specified in a design by 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) or more, shall be recorded as the thickness specified in the design plus 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). For design thicknesses 1 inch (25 mm) or greater, the minimum allowable individual thickness shall be the design thickness minus 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). For design thicknesses less than 1 inch (25 mm), the minimum allowable individual thickness shall be the design thickness minus 25 percent. Thickness shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E 605. Samples of the sprayed fire-resistant materials shall be selected in accordance with Sections 1704.10.3.1 and 1704.10.3.2.

1704.10.3.1 Floor, roof and wall assemblies. The thickness of the sprayed fire-resistant material applied to floor, roof and wall assemblies shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E 605 by taking the average of not less than four measurements for each 1,000 square feet (93 m2) of the sprayed area on each floor or part thereof.

1704.10.3.2 Structural framing members. The thickness of the sprayed fire-resistant material applied to structural members shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E 605. Thickness testing shall be performed on not less than 25 percent of the structural members on each floor.

1704.10.4 Density. The density of the sprayed fire-resistant material shall not be less than the density specified in the approved fireresistant design. Density of the sprayed fire-resistant material shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E 605.

1704.10.5 Bond strength. The cohesive/adhesive bond strength of the cured sprayed fire-resistant material applied to structural elements shall not be less than 150 pounds per square foot (psf) (7.18 kN/m2). The cohesive/adhesive bond strength shall be determined in accordance with the field test specified in ASTM E 736 by testing in-place samples of the sprayed fire-resistant material selected in accordance with Sections 1704.10.5.1 and 1704.10.5.2.

1704.10.5.1 Floor, roof and wall assemblies. The test samples for determining the cohesive/adhesive bond strength of the sprayed fireresistant materials shall be selected from each floor, roof and wall assembly at the rate of not less than one sample for every 10,000 square feet (929 m2) or part thereof of the sprayed area in each story.

1704.10.5.2 Structural framing members. The test samples for determining the cohesive/adhesive bond strength of the sprayed fireresistant materials shall be selected from beams, girders, joists, trusses and columns at the rate of not less than one sample for each type of structural framing member for each 10,000 square feet (929 m2) of floor area or part thereof in each story.

***

1704.12 Exterior insulation and finish systems (EIFS). Special inspections shall be required for all EIFS applications.

Exceptions:

1. Special inspections shall not be required for EIFS applications installed over a water-resistive barrier with a means of draining moisture to the exterior.

2. Special inspections shall not be required for EIFS applications installed over masonry or concrete walls.

***

[F] 1704.14 Special inspection for smoke control. Smoke control systems shall be inspected and tested according to standards specified by the building official. tested by a special inspector.

[F] 1704.14.1 Testing scope. The test scope shall be as follows:

1. During erection of ductwork and prior to concealment for the purposes of leakage testing and recording of device location.

2. Prior to occupancy and after sufficient completion for the purposes of pressure difference testing, flow measurements and detection and control verification.

[F] 1704.14.2 Qualifications. Special inspection agencies for smoke control shall have expertise in fire protection engineering, mechanical engineering and certification as air balancers.

SECTION 1705

STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

***

1705.2 Content of statement of special inspections. The statement of special inspections shall identify the following:

1. The materials, systems, components and work required to have special inspection or testing by the building official or by the registered design professional responsible for each portion of the work.

2. If required by the building official, the The type and extent of each special inspection.

3. If required by the building official, the The type and extent of each test.

4. Additional requirements for special inspection or testing for seismic or wind resistance as specified in Section 1705.3, 1705.4, 1707 or 1708.

5. For each type of special inspection, identification as to whether it will be continuous special inspection or periodic special inspection.

***

SECTION 1706

CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY

1706.1 Contractor responsibility. Each contractor responsible for the construction of a main windor seismic-force-resisting system, designated seismic system or a windor seismic-resisting component listed in the statement of special inspections shall submit a written

statement of responsibility to the building official and the owner prior to the commencement of work on the system or component. The contractor's statement of responsibility shall contain the following:

1. Acknowledgment of awareness of the special requirements contained in the statement of special inspections;

2. Acknowledgment that control will be exercised to obtain conformance with the construction documents approved by the building official;

3. Procedures for exercising control within the contractor's organization, the method and frequency of reporting and the distribution of the reports; and

4. Identification and qualifications of the person(s) exercising such control and their position(s) in the organization.

SECTION 1707

STRUCTURAL TESTING FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE

***

1707.3 Structural wood. Continuous special inspection is required during field gluing operations of elements of the seismic-forceresisting system. Periodic special inspection is required for nailing, bolting, anchoring and other fastening of components within the seismic-force-resisting system, including wood shear walls, wood diaphragms, drag struts, braces, shear panels and hold-downs.

Exceptions:

1. Special inspection is not required for wood shear walls, shear panels and diaphragms, including nailing, bolting, anchoring and other fastening to other components of the seismic-force-resisting system, where the fastener spacing of the sheathing is more than 4 inches (102 mm) or more on center (o.c.).

2. Special inspection is not required for Group R-3 structures.

3. Special inspection is not required in Group R-1 and R-2 structures three stories and less in height.

4. Special inspection is not required for epoxy-grouted anchor bolts in Group R-1 and R-2 buildings if fastener spacing is 4 inches (102 mm) or more on center (o.c.) and hold down capacities are less than 5000 pounds.

***

SECTION 1709

STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS

***

1709.2 Structural observations for seismic resistance. Structural observations shall be provided for those structures included in Seismic Design Category D, E or F, as determined in Section 1613, where one or more of the following conditions exist:

1. The structure is classified as Occupancy Category III or IV in accordance with Section 1604.5.

2. The height of the structure is greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the base.

3. The structure is assigned to Seismic Design Category E, is classified as Occupancy Category I or II in accordance with Section 1604.5 and is greater than two stories in height.

4. When so designated by the registered design professional in responsible charge of the design.

5. The structure includes five stories of wood-frame construction,

6. When such observation is specifically required by the building official.

***

SECTION 1714

PRECONSTRUCTION LOAD TESTS

* * *

1714.5 Exterior window and door assemblies. The design pressure rating of exterior windows and doors in buildings shall be determined in accordance with Section 1714.5.1 or 1714.5.2.

Exceptions:

1. Structural wind load design pressures for window units smaller than the size tested in accordance with Section 1714.5.1 or 1714.5.2 shall be permitted to be higher than the design value of the tested unit provided such higher pressures are determined by accepted engineering analysis. All components of the small unit shall be the same as the tested unit. Where such calculated design pressures are used, they shall be validated by an additional test of the window unit having the highest allowable design pressure.

[W] 2. Custom exterior windows and doors manufactured by a small business are exempt from all testing requirements in Section 1714 of the International Building Code if they meet the applicable provisions of Chapter 24 of the International Building Code.

1714.5.1 Exterior windows and doors. Exterior windows and sliding doors shall be tested and labeled as conforming to AAMA/WDMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A440. The label shall state the name of the manufacturer, the approved labeling agency and the product designation as specified in AAMA/ WDMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A440. Exterior side-hinged doors shall be tested and labeled as conforming to AAMA/WDMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A440 or comply with Section 1714.5.2. Products tested and labeled as conforming to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 shall not be subject to the requirements of Sections 2403.2 and 2403.3.

1714.5.2 Exterior windows and door assemblies not provided for in Section 1714.5.1. Exterior window and door assemblies shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 330. Exterior window and door assemblies containing glass shall comply with Section 2403. The design pressure for testing shall be calculated in accordance with Chapter 16. Each assembly shall be tested for 10 seconds at a load equal to 1.5 times the design pressure.

***

Section 19. The following sections of Chapter 18 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 1801

GENERAL

***

1801.2 Design. Allowable bearing pressures, allowable stresses and design formulas provided in this chapter shall be used with the allowable stress design load combinations specified in Section 1605.3. The quality and design of materials used structurally in excavations, footings and foundations shall con-form to the requirements specified in Chapters 16, 19, 21, 22 and 23 of this code. Excavations and fills shall also comply with Chapter 33, the Seattle Stormwater, Grading and Drainage Control Code (Seattle Municipal Code chapter 22.800), and the Regulations for Environmentally Critical Areas (Seattle Municipal Code chapter 25.09).

1801.2.1 Foundation design for seismic overturning. Where the

foundation is proportioned using the load combinations of Section 1605.2, and the computation of the seismic overturning moment is by the equivalent lateral-force method or the modal analysis method, the proportioning shall be in accordance with Section 12.13.4 of ASCE 7.

SECTION 1802

FOUNDATION AND SOILS INVESTIGATIONS

1802.1 General. Foundation and soils investigations shall be conducted in conformance with Sections 1802.2 through 1802.6. Where required by the building official, the classification and investigation of the soil is required by this code, the analysis shall be made by a registered design professional.

1802.2 Where required. The owner or applicant shall submit a foundation and soils investigation to the building official where required in Sections 1802.2.1 through 1802.2.7.

Exception: The building official need not require a foundation or soils investigation where satisfactory data from adjacent areas is available that demonstrates an investigation is not necessary for any of the conditions in Sections 1802.2.1 through 1802.2.6.

1802.2.1 Questionable soil. Where the classification, strength or compressibility of the soil are in doubt or where a load-bearing value superior to that specified in this code is claimed, the building official shall is permitted to require that the necessary investigation be made. Such investigation shall comply with the provisions of Sections 1802.4 through 1802.6.

1802.2.2 Expansive soils. In areas likely to have expansive soil, the

building official shall require soil tests to determine where such soils do exist.

1802.2.3 Ground-water table. A subsurface soil investigation shall be performed to determine whether the existing static ground-water table is above or within 5 feet (1524 mm) below the elevation of the lowest floor level where such floor is located below the finished ground level adjacent to the foundation.

Exception: A subsurface soil investigation shall not be required where waterproofing is provided in accordance with Section 1807.

1802.2.4 Pile and pier foundations. Pile and pier foundations shall be designed and installed on the basis of a foundation investigation and report as specified in Sections 1802.4 through 1802.6 and Section 1808.2.2.

1802.2.5 Rock strata. Where subsurface explorations at the project site indicate variations or doubtful characteristics in the structure of the rock upon which foundations are to be constructed, the building official is permitted to require a sufficient number of borings shall to be made to a depth of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) below the level of the foundations to provide assurance of the soundness of the foundation bed and its load-bearing capacity.

1802.2.6 Seismic Design Category C. Where a structure is determined to be in Seismic Design Category C in accordance with Section 1613, and where the structure is located in an area known to be a geologic hazard area as defined in the Regulations for Environmentally Critical Areas (Seattle Municipal Code chapter 25.09), a soils an investigation shall be conducted and shall include an evaluation of the following potential hazards resulting from earthquake motions: slope instability, liquefaction and surface rupture due to faulting or lateral spreading.

Exception: The building official is permitted to waive this evaluation upon receipt of the written opinion of a geotechnical engineer that the building's foundation design adequately addresses liquefaction.

1802.2.6.1 Slope Instability. The potential for slope instability shall be evaluated for an earthquake ground motion that, as a minimum, has a 40% probability of exceedance in 50 years. Peak ground acceleration may be determined based on a site-specific study taking into account soil amplification effects. In the absence of such a study, peak ground acceleration may be assumed equal to 0.2g for the purpose of evaluating slope instability.

1802.2.7 Seismic Design Category D, E or F. Where the structure is determined to be in Seismic Design Category D, E or F, in accordance with Section 1613, and the structure is located in an area known to be a geologic hazard area as defined in the Regulations for Environmentally Critical Areas, Seattle Municipal Code Chapter 25.09, or where basement or retaining walls in geologic hazard areas exceed 12 feet in height, the soils investigation requirements for Seismic Design Category C, given in Section 1802.2.6, shall be met, in addition to the following. The investigation shall include:

1. A determination of lateral pressures on basement and retaining walls due to earthquake motions.

2. An assessment of potential consequences of any liquefaction and soil strength loss, including estimation of differential settlement, lateral movement or reduction in foundation soil-bearing capacity, and shall address mitigation measures. Such measures shall be given consideration in the design of the structure and can include but are not limited to ground stabilization, selection of appropriate foundation type and depths, selection of appropriate structural systems to accommodate anticipated displacements or any combination of these measures. The potential for liquefaction and soil strength loss shall be evaluated for site peak ground acceleration magnitudes and source characteristics consistent with the design earthquake

ground motions. Peak ground acceleration shall be deter-mined from a site-specific study taking into account soil amplification effects, as specified in Chapter 21 of ASCE 7.

Exception: A site-specific study need not be performed, provided that

peak ground acceleration equal to SDS/2.5 is used, where SDS is determined in accordance with Section 21.2.1 of ASCE 7.

***

1802.6 Reports. The soil classification and design load-bearing capacity shall be shown on the construction document. Where required by the building official, a written report of the investigation shall be submitted that includes, but need not be limited to, the following information:

1. A plot showing the location of test borings and/or excavations.

2. A complete record of the soil samples.

3. A record of the soil profile.

4. Elevation of the water table, if encountered.

5. Recommendations for foundation type and design criteria, including but not limited to: bearing capacity of natural or compacted soil; provisions to mitigate the effects of expansive soils; mitigation of the effects of liquefaction, differential settlement and varying soil strength; mitigation of the effects of slope instability; and the effects of adjacent loads.

6. Expected total and differential settlement.

7. Pile and pier foundation information in accordance with Section 1808.2.2.

8. Special design and construction provisions for footings or foundations founded on expansive soils, as necessary.

9. Compacted fill material properties and testing in accordance with Section 1803.5.

SECTION 1805

FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS

***

1805.3 Footings on or adjacent to slopes. The placement of buildings and structures on or adjacent to slopes steeper than one unit vertical in three units horizontal (33.3-percent slope) shall conform to Sections 1805.3.1 through 1805.3.5.

1805.3.1 Building clearance from ascending slopes. In general, buildings below slopes shall be set a sufficient distance from the slope to provide protection from slope drain-age, erosion and shallow failures. Except as provided for in Section 1805.3.5 and Figure 1805.3.1, the following criteria will be assumed to provide this protection. Where the existing slope is steeper than one unit vertical in one unit horizontal (100-percent slope), the toe of the slope shall be assumed to be at the intersection of a horizontal plane drawn from the top of the foundation and a plane drawn tangent to the slope at an angle of 45 degrees (0.79 rad) to the horizontal. Where a retaining wall is constructed at the toe of the slope, the height of the slope shall be measured from the top of the wall to the top of the slope.

1805.3.2 Footing setback from descending slope surface. Footings on or adjacent to slope surfaces shall be founded in firm material with an embedment and set back from the slope surface sufficient to provide vertical and lateral support for the footing without detrimental settlement. Except as provided for in Section 1805.3.5 and Figure 1805.3.1, the following setback is deemed adequate to meet the criteria. Where the slope is steeper than 1 unit vertical in 1 unit horizontal (100-percent slope), the required setback shall be measured from an imaginary plane 45 degrees (0.79 rad) to the horizontal, projected upward from the toe of the slope.

1805.3.3 Pools. The setback between pools regulated by this code and slopes shall be equal to one-half the building footing setback distance required by this section. That portion of the pool wall within a horizontal distance of 7 feet (2134 mm) from the top of the slope shall be capable of supporting the water in the pool without soil support.

1805.3.4 Foundation elevation. On graded sites, the top of any exterior foundation shall extend above the elevation of the street gutter at point of discharge or the inlet of an approved drainage device a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) plus 2 percent. Alternate elevations are permitted subject to the approval of the building official, provided it can be demonstrated that required drainage to the point of discharge and away from the structure is provided at all locations on the site.

1805.3.5 Alternate setback and clearance. Alternate setbacks and clearances are permitted, subject to the approval of the building official. The building official is permitted to require an investigation and recommendation of a registered design professional to demonstrate that the intent of this section has been satisfied. Such an investigation shall include consideration of material, height of slope, slope gradient, load intensity and erosion characteristics of slope material.

***

SECTION 1807

DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING

***

1807.4.3 Drainage discharge. The floor base and foundation perimeter drain shall discharge by gravity or mechanical means into an approved drainage system that complies with the International Uniform Plumbing Code.

Exception: Where a site is located in well-drained gravel or

sand/gravel mixture soils, a dedicated drainage system is not required.

***

SECTION 1813

METHANE REDUCTION MEASURES

1813.1 Applicability. This section applies to all construction activities on or within 1,000 feet (305 m) of an active, closed or abandoned landfill (landfill zone) that has been identified by the building official to be generating levels of methane gas on-site at the lower explosive limits or greater levels. The distance shall be calculated from the location of the proposed structure to the nearest property line of the active or former landfill site. The building official is permitted to waive these requirements if technical studies demonstrate that dangerous amounts of methane are not present on the site.

1813.2 Protection of Structures. All enclosed structures to be built within the 1,000 foot (305 m) landfill zone shall be protected from potential methane migration. The method for protecting a structure from methane shall be identified in a report prepared by a licensed civil engineer and submitted by the applicant to the

department for approval. The report shall contain a description of the investigation and recommendations for preventing the accumulation of explosive concentrations of methane gas within or under enclosed portions of the building or structure. At the time of final inspection, the civil engineer shall furnish a signed statement attesting that, to the best of the engineer's knowledge, the building or structure has been constructed in accordance with the recommendations for addressing methane gas migration.

Section 20. The following sections of Chapter 19 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

***

SECTION 1904

DURABILITY REQUIREMENTS

***

1904.2 Freezing and thawing exposures. Concrete that will be exposed to freezing and thawing, deicing chemicals or other exposure conditions as defined below shall comply with Sections 1904.2.1 through 1904.2.3.

1904.2.1 Air entrainment. Concrete exposed to freezing and thawing or deicing chemicals shall be air entrained in accordance with ACI 318, Section 4.2.1:

1904.2.2 Concrete properties. Concrete that will be subject to the following exposures shall conform to the corresponding maximum watercementitious materials ratios and minimum specified concrete compressive strength requirements of ACI 318, Section 4.2.2:

1. Concrete intended to have low permeability where exposed to water;

2. Concrete exposed to freezing and thawing in a moist condition or deicer chemicals; or

3. Concrete with reinforcement where the concrete is exposed to chlorides from deicing chemicals, salt, salt water, brackish water, seawater or spray from these

sources.

Exception: For occupancies and appurtenances thereto in Group R occupancies that are in buildings less than four stories in height, normal-weight aggregate concrete shall comply with the requirements of Table 1904.2.2 based on the weathering classification (freezing and thawing) determined from Figure 1904.2.2.

Code Alternate CA1904.2: Five-sack 2000 psi and 51/2-sack 2500 psi concrete mixes are equivalent to 3000 psi concrete for weathering potential. In addition, air-entrainment is not required to address weathering, and special inspection is not required.

In addition, concrete exposed to deicing chemicals shall conform to the limitations of Section 1904.2.3.

***

SECTION 1905

CONCRETE QUALITY, MIXING AND PLACING

***

1905.2 Selection of concrete proportions. Concrete proportions shall be established according to Table 1905.2. Table 1905.2 shall be used only for concrete to be made with cements meeting strength requirements for Type I, II, or III of ASTM C 150, and shall not be applied to concrete containing lightweight aggregates. If approved by the building official, Table 1905.2is permitted to be used with air-entraining admixtures (conforming to ASTM C260) and/or normalrange water-reducing admixtures (conforming to ASTM C494, Types A, D or E; or C618-05 Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete).

For strengths greater than 4000 psi, proportions shall be established on the basis of field experience and trial mixtures according to Section 1905.3. When approved by the building official, Cconcrete proportions shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of ACI 318, Section 5.2.

TABLE 1905.2-MINIMUM PERMISSIBLE CEMENT CONTENT FOR CONCRETE (WHEN STRENGTH DATA FROM TRIAL BATCHES OR FIELD EXPERIENCE ARE NOT AVAILABLE)

Specified 28-day Minimum Permissible Minimum Permissible Cement Compressive Strength in Cement Content in Content in Std. 94-lb. psi (f '_c) Pounds/cu. yd. Sacks/cu. Yd.

2000 423 4-1/2¹

2500 470 5¹

3000 517 5-1/2

4000² 611 6-1/2

Mixes shall be proportioned to produce a five-inch or less slump. No more than a one-inch plus tolerance shall be allowed.

1 Where special inspection is not required under Section 1704, the minimum permissible cement content shall be increased by 1/2 sack per cubic yard of concrete.

2 For strengths above 4000 p.s.i., see Section 1905.2.3.

***

Section 21. The following sections of Chapter 21 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

SECTION 2106

SEISMIC DESIGN

2106.1 Seismic design requirements for masonry. Masonry structures and components shall comply with the requirements in Section 1.14.2.2 and Section 1.14.3, 1.14.4, 1.14.5, 1.14.6 or 1.14.7 of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 depending on the structure's seismic design category as determined in Section 1613. All masonry walls, unless isolated on three edges from in-plane motion of the basic structural systems, shall be considered to be part of the seismic-force-resisting system. In addition, the following requirements shall be met.

2106.1.1 Basic seismic-force-resisting system. Buildings relying on masonry shear walls as part of the basic seismic-force-resisting system shall comply with Section 1.14.2.2 of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 or with Section 2106.1.1.1, 2106.1.1.2 or 2106.1.1.3.

[W] Exception: Special reinforced masonry shear walls are not required to comply with Section 1.14.2.2.5(a) of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 (MSJC-05), if the masonry resists the calculated shear without shear reinforcement.

2106.1.1.1 Ordinary plain prestressed masonry shear walls. Ordinary plain prestressed masonry shear walls shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 4 of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402.

2106.1.1.2 Intermediate prestressed masonry shear walls. Intermediate prestressed masonry shear walls shall comply with the requirements of Section 1.14.2.2.4 of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 and shall be designed by Chapter 4, Section 4.4.3, of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 for flexural strength and by Section 3.3.4.1.2 of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 for shear strength. Sections 1.14.2.2.5, 3.3.3.5 and 3.3.4.3.2(c) of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 shall be applicable for reinforcement. Flexural elements subjected to load reversals shall be symmetrically reinforced. The nominal moment strength at any section along a member shall not be less than one-fourth the maximum moment strength. The cross-sectional area of bonded tendons shall be considered to contribute to the minimum reinforcement in Section 1.14.2.2.4 of ACI

530/ASCE 5/TMS 402. Tendons shall be located in cells that are grouted the full height of the wall.

2106.1.1.3 Special prestressed masonry shear walls. Special prestressed masonry shear walls shall comply with the requirements of Section 1.14.2.2.5 of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 and shall be designed by Chapter 4, Section 4.4.3, of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 for flexural strength and by Section 3.3.4.1.2 of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 for shear strength. Sections 1.14.2.2.5(a), 3.3.3.5 and 3.3.4.3.2(c) of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 shall be applicable for reinforcement. Flexural elements subjected to load reversals shall be symmetrically reinforced. The nominal moment strength at any section along a member shall not be less than one-fourth the maximum moment strength. The cross-sectional area of bonded tendons shall be considered to contribute to the minimum reinforcement in Section 1.14.2.2.5 of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402.

2106.1.1.3.1 Prestressing tendons. Prestressing ten-dons shall consist of bars conforming to ASTM A 722.

2106.1.1.3.2 Grouting. All cells of the masonry wall shall be grouted.

***

SECTION 2108

STRENGTH DESIGN OF MASONRY

***

[W] 2108.2 ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402, Section 3.1.6. Modify Section 3.1.6 as follows:

3.1.6 Headed and bent-bar anchor bolts. All embedded bolts shall be grouted in place, except that 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) diameter bolts are permitted to be placed in bed joints that are at least 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in thickness.

2108.3 ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402, Section 3.3.3.3 development. Add the following text to Section 3.3.3.3:

The required development length of reinforcement shall be determined by Equation (3-15), but shall not be less than 12 inches (305 mm) and need not be greater than 72 db.

2108.3 2108.4 ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402, Section 3.3.3.4, splices. Modify items (b) and (c) of Section 3.3.3.4 as follows:

3.3.3.4 (b). A welded splice shall have the bars butted and welded to develop at least 125 percent of the yield strength, ?y, of the bar intension or compression, as required. Welded splices shall be of ASTM A 706 steel reinforcement. Welded splices shall not be permitted in plastic hinge zones of intermediate or special reinforced walls or special moment frames of masonry.

3.3.3.4 (c). Mechanical splices shall be classified as Type 1 or 2 according to Section 21.2.6.1 of ACI 318. Type 1 mechanical splices shall not be used within a plastic hinge zone or within a beam-column joint of intermediate or special reinforced masonry shear walls or special moment frames. Type 2 mechanical splices are permitted in any location within a member.

2108.4 2108.5 ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402, Section 3.3.3.5, maximum areas of flexural tensile reinforcement. Add the following text to Section 3.3.3.5:

3.3.3.5.5 For special prestressed masonry shear walls, strain in all prestressing steel shall be computed to be compatible with a strain in the extreme tension reinforcement equal to five times the strain associated with the reinforcement yield stress, fy. The calculation of the maximum reinforcement shall consider forces in the prestressing steel that correspond to these calculated strains.

SECTION 2114

EMISSION STANDARDS

2114.1 Emission standards for factory-built fireplaces. After January 1, 1997, no new or used factory-built fireplace shall be installed in Washington State unless it is certified and labeled in accordance with procedures and criteria specified in the Washington State Building Code Standard 31-2.

To certify an entire fireplace model line, the internal assembly shall be tested to determine its particulate matter emission performance. Retesting and recertifying is required if the design and construction specifications of the fireplace model line internal assembly change. Testing for certification shall be performed by a Washington State Department of Ecology (DOE) approved and U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) accredited laboratory.

2114.2 Emission standards for certified masonry and concrete fireplaces. After January 1, 1997, new certified masonry or concrete fireplaces installed in Washington State shall be tested and labeled in accordance with procedures and criteria specified in the Washington State Building Code Standard 31-2.

To certify an entire fireplace model line, the internal assembly shall be tested to determine its particulate matter emission performance. Retesting and recertifying is required if the design and construction specifications of the fireplace model line internal assembly change. Testing for certification shall be performed by a Washington State Department of Ecology (DOE) approved and U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) accredited laboratory.

Section 22. The following section of Chapter 25 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, is amended as follows:

***

SECTION 2503

INSPECTION

2503.1 Inspection. Lath and gypsum board shall be inspected in accordance with Section 109.3.5 108.

Section 23. The following sections of Chapter 27 of the International Building Code, 2006 Edition, are amended as follows:

CHAPTER 27

ELECTRICAL

SECTION 2701

GENERAL

2701.1 Scope. This chapter governs the electrical components, equipment and systems used in buildings and structures covered by this code. Electrical components, equipment and systems shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of the ICC Seattle Electrical Code.

[F] SECTION 2702

EMERGENCY AND STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS

***

[F] 2702.2 Where required. Emergency and standby power systems shall be provided where required by Sections 2702.2.1 through 2702.2.20 and other sections of this code.

***

[F] 2702.2.2 Smoke control systems. Standby Emergency power shall be provided for smoke control systems in accordance with Section 909.11. Standby power shall be provided for pressurization systems in low-rise buildings in accordance with Section 909.21.

***

[F] 2702.2.10 Hazardous materials. Emergency or standby power shall be provided in occupancies with hazardous materials in accordance with Section 414.5.4 and the International Fire Code.

***

[F] 2702.2.14 Covered mall buildings. Standby Emergency power shall be provided for voice/alarm communication systems in covered mall buildings in accordance with Section 402.13.

[F] 2702.2.15 High-rise buildings. Emergency and standby power shall be provided in high-rise buildings in accordance with Section Sections 403.10 and 403.11.

[F] 2702.2.16 Underground buildings. Emergency and standby power shall be provided in underground buildings in accordance with Section Sections 405.9 and 405.10.

***

[F] 2702.2.19 Elevators. Standby Emergency power for elevators shall be provided as set forth in Section 3003.1 3016.6.

[F] 2702.2.20 Smokeproof enclosures. Standby Emergency power shall be provided for smokeproof enclosures as required by Section 909.20.

***

Section 24. A new Chapter 29 is added to the Seattle Building Code as follows:

CHAPTER 29

PLUMBING SYSTEMS

SECTION 2901

PLUMBING CODE AND ENFORCEMENT

2901.1 Plumbing and Food Codes. Plumbing systems shall comply with the Uniform Plumbing Code. See also the Seattle Food Code, Seattle Municipal Code Title 10, Subchapter XLI, Sanitary Facilities and Controls.

2901.2 Enforcement. The Director of Public Health is authorized to enforce this chapter.

SECTION 2902

GENERAL

2902.1 Number of fixtures.

2902.1.1 Requirements. Plumbing fixtures shall be provided in the minimum number shown in Table 2902.1 and in this chapter. Where the proposed occupancy is not listed in Table 2902.1, the building official shall determine fixture requirements based on the occupancy which most nearly resembles the intended occupancy.

Plumbing fixtures need not be provided for unoccupied buildings or facilities.

2902.1.2 Private offices. Fixtures only accessible to private offices shall not be counted to determine compliance with this section.

2902.1.3 Occupancy load distribution. The occupant load shall be divided equally between the sexes, unless data approved by the building official indicates a different distribution of the sexes.

2902.1.4 Food preparation areas. In food preparation, serving and related storage areas, additional fixture requirements may be dictated by health codes.

2902.1.5 Other requirements. For other requirements for plumbing facilities, see Section 1210 and Chapter 11.

2902.2 Access to fixtures.

2902.2.1 Location. Plumbing fixtures shall be located in each building or conveniently in a building adjacent thereto on the same property.

2902.2.1.1 Toilet rooms. Toilet rooms shall not open directly into a room used for the preparation of food for service to the public or residents of Group R-2 boarding homes and residential treatment facilities licensed by Washington State.

2902.2.2 Multiple tenants. Access to toilets serving multiple tenants shall be through a common use area and not through an area controlled by a tenant.

2902.2.3 Multistory buildings. Required fixtures shall not be located more than one vertical story above or below the area served.

2902.3 Separate facilities.

2902.3.1 Requirements. Separate toilet facilities shall be provided for each sex.

Exception: In occupancies serving 15 or fewer persons, one toilet facility designed for use by no more than one person at a time shall be permitted for use by both sexes.

2902.3.2 Food service establishments. When customers and employees share the same facilities, customers accessing the facilities shall be excluded from food preparation and storage areas.

2902.4 Pay facilities. Required facilities shall be free of charge. Where pay facilities are installed, they shall be in addition to the minimum required facilities.

SECTION 2903

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

2903.1 Dwelling units. Dwelling units shall be provided with a kitchen sink.

2903.2 Water closet space requirements. The water closet stool in all occupancies shall be located in a clear space not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in width, with a clear space in front of the stool of not less than 24 inches (610 mm).

2903.3 Water. Each required sink, lavatory, bathtub and shower stall shall be equipped with hot and cold running water necessary for its normal operation.

2903.4 Drinking fountains.

2903.4.1 Number. Occupant loads over 30 shall have one drinking fountain for the first 150 occupants, then one per each additional 500 occupants.

Exceptions:

1. Sporting facilities with concessions serving drinks shall have one drinking fountain for each 1000 occupants.

2. A drinking fountain need not be provided in a drinking or dining establishment.

2903.4.2 Multistory buildings. Drinking fountains shall be provided on each floor having more than 30 occupants in schools, dormitories, auditoriums, theaters, offices and public buildings.

2903.4.3 Penal institutions. Penal institutions shall have one drinking fountain on each cell block floor and one on each exercise floor.

2903.4.4 Location. Drinking fountains shall not be located in toilet rooms.

TABLE 2902.1 MINIMUM PLUMBING FIXTURES^1,2,4,6

TYPE OF BUILDING WATER CLOSETS LAVATORIES5 BATHTUB OR OR OCCUPANCY⁸ (fixtures per person) (fixtures per SHOWER person) (fixtures per person)

MALE3 FEMALE MALE FEMALE

For the occupancies listed below, use 30 square feet (2.79 m²) per occupant for the minimum number of plumbing fixtures.

Group A Assembly places

Conference 1:1-25 1:1-25 One per 2 water rooms, dining closets rooms, drinking establishments, exhibit rooms, gymnasiums, lounges, stages and similar uses including restaurants classified as Group B occupancies

2:26-75 2:26-75

3:76-125 3:76-125

4:126-200 4:126-200

5:201-300 5:201-300

6:301-400 6:301-400

Over 400, add one fixture for each additional 200 males or 150 females

For the assembly occupancies listed below, use the number of fixed seating or, where no fixed seating is provided, use 15 square feet (1.39 m²) per occupant for the minimum number of plumbing fixtures.

Assembly places 1:1-100 One per 1:1-200 1:1-200 ⁹ - 25 Theaters, auditoriums, convention halls, dance floors, lodge rooms, casinos, and such places which have limited time for fixture use (intermissions)

2:101-200 Up to 2:201-400 2:201-400 400

3:201-400 3:401-750 3:401-750

Over 400, add one Over 750, add one fixture for each fixture for each additional 250 males or additional 500 50 females persons

Assembly places 1:1-100 One per 1:1-200 1:1-200 - 50 Stadiums, arena up to and other 400 sporting facilities where fixture use is not limited to intermissions

2:101-200 2:201-400 2:201-400

3:201-400 3:401-750 3:401-750

Over 400, add one Over 750, add one fixture for each fixture for each additional 300 males or additional 500 100 females persons

For the assembly occupancies listed below, use the number of fixed seating or, where no fixed seating is provided, use 30 square feet (2.79 m²) per occupant for the minimum number of plumbing fixtures.

Worship places

Principal One per 150 One per One per 2 water assembly area 75 closets

Educational & One per 125 One per One per 2 water activity unit 75 closets

1 The figures shown are based on one fixture being the minimum required for the number of persons indicated or any fraction thereof.

2 For occupancies not shown, see Section 2902.1.1.

3 Where urinals are provided, one water closet less than the number specified is permitted to be provided for each urinal installed, except the number of water closets in such cases shall not be reduced to less than one quarter (25%) of the minimum specified. For men's facilities serving 26 or more persons, not less than one urinal shall be provided.

4 For drinking fountains, see Section 2903.4.

5 Twenty-four inches (610 mm) of wash sink or 18 inches (457 mm) of a circular basin, provided with water outlets for such space, shall be considered equivalent to one lavatory.

6 For when a facility may be usable by either sex, see Section 2902.3.1.

7 See WAC 246-320 for definitions, other fixtures and equipment for hospitals.

8 When a space is accessory to or included as a part of a different occupancy group per Chapter 3, the area per occupant for the minimum plumbing fixture number is to be determined by its own specific use or purpose, not by that of the building's occupancy group.

9 In multiplex movie theaters, where shows are scheduled at different times, the number of occupants for toilet fixture use is permitted to be based upon one-half (50%) of the total in all the auditoriums, but no less than the number in the largest auditorium.

Section 25. A new Chapter 30 is added to the Seattle Building Code as follows:

CHAPTER 30

ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS

SECTION 3001

PURPOSE

The purpose of this chapter is to protect persons, buildings and the contents thereof from hazards arising from the use of elevators, dumbwaiters, material lifts, escalators and moving walks by establishing minimum requirements regulating the design, construction, alteration, operation and maintenance of elevators, dumbwaiters, material lifts, escalators and moving walks, and by establishing procedures by which these requirements may be enforced.

SECTION 3002

SCOPE

3002.1 General. This code of safety standards covers the design, construction, installation, operation, inspection testing, maintenance, alteration and repair of elevators, dumbwaiters, material lifts, escalators, moving walks and their hoistways.

3002.2 Application to existing conveyances.

3002.2.1 Minimum standard for existing conveyances. All existing

conveyances shall comply with Washington Administrative Code (WAC) Chapter 296-96 Part D and Section 3011 as a minimum standard.

3002.2.2 Maintenance. All conveyances covered under this chapter, both existing and new, and all parts thereof shall be maintained in a safe condition. All devices and safeguards that are required by this chapter shall be maintained in good working order. All devices or safeguards that were required by a code in effect when the conveyance was installed, altered, or repaired shall be maintained in good working order. Maintenance shall comply with ASME A17.1 Section 8.6. The owner or the owner's designated agent is responsible for the maintenance of such equipment.

3002.2.3 Repairs and replacements. Repairs to existing conveyances and replacements of devices and components shall be made with parts of at least equivalent material, strength and design. They shall comply with WAC 296-96 Part D and ASME A17.1 Section 8.6.

3002.2.4 Additions and alterations. Additions and alterations are permitted to be made to the conveyance system of existing buildings or structures without making the entire system comply with all of the requirements of this chapter for new buildings or structures, provided the additions and alterations that are made comply with the requirements of this chapter for a new system, except as otherwise specifically provided in this code and in other applicable retroactive ordinances of the city.

Unless otherwise approved by the building official, alterations, repairs, replacements and maintenance of conveyances shall comply with the requirements of ASME A17.1 Section 8.7. Where Section 8.7 refers to a requirement that has been amended by this chapter, the requirements of this chapter take precedence. Where Section 8.7 refers to ASME A17.3, the requirements of WAC 296-96 Part D apply. Alterations to existing material lifts shall conform with the requirements of WAC Chapter 296-96 Part C1 Material Lifts.

3002.2.5 Seismic improvements. The building official is authorized to promulgate rules to establish standards for seismic improvements to existing conveyances.

3002.2.6 Change of use. When the use of an existing freight

elevator is changed to conveyance of passengers, the elevator must comply with the retroactive requirements of this code, ASME A17.1, 2.16.4 and WAC 296-96 Part D for passenger elevators.

3002.2.7 Historic buildings and structures. See Section 3403.9 for regulations regarding historic buildings or structures.

3002.3 References to the National Electrical Code. For the purpose of this chapter, all references in the ASME Code to the National Electrical Code include the Seattle Electrical Code. All electrical work shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the Seattle Electrical Code.

3002.4 Conflicts. In any case where the codes adopted by reference in Section 3003 conflict with the requirements of this chapter, this chapter controls.

SECTION 3003

CODES

3003.1 Seattle Elevator Code. The following are adopted as part of the Seattle Building Code; they also constitute the Elevator Code of the City of Seattle.

1. ASME Codes:

1.1. Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, ASME A17.1-2004, A17.1a-2005, as amended in this ordinance and Appendices A through D, F through I, K through M, and P.

Exception: ASME A17.1 Section 5.10, Elevators Used for Construction, is not adopted.

1.2 Safety Standard For Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts, ASME A18.1-2005.

2. The building official is authorized to adopt by administrative rule, in accordance with Section 104.17, addenda to ASME A17.1-2004, that further the intent and purpose of this code, that encourage the use of state of the art technology, materials or methods of construction, and which provide standards that are equal or better than those contained in this code.

3. Safety regulations for all elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators and other conveyances, Washington Administrative Code Chapter 296-96.

Exception: The following sections of WAC Chapter 296-96 are not part of the Elevator Code of the City of Seattle:

1. Part B, Licenses and Fees for all Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators, and Other Devices, WAC 296-96-00900 through -01075.

2. Part B-1, Regulations and Fees for All Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators and Other Conveyances

3. Part C3, Construction, Operation, Maintenance and Inspection of Private Residence Conveyances for Transporting Property for Residential Use, WAC 296-96-08010 through -08250.

4. Part C4, Temporary Hoists, WAC 296-96-09001 through -10002.

5. Part C5, Additional Types of Conveyances, WAC 296-96-11001 through -20005.

3003.2 Licensing. All persons and firms working on conveyances in Seattle shall comply with RCW chapter 70.87 and WAC chapter 296-96.

SECTION 3004

DEFINITIONS

The following definitions are in addition to ASME A17.1 Section 1.3, RCW 70.87, Laws Governing Elevators and Other Lifting Devices, and Chapter 2 of this code.

ALTERATIONS, REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS. See ASME A17.1 Section 1.3.

ASME CODE. Those portions of the American National Standard Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators adopted by reference in Section 3003.

AUTOMATIC ELEVATOR. A type of elevator that does not require an attendant. All calls are registered by the passengers.

AUTOMOBILE PARKING ELEVATOR. An elevator located in either a stationary or horizontally moving hoistway and used exclusively for parking automobiles where, during the parking process, each automobile is moved under its own power onto and off the elevator directly into parking spaces or cubicles in line with the elevator and where no persons are normally stationed on any level except the receiving level.

CONTROL ROOM, ELEVATOR, DUMBWAITER, MATERIAL LIFT. An enclosed control space outside the hoistway, intended for full bodily entry, that contains the motor controller. The room could also contain electrical and/or mechanical equipment used directly in connection with the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift but not the electric driving machine or the hydraulic machine.

CONTROL SPACE, ELEVATOR, DUMBWAITER, MATERIAL LIFT. A space inside or outside the hoistway, intended to be accessed with or without full bodily entry, that contains the motor controller. This space could also contain electrical and/or mechanical equipment used directly in connection with the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift but not the electric driving machine or the hydraulic machine.

CONVEYANCE. An elevator, accessibility lift, escalator, dumbwaiter, material lift, automobile parking elevator or moving walk.

CONVEYANCES IN SERVICE. Units that are in operation, are inspected and certified by the building official for operation.

CONVEYANCES OUT OF SERVICE. The use of the unit has been prohibited either temporarily or permanently in accordance with Section 3005 below.

ENFORCING AUTHORITY. As used in the ASME Code means the building official.

EXISTING INSTALLATIONS. All conveyances that have been tested and approved for use by the building official.

INSPECTOR. Inspectors employed by the City of Seattle and working under the direction of the building official.

MACHINE ROOM AND CONTROL ROOM, REMOTE, ELEVATOR, DUMBWAITER, MATERIAL LIFT. A machine room or control room that is not attached to the outside perimeter or surface of the walls, ceiling, or floor of the hoistway.

MACHINE ROOM, ELEVATOR, DUMBWAITER, MATERIAL LIFT. An enclosed machinery space outside the hoistway, intended for full bodily entry, that contains the electric driving machine or the hydraulic machine. The room could also contain electrical and/or mechanical equipment used directly in connection with the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift.

MACHINERY SPACE, ELEVATOR, DUMBWAITER, MATERIAL LIFT. A space inside or outside the hoistway, intended to be accessed with or without full bodily entry, that contains elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift mechanical equipment, and could also contain electrical equipment used directly in connection with the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift. This space could also contain the electric driving machine.

MACHINERY SPACE AND CONTROL SPACE, REMOTE, ELEVATOR, DUMBWAITER, MATERIAL LIFT. A machinery space or control space that is not within the hoistway, machine room, or control room, and that is not attached to the outside perimeter or surface of the walls, ceiling, or floor of the hoistway.

MATERIAL LIFT. A fixed, stationary conveyance that:

1. Has a car or platform that moves in guides;

2. Serves two or more floors or landings of a building or structure;

3. Has a vertical rise of at least 30 inches (762 mm) and no more than sixty feet (18 288 mm);

4. Has a maximum speed of fifty feet (15 240 mm) per minute;

5. Is an isolated, self-contained lift and is not a part of a conveying system;

6. Travels in an inclined or vertical, but not horizontal, direction;

7. Is operated only by, or under the direct supervision of, an individual designated by the employer; and

8. Is installed in a commercial or industrial area, and not in an area that is open to access by the general public.

SECTION 3005

AUTHORITY TO DISCONNECT UTILITIES, TAKE CONVEYANCES OUT OF SERVICE AND INVESTIGATE ACCIDENTS

3005.1 Disconnection of utilities. In addition to the provisions for Emergency Orders provided in Section 102.2, the building official is authorized to disconnect or order discontinuance of any utility service or energy supply to equipment regulated by this code in cases of emergency or where necessary for safety to life and property. Such utility service shall be discontinued until the equipment, appliances, devices or wiring found to be defective or defectively installed are replaced, repaired, or restored to a safe condition. Proper posting and seals shall be affixed to the equipment to prevent inadvertent use.

3005.2 Conveyances out of service. A conveyance shall be taken out of service temporarily after the building official has inspected the unit for proper parking of the car, securing the hoistway openings, and disconnection of power. A seal and tag shall be placed on the equipment to insure against unauthorized use. A conveyance is permitted to remain in a temporarily out-of-service status for a period not to exceed two years, after which time it shall be placed in a permanently out-of-service status.

Exception: Elevators that could be returned to service without repair are permitted to remain in a temporary out-of-service status with approval of the building official.

A conveyance shall be placed permanently out of service by landing the car and counterweights and removing the hoisting cables or fluid lines. Conveyances placed in a permanently out-of-service status shall have the hoistway sealed off for fire protection by securing existing doors.

Conveyances in an out-of-service status either temporarily or permanently are permitted to be placed back into service and classified as an existing installation unless determined to be hazardous by the building official. Requirements in effect at that time must be completed before certification and use. No installation or reconnection of hydraulic elevators powered by city water pressure is permitted.

3005.3 Report and investigation of accidents. The owner or the owner's authorized agent shall promptly notify the building official of each accident involving a conveyance that requires the service of a physician or results in a disability exceeding one day, and shall afford the building official every facility for investigating and inspecting the accident. The building official shall without delay, after being notified, make an inspection and shall place on file a full and complete report of the accident. The report shall give in detail all material facts and information available and the cause or causes, so far as they can be determined. The report shall be open to public inspection at all reasonable hours. If an accident involves the failure or destruction of any part of the construction or the operating mechanism of a conveyance, the use of the conveyance is forbidden until it has been made safe, it has been reinspected and any repairs, changes, or alterations have been approved by the department, and a permit has been issued by the building official. The removal of any part of the damaged construction or operating mechanism from the premises is forbidden until the building official grants permission to do so.

SECTION 3006

INSTALLATION AND ALTERATION PERMITS

3006.1 Installation permits. A permit issued by the building official is required to install any elevator, escalator, dumbwaiter, automobile parking elevator, material lift or moving walk. A separate permit shall be obtained for each conveyance installed regardless of location and/or contract arrangements.

3006.2 Alteration/repair permits. A permit is required to make any alterations to existing elevators, escalators, dumbwaiters, automobile parking elevators, material lifts, moving walks or lifts for people with disabilities. A separate permit shall be obtained for each conveyance altered or relocated regardless of location and/or contract arrangements.

Exceptions:

1. Permits for repairs required by inspection reports are permitted to be combined for a single building.

2. The building official is permitted to issue a single permit for minor alterations to more than one conveyance that do not require individual retesting of each conveyance.

3. No permit shall be required for ordinary repairs made with parts of the same materials, strength and design normally necessary for maintenance.

4. No permit shall be required for: modifications of cars that do not change the weight or materials (see ASME A17.1, 8.7.2.15.2 and 8.7.3.21); connection of alarm to stop switch; securing of car top exit cover; installation of door extension panels; cable guards; switch covers; access ladders or access modification; capacity posting; repairs of lighting fixtures; counterweight and pit guards; photoelectric eye devices and/or repairs to hoistway enclosures. All such installations and/or modifications shall be in conformance with the requirements of this code.

3006.3 Expiration and renewal of permits. Section 106.9 applies to permits required by this chapter.

SECTION 3007

PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Two sets of drawings shall be submitted with applications for installations of new elevators, escalators, dumbwaiters, automobile parking elevators, material lifts and moving walks.

In lieu of complete erection drawings and plans the building official is permitted to require details of any portion of an installation. If an installation requires material, fabrication or construction other than recognized standard types, has an offset car frame or is an observation-type elevator installed in other than a fully enclosed hoistway, drawings and details shall be submitted with the application for permit.

SECTION 3008

REQUIRED INSTALLATION INSPECTIONS

It is the duty of the person doing the work authorized by a permit to notify the building official that such work is ready for inspection.

It is the duty of the person requesting any inspections required by this chapter to provide access to and means for proper inspection of such work.

Final inspection shall be called for when the work described on the permit has been completed, and when ready for testing with weights and instruments as is needed. A final inspection is required after all wiring has been completed and all permanent fixtures such as switches, outlet receptacles, plates, lighting fixtures and all other equipment has been properly installed and the hoistway and machine rooms are properly completed.

SECTION 3009

CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND OPERATION

3009.1 Certificates required. It is a violation of this code to operate any elevator, escalator, dumbwaiter, automobile parking elevator, material lift or moving walk without a certificate of inspection or authorization of temporary use issued by the building official. A certificate of inspection shall be issued following an inspection by the building official showing that the conveyance has been found to be in safe operating condition and applicable fees for inspection time, as set forth in the Fee Subtitle, have been paid. The certificate is valid until 45 days after the next inspection or until the certificate is withdrawn, whichever comes first.

Exception: The building official is permitted to, after inspection of a conveyance under construction, authorize temporary use of the conveyance without issuing a certificate of inspection if the building official determines that temporary operation of the conveyance is reasonably safe. The building official is permitted to authorize temporary use for a period not to exceed 60 days to allow completion of the installation and passing of the final inspection.

If, at any time during the period of temporary use, the building official determines that the building owner is not making adequate progress toward obtaining a certificate of inspection, the building official is permitted to withdraw the temporary use approval on 7days notice. The building official is authorized to forbid further use of the conveyance until a certificate of inspection is obtained.

If any conveyance is found to be unsafe or fails to comply with a notice of correction, the building official is authorized to withdraw the certificate of inspection.

3009.2 Periodic inspections. The building official shall cause inspections to be made of every conveyance at intervals of 12 months or as soon thereafter as is practical. The inspector shall file a full and correct report on each conveyance with the building official that shall note any ordinance violations, corrections required and/or the general condition of the conveyance.

3009.3 Inspection report by building official. After each required inspection of a conveyance the building official shall mail a copy of the inspection report to the owner of the conveyance inspected. If inspection shows a conveyance to be in violation of the requirements of this chapter, the building official shall issue a notice in writing listing the corrections to be made to the conveyance that are necessary to bring it into compliance with this chapter and is authorized to order the operation thereof discontinued until the corrections are made.

3009.4 Inspections, tests and test reports. Reports of required tests shall be submitted to the owner and to the building official on forms furnished by the building official. Performance of required tests and their cost shall be the responsibility of the owner. Identification of conveyances shall be noted by use of assigned city numbers.

SECTION 3010

REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

The owner is responsible for the safe operation and maintenance of each device regulated by this chapter. The installation of pipes, ducts, conduits, wiring and the storage of materials not required for the operation of the elevator is prohibited in machine rooms and hoistways. See Section 3022. Sidewalk elevators in public places are also subject to the requirements of Title 15, Seattle Municipal Code, Street and Sidewalk Use, as amended. See Part 8 of ASME for requirements for operation and maintenance.

SECTION 3011

RETROACTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING INSTALLATIONS

3011.1 General. Existing conveyances shall be made to comply with WAC 296-96 Part D, Regulations for Existing Elevators, Dumbwaiters, and Escalators and the provisions of this section.

3011.2 Doors to elevator and dumbwaiter machine rooms. Doors to elevator and dumbwaiter machine rooms, control rooms, machinery spaces and control spaces shall be self-closing and self-locking. The lock shall be a spring-type lock arranged to permit the door to be opened from the inside without a key, incapable of being left in the unlocked position, and accessible only by a key from the outside.

3011.3 Key retainer box. A key retainer box locked and keyed to the standard City access key for elevator access and operation keys shall be provided. The key retainer box shall meet the following standards:

1. Dimensions eight inches high, six inches wide, one inch deep.

2. Material sixteen gauge steel welded.

3. Color red (unless located in the main lobby above the hall call button, six feet nominal above the floor).

4. Labeling "FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT USE."

5. Lock Ace one-inch cylinder cam lock key #39504.

The key retainer box is to be installed at the designated recall floor above the Phase I recall switch or in the main lobby above the hall call button when no recall feature exists. The key retainer box is to be mounted six feet nominal above the floor. The building official is permitted to approve other locations upon request.

Key retainer boxes are permitted to comply with Section 3016.9 as an alternative to complying with this section.

3011.4 Elevator access keys. Keys for access to and for the operation of elevator equipment shall be tagged and retained in the key retainer box. The key retainer box shall contain fire emergency service keys (Phase I and II, one key for each switch) and keys for any of the following that are in the building: :

1. Machine room door;

2. Secondary level door;

3. Pit door;

4. Roof door;

5. Independent, hospital emergency and/or attendant operation;

6. Hoistway access;

7. Mechanical hoistway access devices (broken arm, lunar, etc.);

8. Miscellaneous switches with locks;

9. Fire alarm panel room;

10. Sprinkler valve control room.

3011.5 Dumbwaiter machinery access. Access doors to dumbwaiter machinery space shall be provided with electric contacts and labeled on the exterior side "DANGER DUMBWAITER MACHINE" in one-inch letters.

3011.6 Machine space lighting and receptacles. Permanent electric lighting shall be provided in all machine rooms and machinery spaces. The illumination shall be not less than 10 foot-candles (108 lux) at the floor level. The lighting control switch shall be located within easy reach of the access to the room or space. Where practicable, the light control switch shall be located on the lock-jamb side of the access door. Where practical, elevator pits and machine rooms shall be provided with an electrical receptacle.

3011.7 Access to terminal landings. Mechanical access to terminal landings of elevator hoistways shall be provided in accordance with WAC 296-96-23162 (1).

3011.8 Wall covering material for passenger cars. All materials exposed to the car interior and the hoistway shall be metal or shall

conform to the following:

(1) Materials in their end use configuration, other than those covered by paragraph (2) below, shall conform to the following requirements, based on the tests conducted in accordance with the requirements of ASTM E84:

(a) flame spread rating of 0 to 75;

(b) smoke development of 0 to 450.

(2) Napped, tufted, wove, looped, and similar materials in their end use configuration on car enclosure walls shall have a flame spread rating of 0-25.

(3) Padded protective linings, for temporary use in passenger cars during the handling of freight, shall be of materials conforming to either paragraph (1) or (2) above. The protective lining shall clear the floor by not less than 4 inches (102 mm).

(4) Floor covering, underlayment, and its adhesive shall have a critical radiant flux of not less than 0.45 W/cm2 as measured by ASTM E 648. Floor finish materials of a traditional type such as wood, vinyl, linoleum and terrazzo are permitted to be used.

Exception: Handrails, operating devices, ventilating devices, signal fixtures, audio and visual communication devices, and their housings are not required to comply with this Section 3011.8.

3011.9 Control and operating circuits and overcurrent protection. Overcurrent protection shall be maintained in accordance with 1984 National Electrical Code Section 620-61.

3011.9.1 Control and operating circuits.

3011.9.1.1 Electric elevators. 1. For electric elevators, the normal and final terminal stopping device shall not control the same controller switches unless two or more separate and independent switches are provided, two of which shall be closed to complete the driving-machine motor-and-brake circuit in either direction of travel. Where a twoor three-phase alternating current drivingmachine motor is used, these switches shall be of the multipole type.

The control shall be so designed and installed that a single ground or short circuit may permit either, but not prevent both, the normal and final stopping device circuits from stopping the car.

2. In the design and installation of the control and operating circuits in electric elevators, the following requirements shall be met:

a. If springs are used to actuate switches, contactors or relays to break the circuit to stop an elevator at the terminal landings, they shall be of the compression type.

b. The completion or maintenance of an electric circuit shall not be used to interrupt the power to the elevator driving-machine motor or brake at the terminal landings, nor to stop the car when the emergency stop switch is opened or any of the electrical protective devices operate.

Exception: The requirements of this rule do not apply to dynamic braking, nor to speed control switches.

c. The failure of any single magnetically operated switch, contactor or relay to release in the intended manner, or the failure of any static control device to operate as intended, or the occurrence of a single accidental ground, shall not permit the car to start or run if any hoistway door interlock is unlocked or if any hoistway door or car door or gate electric contact is not in the closed position.

d. If generator-field control is used, means shall be provided to prevent the generator from building up and applying sufficient current to the elevator driving-machine motor to move the car if the elevator motor control switches are in the "OFF" position. The means used shall not interfere with maintenance of an effective dynamicbraking circuit during stopping and standstill conditions.

e. The control circuits shall be so designed and installed that the car speed in the down direction with rated load in the car, under normal operating conditions with the power supply on or off does not exceed governor tripping speed or 125 percent of rated speed, whichever is less.

3. Elevators with driving motors employing static control without motor generator sets shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Two devices shall be provided to remove power independently from the driving-machine motor. At least one device shall be an electromechanical contactor.

b. The contactor shall be arranged to open each time the car stops.

c. The contactor shall open the driving-machine brake circuit.

d. An additional contactor shall be provided to also open the driving-machine brake circuit. This contactor is not required to have contacts in the driving-machine motor circuit.

e. The electrical protective devices required by Rule 210.2 of ASME A17.1d-1986 shall control the solid state device and both contactors.

Exception: Leveling can take place with power opening of doors and gates as restricted by the requirements of Rules 112.2a(1) and 112.2b(1) of ASME A17.1d-1986.

f. After each elevator stop, the car shall not respond to a signal to start unless both contactors are in the de-energized position.

Exception: Elevators employing alternating-current hoist motors driven from a direct-current source through a static inverter.

4. Elevators employing alternating-current driving motors driven from a direct-current power source through a static inverter shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Two separate means shall be provided to independently inhibit the flow of alternating current through the solid state devices that connect the direct-current power source to the alternating-current driving motor. At least one of the means shall be an electromechanical relay.

b. The relay shall be arranged to open each time the car stops.

c. The relay shall cause the driving-machine brake circuit to open.

d. An additional contactor shall be provided to also open the driving-machine brake circuit. This contactor is not required to have contacts in the driving-machine motor circuit.

e. The electrical protective devices required by Rule 210.2 of ASME A17.1d-1986 shall control both the means that inhibit the flow of alternating current through the solid state devices and the contactors in the brake circuit.

Exception: Leveling can take place with power opening of the doors and gates as restricted by the requirements of Rules 112.2a(1) and 112.2b(1) of ASME A17.1d-1986.

f. After each elevator stop, the car shall not respond to a signal to start unless the relay that inhibits the flow of alternating current through the solid state devices, and the contactors in the brake circuit, are in the de-energized position.

3011.9.1.2 Hydraulic elevators. The design and installation of the control and operating circuits for hydraulic elevators shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Springs, where used to actuate switches, contactors or relays to stop an elevator at the terminals or to actuate electrically operated valves, shall be of the compression type.

b. The completion or maintenance of an electric circuit shall not be used to interrupt the power to control-valve-operating magnets nor to the pump driving motor of electro-hydraulic elevators under the following conditions:

1. To stop the car at the terminals.

2. To stop the car when the emergency-stop switch or any of the electrical protective devices operate.

c. The failure of any single magnetically operated switch, contactor or relay to release in the intended manner or the occurrence of a single accidental ground shall not permit the car to start or run if any hoistway door interlock is unlocked or if any hoistway-door or car-door or gate contact is not in the closed position.

3011.10 Roped hydraulic elevators. Roped horizontal hydraulic elevators are permitted to continue in service but once taken out of service shall not be reactivated.

3011.11 Pit Access and equipment. Access ladders shall be installed in elevator pits deeper than 3 feet.

Pits shall be illuminated by a permanent luminaire that provides not less than 5 foot-candles (54 lux) of illumination at the pit floor. Light bulbs shall be externally guarded to prevent contact and accidental breakage.

Pit light control switches shall be located inside the hoistway of every elevator approximately 48 inches above the threshold, and either within 18 inches of the access door or within reach from the access floor and adjacent to the pit ladder if provided.

Access shall be provided for safe maintenance and inspection of all equipment located in the pit.

3011.12 Floor numbers. Elevator hoistways shall have floor numbers not less than 2 inches in height, placed on the walls and/or doors of hoistways at intervals such that a person in a stalled elevator upon opening the car door could determine the floor position.

3011.13 Car top work light. A permanently wired work light and outlet shall be installed on top of freight and passenger elevators to provide adequate illumination for inspection and work in the hoistway. The light shall be provided with a non-keyed switch in or adjacent to the fixture. The fixture shall be protected from accidental breakage.

3011.14 Labeling. All equipment (disconnect switches, machines and controllers) operating on a voltage in excess of 250 volts shall be labeled for the voltage used in letters 3/4 inches high.

3011.15 Interior alterations. Alterations or modifications of elevator car interiors shall comply with ASME A17.1, 8.7.2.15.2 (increase or decrease in deadweight of car), Building Code requirements concerning flame spread ratings for wall coverings (See

Chapter 8), and lighting requirements of ASME A17.1.

3011.16 Illumination. Illumination in the elevator car shall be maintained unless it is turned off manually by the switch in the car. A readily-accessible and labeled toggle-type test switch shall be provided on the top of the car to cut lighting power manually and test the emergency lighting.

3011.17 Conveyance number designation. In any building with more than one elevator, escalator or other type of conveyance a designating

number (not less than two inches in height) shall be located at the door of the main entrance lobby, inside the car, on the machine, on the disconnect switch or stop switch, and on escalator upper and lower front plates.

3011.18 Escalator starting switches. "Up" and "Down" positions shall be clearly indicated on all starting switches.

3011.19 Anchorage for elevator equipment. All elevator equipment, hydraulic or cable type shall be anchored.

3011.20 Restricted opening of doors. All existing passenger elevators in Group R, Division 1 hotels and dormitory buildings shall comply with the following.

1. When a car is outside the unlocking zone, the hoistway doors or car doors shall be so arranged that the hoistway doors or car doors cannot be opened more than 4 inches (102 mm) from inside the car.

2. When the car doors are so arranged that they cannot be opened when the car is outside the unlocking zone, the car doors shall be openable from outside the car without the use of special tools.

3. The doors shall be unlocked when the car is within 3 inches (76 mm) above or below the landing and are permitted to be configured to be unlocked up to 18 inches (457 mm) above or below the landing.

SECTION 3012

RETROACTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING MATERIAL LIFTS

3012.1 General. Existing material lifts shall be made to comply with the following requirements. (Note: New material lifts shall comply with Section 3013).

3012.2 Hoistway enclosure gates and doors. The openings at each material lift landing shall have gates or doors that guard the full width of the opening. A hoistway door shall be vertically sliding, bi-parting, counter-balanced, or horizontally swinging or sliding. Gates and doors shall meet the following requirements:

1. A balanced-type, vertically sliding hoistway gate shall extend from not more than two inches from the landing threshold to not less than sixty-six inches above the landing threshold.

2. A gate shall be solid or openwork of a design that will reject a ball two inches in diameter. A gate shall be located so that the distance from the hoistway face of the gate to the hoistway edge of the landing sill is not more than two and one-half inches. A gate shall be designed and guided so that it will withstand a lateral pressure of one hundred pounds applied at approximately its center without breaking or being permanently deformed and without displacing the gate from its guides or tracks.

3. Hoistway gates or doors shall have a combination mechanical lock and electric contact, which shall prevent operation of the material lift by the normal operating devices unless the door or gate is closed.

3012.3 Controls.

1. The control station shall be remotely mounted so that it is inaccessible from the material lift car.

2. Controls shall be clearly marked or labeled to indicate the function of control.

3. All control stations shall have a stop switch. When opened, the stop switch shall remove the electrical power from the driving machine and brake. The stop switch shall:

3.1 Be manually operated;

3.2 Have red operating handles or buttons;

3.3 Be conspicuously and permanently marked "STOP";

3.4 Indicate the stop and run positions; and

3.5 Be arranged to be locked in the open position.

3012.4 Capacity posting and no-riders sign.

Each material lift shall have a capacity sign permanently and securely fastened in place in the material lift car and on the landings. The sign shall indicate the rated load of the material lift in pounds. The sign shall be metal with black letters two inches high on yellow background.

A sign stating "NO PERSONS PERMITTED TO RIDE THIS DEVICE" shall be conspicuously and securely posted on the landing side of all hoistway gates and doors and in the enclosure of each material lift car. The sign shall be metal with black letters two inches high on red

background.

SECTION 3013

REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW MATERIAL LIFTS

New material lifts shall comply with ASME A17.1, Sections 2.7, 2.8 and 3.7. The requirements of WAC 296-96 Part C1, Minimum Standards for All Material Lifts apply to all material lifts as defined in Section 3004.

SECTION 3014

EMERGENCY SERVICE FOR ELEVATORS IN EXISTING BUILDINGS PHASE I RECALL

3014.1 General. All existing elevators requiring Phase I recall when installed or under Chapter 93 of the Seattle Fire Code shall comply with this section.

Exceptions:

1. Elevators that comply with the standards for new installations provided in Section 3018;

2. Elevators with less than 25 feet of travel if the building official and the fire code official give written approval; and

3. Elevators that comply with ASME A17.1, Rule 211.3a 1984 edition or later and Sections 3014.10 and 3014.11.

3014.2 Phase I recall keyed switch. A three-position ("on", "off" and "by-pass") key cylinder switch shall be provided at each designated level within easy line of sight of the elevator controlled by the switch. If additional switches are provided in a central control station they shall be two position ("off" and "on") key-operated switches.

3014.3 Keyed cylinder-type switches. Keyed cylinder-type switches shall comply with the following:

1. Keys shall be removable only in the emergency ("on") and normal ("off") positions. Keys shall not be removable in the by-pass position.

2. One key shall be provided for each Phase I switch or key cylinder.

3. All emergency operation cylinders (Phases I and II) shall be keyed alike but such key shall not be a part of a building master key system.

3014.4 Key location.

1. A key box meeting the standards of Section 3011.3 shall be provided at the designated recall floor above the Phase I recall switch. The key box is to be mounted approximately six feet above the floor. The building official is permitted to approve other locations upon request.

2. When a central control station is provided, an additional set of keys shall be provided and hung in the control station in a location designated by the fire chief. The keys shall be identified by a ring or paddle.

3014.5 Key switch functions.

1. The three positions of the switch shall be marked "by-pass", "off" and "on".

2. If the switch is in the "off" position, normal elevator service

shall be provided and smoke detectors, if required, shall be functional.

3. If the switch is in the "by-pass" position, normal elevator service shall be restored independent of any required smoke detectors.

4. If the switch is in the "on" position, the elevators are in Phase I elevator recall mode.

3014.6 Phase I automatic recall operation. If the Phase I recall switch is in the emergency ("on") position:

1. All cars controlled by this switch that are on automatic service shall return nonstop to the designated level and power-operated doors shall open and remain open.

2. A car traveling away from the designated level shall reverse at or before the next available floor without opening its doors.

3. A car stopped at a landing shall have the in-car emergency stop switch or in-car stop switch rendered inoperative as soon as the doors are closed and the car starts toward the designated level. A moving car, traveling to or away from the designated level, shall have the in-car emergency stop or in-car stop switch rendered inoperative immediately.

4. A car standing at a floor other than the designated level, with doors open and in-car emergency stop switch or in-car stop switch in the run position, shall conform to the following:

4.1 Elevators having automatic power-operated horizontally sliding doors shall close the doors without delay and proceed to the designated level;

4.2 Elevators having power-operated vertically sliding doors provided with automatic or momentary pressure closing operation in accordance with ASME A17.1 Rule 112.3d 1984 or later edition shall have the closing sequence initiated without delay in accordance with ASME A17.1 Rule 112.3d (1), (2), (3), and (5) 1984 or later edition, and the car shall proceed to the designated level;

4.3 Elevators having power-operated doors provided with continuous pressure closing operation per ASME A17.1 Rule 112.3b 1984 or later

edition or elevators having manual doors shall conform to the requirements of Section 3014.7. Sequence operation, if provided, shall remain effective.

5. Door reopening devices for power-operated doors that are sensitive to smoke or flame shall be rendered inoperative. Mechanically actuated door reopening devices not sensitive to smoke or flame shall remain operative. Car door open buttons shall remain operative. Door closing shall conform to the requirements of ASME A17.1 Rule 112.5 1984 or later edition. Door hold open switches shall be rendered inoperative.

6. All car and corridor call buttons and all corridor door opening and closing buttons shall be rendered inoperative. All call register lights and directional lanterns shall be extinguished and remain inoperative. Position indicators, if provided, shall remain in service. All prior registered calls shall be canceled.

7. The activation of a smoke detector installed in accordance with Article 193 of the Seattle Fire Code in any elevator lobby or associated elevator machine room, other than the designated level, shall cause all cars in all groups that serve that lobby to return nonstop to the designated level. The fire code official is permitted to approve the connection of other detection devices to activate recall. The operation shall conform to the requirements of Phase I emergency recall operation. Whenever new elevator controllers are installed, they shall meet all provisions of the then current building and elevator codes. Newly-installed controllers shall have the capability of selecting alternate recall floors.

3014.7 Attendant-operated recall operation. Attendant-operated elevators shall be provided with visible and audible signals that alert the operator to return to the lobby when the car has been recalled under Phase I control.

3014.8 Dual recall operation. Elevators arranged for dual operation shall conform to all requirements for automatic operation and attendant operation as applicable.

3014.9 Inspection/maintenance recall operation. During inspection operation the audible and visible signals required in Section 3014.7 will be actuated when the car has been recalled under Phase I control. The car shall remain under the control of the operator and/or car top station until the car is returned to service.

3014.10 Nurses' preemption. Nurses' preemption (hospital service) is permitted to commandeer up to one-half of the cars in a particular bank of elevators. At least one-half of the cars shall respond to Phase I and all cars not preempted shall respond.

3014.11 Operation instruction. Instructions for operation of elevators under Phase I shall be incorporated with or adjacent to the Phase I switch at the designated level. Instructions for operation of elevators under Phase II shall be incorporated with or adjacent to the switch, in or adjacent to the operating panel in each car. In addition, Phase I operating instructions shall be adjacent to the Phase I switch in the fire control center and other approved locations.

Instructions shall be in letters not less than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) in height and shall be permanently installed and protected against removal or defacement.

3014.12 Latching. All cars responding to Phase I Recall, activated by a smoke detector or other approved detection device, shall return to the appropriate recall floor as determined by the first detector recall signal received. No device other than the Phase I switch is permitted to override the first recall signal received. A later detection signal shall not change the recall floor. Smoke detector activation shall only be reset manually.

SECTION 3015

EMERGENCY SERVICE FOR ELEVATORS IN EXISTING BUILDINGS PHASE II HIGH RISE IN-CAR OPERATION

3015.1 General. Existing elevators in buildings having floors used for human occupancy located more than 75 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, or buildings having floors used for human occupancy 35 feet above grade, which lack fire department vehicle access to at least one side shall have Phase II in-car operation and shall comply with this section.

Exceptions:

1. Elevators that comply with the standards for new installations as provided in Section 3019;

2. Elevators with less than 25 feet of travel when the building official and fire code official give written approval; and

3. Elevators that comply with ASME A17.1 Rule 211.3c 1984 or later edition.

3015.2 Phase II in-car operation key switch.

1. A two-position ("off" and "on") key cylinder switch shall be provided in each elevator car.

2. The switch shall become effective only when the designated level Phase I switch is in the "on" position or a smoke detector has been activated and the car has returned to the designated level. The "on" position shall place the elevator in Phase II in-car operation.

3. The elevator shall be removed from Phase II operation only by moving the switch to the "off" position with the car at the designated level.

4. The switch shall be operable by the Phase I key and such key shall not be part of a building's master key system.

5. The key shall be removable only in the "off" position.

6. One key shall be provided for each Phase II switch or key cylinder.

3015.3 Key location. See Section 3014.4 for the location of the keys.

3015.4 Designated operator. The operation of elevators on Phase II emergency in-car operation shall be by trained emergency service personnel only.

3015.5 Car operation only. An elevator shall be operable only by a person in the car.

3015.6 Corridor call buttons and directional lanterns. All corridor call buttons and directional lanterns shall remain inoperative.

3015.7 Car and Hoistway Door Operation. The operation of car and hoistway doors shall comply with the following:

1. The opening of power-operated doors shall be controlled only by constant-pressure open buttons or switches.

2. If the constant-pressure open button or switch is released prior to the doors reaching the fully open position, the doors shall automatically reclose. Once doors are fully open, they shall remain open until signaled to close.

3. The closing of power-operated doors shall be by constant pressure of either the call button or door-close button. If a door-close button is supplied, it shall be operable.

4. If the constant-pressure close button or car call button is released prior to the doors reaching the fully closed position, the doors shall automatically reopen. Once doors are fully closed, they shall remain closed until signaled to open.

Exception: Momentary pressure control of doors using the sill triptype operator may be permitted as existing; however, the doors must not open automatically upon arrival at a floor.

3015.8 Door reopening devices. Smoke-sensitive door reopening devices and door hold-open switches shall be rendered inoperative. Non-smokesensitive door reopening devices required to be operative under all other conditions may be rendered inoperative under Phase II in-car operation only if the doors are closed by constant pressure.

3015.9 Car call cancellation. All registered calls shall cancel at the first stop.

3015.10 Direction of travel. Direction of travel and start shall be by the car call buttons. With doors in the closed position, actuation of the car call button shall select the floor, and start the car to the selected floor. If no door-close button is available, constant pressure of the car call button shall select the floor, close the door, and start the car to the selected floor.

Exception: On proximity-type car call buttons or any other type subject to false firing (calls being placed by line spikes, intermittent loss of power, etc.), the doors shall be closed by a door-close button. Floors may be selected either before or after closing of the doors. The car will start only on the call button or door close button depending on which is the last device to be actuated.

3015.11 Motor generator time out. The motor generator shall not time out automatically.

3015.12 Car position indicators. The car position indicators, when provided, shall be operative.